By Cliff Kincaid

August 31, 2022

Calling his opponents fascists, Joe Biden is sounding like former Soviet KGB Colonel Vladimir Putin offering a justification for war against Ukraine. In typical communist fashion, Putin had said Ukraine was full of fascists. Biden’s recent “anti-fascist” rhetoric against Republicans makes him sound like the Russian he supposedly wants to defeat in Ukraine. Perhaps Biden and Putin are on the same side after all.

As difficult as it may be to believe or accept, the elderly and frequently incoherent U.S. president has become the face of communism in America today. From the no-win war in Ukraine to the “Inflation Reduction Act” in America, Biden is pursuing policies that weaken the Free World and appear designed to reduce America to the status of a bankrupt Third World nation.

If you have any doubts, consider that the old Moscow-funded Communist Party USA, which endorsed Obama for president in 2008 and 2012, has entertained its readers with such headlines echoing the Democratic Party agenda as:

• Biden order hailed as step toward total student loan debt cancellation.
• January 6 panel zeroes in on the crimes of Donald Trump.
• Right-wing fringe is becoming the Republican Party establishment.
• Outlawing abortion is a step toward white minority THEOCRATIC TYRANNY.

Meanwhile, the CPUSA is ecstatic over the U.S. Postal Service releasing a new Pete Seeger “forever” stamp, honoring the self-proclaimed communist, with an official USPS stamp ceremony hosted by the Newport Folk Festival at the Jane Pickens Film and Event Center in Newport, Rhode Island. Seeger’s FBI file confirms his service to the communist cause.

Seeger (1919-2014) joined the Communist Party and used music to raise money for the Communist Party’s candidates and personalities, and communist countries, including:

• A concert in honor of Communist China.
• A concert paying tribute to Russia (sponsored by the Chicago Council of American-Soviet Friendship).
• A concert honoring Paul Robeson, the secret CPUSA member later honored with his own American stamp, and
• A concert raising money for communists Ethel and Julius Rosenberg, convicted of violating the Espionage Act and executed for giving the secret of the atomic bomb to the Soviet Union.

Upon his passing, President Barack Hussein Obama issued a statement which declared, “Over the years, Pete used his voice — and his hammer — to strike blows for workers’ rights and civil rights; world peace and environmental conservation.” In fact, as the record shows, he was an apologist for murderous tyrannies, and Obama knew it.

Seeger performed on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial during an inaugural concert for Obama.

Before Obama honored him, Democratic President Bill Clinton in 1994 gave Seeger the National Medal of Arts.

When American presidents and even postage stamps honor communists, you know America is in trouble.

The release of the Pete Seeger stamp is the latest evidence that America is saddled with a regime in Washington, D.C. that wants the public to honor communists like Seeger rather than America’s founding fathers.

Interestingly, one scholar noted that Pete Seeger was famously known to perform with a guitar that had “this machine kills fascists” written on it. That was the communist line, then and now, as reflected in Joe Biden’s new Marxist rhetoric, echoing talking points undoubtedly provided by Obama and/or his Marxist associates.

People are waking up to the rhetoric and the policies but it may be too late.

In startling comments, capitalist businessman and Whole Foods co-founder John Mackey told Reason magazine, “They’re marching through the institutions — they’re taking everything over.”

In the face of this challenge, Republican Senate “Leader” Mitch McConnell, in his typical uninspiring fashion, suggests the GOP may not capture the Senate. Meanwhile, the media’s favorite RINO, Larry Hogan of Maryland, is badmouthing the Trump-backed candidates in various races across the country, giving aid and comfort to Wes Moore, the Democratic candidate for Maryland governor who is a former marijuana business executive backed by Oprah.

Moore may be the next Obama, if Michelle doesn’t run in 2024.

Senator Ted Cruz has hit the target, noting that the recent White House push for more turnout among Democrats by forgiving some student loans is designed to benefit the “slacker baristas” if they can “get off the bong” long enough to vote.

To eliminate any doubt, the Democrats are pushing legalization of marijuana on the federal level, creating more zombies from Marxist Madrassas who can’t think for themselves but are willing to accept government money and get stoned.

Most importantly, however, in terms of consolidation of a communist regime in America, the Department of Justice, with jurisdiction over the FBI, has become a modern-day communist-style Ministry of Interior.

For all intents and purposes, the FBI is the new KGB.

More relevant than ever before, the 1961 House Committee on Un-American Activities analysis of the book How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism, is a must-read.

This is a how-to-book on how a parliament or legislative body (such as the U.S. Congress) can be helpful in “transforming democratic nations” into communist countries. The author was Jan Kozak, historian of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia.

This is what happened to South Africa, where a communist regime is running the country by attracting and exploiting the votes of the majority black population in “free elections.”

Closer to home, my group, America’s Survival, Inc., examined how the Obama regime played a major role in the “success” of Canada’s Liberal Party leader Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who is corrupting Canada through drugs, sexual perversion, and a Muslim invasion. Trudeau, an admitted pothead, legalized marijuana nationwide on October 17, 2018, opening up Canada to drug cartels, and facilitated the transgender revolution in Canadian schools. He visits mosques, abandoned his Catholic faith on abortion and same-sex marriage, and has invited foreign Muslims from terror-supporting countries to come to Canada.

Biden, under the direction of Barack Hussein Obama, is following the same playbook.

Putting Hunter Biden in jail, a fantasy, will not resolve our predicament, which is much bigger than one former drug addict who made millions using his father’s influence. The issue is the influence of the Intelligence Community over the media, as confirmed by Mark Zuckerberg, and the fact that former and current intelligence officials, especially from the CIA, tried to suppress the story of Biden corruption through an open letter before the 2020 election.

One hope is the workers, supposedly the source of communist revolution, who gravitated toward Trump in 2016 and are more firmly on his side in 2022, as they witness America’s slide into totalitarianism. They may not be experts on communist strategy and tactics but they are the ordinary Americans who work hard for a living and fly their American flags on a daily basis. I ran into one at the local gas station, where he filled up his truck with gas costing more than $100.00, and he jokingly yelled out to me, “Thank you Joe Biden.”

Biden reminds people of the old saying, “He’ll do everything for the workers except become one.”

As strange as it may sound, America needs a real workers’ revolution. They have nothing to lose but their chains.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Lex Greene

August 31, 2022

Once again, I will pretend as though the facts actually matter in today’s broken, dumbed down, drugged up and mentally manipulated America.

It has become custom in American politics to misuse words to define, label and target Citizens and political opponents in order to divide and conquer the electorate by pitting American against American on the basis of false propaganda. The false propaganda includes the intentional false rewriting of history as well as “scholarly” new definitions for old words around for centuries.

For decades, democrats have misused the term “racist” as a political attack hammer against republicans, despite the fact that it was Republican Abe Lincoln who freed the slaves, democrats who formed and operate the KKK, and republicans who passed all Civil Rights Acts, while a vast majority of democrats voted against them.

Today, the new buzzword misused by democrats to demonize republicans is “fascist,” a word at the foundation of the violent and destructive militia group, ANTIFA, meaning “anti-fascists.” Yet again, there is no more “fascist” behaving group in America than Obama’s ANTIFA.

Global Marxist-leaning “scholars” who have taken it upon themselves to redefine old words with new meaning, have perfected the art of misleading millions by simply flooding social conscience with false labels under new definitions. The current misuse of the term “fascist” provides a perfect example.

THE TEN MOST DEADLY “FASCISTS” IN WORLD HISTORY

In order of death toll, the following are the world’s best known and most deadly “fascist” dictators in history.

#10 – North Korean Communist Dictator Kim Il Sung is responsible for the deaths of at least 1.6 million political opponents and civilians through starvation and invading South Korea. Kim Il Sung was the leader of North Korea since its founding in 1948, until he died in 1994. His son is the communist dictator today.

#9 – Socialist Dictator Talaat Pasha of the Union Progress Party. Ismail is responsible for the Armenian Genocide, which killed 800,000 – 1,800,000 people. He led the Young Turk Revolution. He systematically murdered over 1 million Armenians from 1914 to 1923. Some of them were starved to death, and others were sent on forced marches until they died. They killed any able-bodied men, and then sent women, children, and old people on death marches through the Syrian Desert.

#8 – Socialist Dictator Vladimir Lenin of the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party. Lenin was responsible for the deaths of millions of people and initiated the Russian Civil War. He led the Red Army, against the White Army. The Red Army were Bolshevik communists, and the White Army was a mix of different groups, backed by many foreign powers in order to halt communism. The war resulted in the deaths of 7 to 12 million people. It was one of the worst wars Europe had ever seen. The Red Army was victorious, and Lenin went on to start the Soviet Union, a one party dictatorship. It was dedicated to creating a communist utopia, and it failed miserably.

#7 – Japanese Socialist Dictator Hideki Tojo of the Imperial Rule Assistance Association. Hideki Tojo is responsible for the deaths of five million Japanese during World War II. While prime minister of Japan, he was responsible for the attack on Pearl Harbor, which dragged the USA into the war. Tojo tried to shoot himself in the heart four times and missed every shot. After being nursed back to health, he was arrested and executed after the war. He was nicknamed razor, and killed millions of civilians in China, and thousands of POWs.

#6 – Japanese Dictator Hirohito. Hirohito was the emperor of Japan from 1926 to 1989. He killed an estimated 6 million people, and committed the now infamous, Nanking massacre. In Nanjing, Japanese troops raped and murdered massive numbers of Chinese civilians. It was a six weeklong massacre killing possibly more than 300,000 people.

#5 – Chinese Socialist Dictator Chiang Kai-Shek. Chiang Kai-Shek is a Chinese dictator, who killed, possibly 10 million people. He committed 228 massacres during his 18 year rule. He was leader of the Kuomintang or KMT, a Marxist nationalist party. Shek put on a northern expedition and managed to reunify most of China under him. In 1947 war broke out between the KMT and the communists. The KMT lost and it led to the rise of Mao.

#4 – Dictator King Leopold II of Belgium. Leopold II is one of the most brutal, but strangely unknown dictators in history from 1865-1909. He enslaved 8 million Congolese and killed thousands. The way he killed was incredibly brutal, working them to death, and torturing any who opposed him. He started a colonial empire in the Congo, with the goal of getting as rich as possible, through exploiting a much poorer group of people. Leopold was allowed to start his colony under the agreement that he would improve the lives of the people, but he completely ignored this promise. He killed 1 to 15 million people, by forcing them to hunt, mine gold, and harvest rubber.

#3 – Socialist Nazi Party Dictator Adolf Hitler, leader of Germany’s Socialist Party following his leadership of the German Workers Party, eventually evolving into the Nazi Party. Hitler killed an estimated 30 million people. The most well-known of this is the holocaust, which killed six million Jews. He was also responsible for the less well known Generalplan Ost, a genocide of millions of Slavic people. He killed them through the hunger plan, where he purposely starved millions of Soviets, whom he saw as an inferior race. This killed between 4.5 and 13.7 million people. In total the holocaust killed potentially 17 million people if you include non-Jews.

#2 – Communist Russian Dictator Joseph Stalin, leader of the Bloc of Communists and Non-Partisans movement. Stalin is probably the most infamous communist dictator, responsible for about 40 million murders. As Lenin grew closer to death, he worried about how much power, Stalin had accumulated, and after he died, Stalin took his place. He led the Soviet Union and committed horrible atrocities. In only 12 years in power, he killed between 40 and 62 million people. The Gulag was a series of labour camps where he sent political dissidents to work as slaves. Many of them worked until they died of exhaustion. He also committed genocides, including Holodomore…stealing food from Ukraine, and then blocking off the country, forcing them to starve, to subjugate any nationalistic ideas.

#1 – Chinese Communist Dictator Mao Zedong (1921-1976). Mao is the deadliest of all world dictators to date. Through communist policies he starved millions of people, possibly as many as 80 million. He killed any intellectuals who disagreed with him, putting people in labour camps, and condoning the beating and stoning people to death in struggle sessions. His “great leap forward” campaign was supposed to transform the country from an agrarian economy into a socialist one, but instead it caused the Great Chinese Famine. A famine that lasted 3 years and killed an estimated 15 to 45 million people. As world dictators go, few really come close to the destruction and devastation he caused, though there are some who will try.

(SOURCE) NOTE: Feel free to confirm the truth about these fascists at any legitimate source.

Unfortunately, we now have generations of Americans who no longer know true history and as a result, they are highly likely to help this history to repeat, as generations too young to know any better mislabel all “patriotic Americans” fascists. They have been Pavlov trained to vote the nation back into bondage as young unwitting students of global Marxism, socialism, communism, and the world’s most treacherous and famous dictators.

They cheer when democrat politicians use national security and justice agencies to terrorize and assassinate political opponents. They march in lockstep to unconstitutional and unlawful dictates from Washington D.C. as if they have no knowledge of freedom and liberty at all. They can’t wait to spread proven lies against their perceived enemies on social media. They have a violent reaction to the presence of truth.

The young have been conned into believing that acts of true patriotism, love of country, freedom, and liberty, are acts of “fascism” and “extremist” notions. Even worse, they have been so dumbed down, drugged up and mentally manipulated that even those who love and care for them most, their parents and grandparents, are often treated as their enemies.

All ten of the world’s most deadly and well known “fascists” were communist, socialist, totalitarian dictators responsible for creating the most brutal deadly conditions for millions of innocent citizens all over the world. But still, the young have been dog whistle trained to believe that patriotic Americans who simply desire to Make America Great Again are “fascists.”

Like almost everything the younger generations have been taught in recent years, there is absolutely no truth whatsoever to their false claims of “fascism” against all freedom loving Americans, including Donald J. Trump.

Instead, it is the global pied pipers of the Marxist Global Reset leading them to slaughter, whom they see as heroes worthy of their trust. Only if and when they are introduced to real history and the leftist foundations for all forms of fascism demonstrated throughout history, is there any chance that the young will stop destroying their own futures and ours.

They need look no further than the inhumane conditions of every major democrat controlled city in the USA for modern proof. They need only recognize the current “democrat dictators” in Washington D.C. ruling by unconstitutional “mandates” beyond any lawful authority, to understand reality.

It is up to the rest of us to put these facts and truths right in their faces until they can free themselves from the mental bondage that leftists have chained them to. The future of freedom and liberty all over the world depends on it.

CONCLUDING FACT: Fascism is NOT a “right-wing” ideology. History has repeatedly proven fascism to be a far-left form of extreme totalitarianism promoted only by communists and socialists. Today’s American socialist democrats and their Global Reset partners are the only real “fascists” in the USA.

In reality, at the far LEFT extreme is brutal fascism, a totalitarian dictatorship. At the far RIGHT extreme is the total opposite of fascism, an unbridled lawless anarchy, survival of the fittest, with no rule of law at all.

All of American politics needs a major housecleaning, eliminated all career criminal politicians, no matter the party. It can only happen when all freedom loving Americans unite against the career politicians. Let it be now!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

August 31, 2022

“Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.” -John 8:44

Once again, Marjorie Taylor Greene has been caught betraying her constituents (Amos 5:7).

If you remember, Marjorie Taylor Green, the one who decried the “Vaccine Nazis” and who boasted about not being vaccinated, was found to be guilty of investing into the very companies that she was publicly condemning (Proverbs 17:15).

In 2020, at least 13 senators and 35 US representatives held shares of Johnson & Johnson, the medical behemoth that produced the single-shot COVID-19 vaccine that more than 15 million Americans have received.

At least 11 senators and 34 representatives also held shares in 2020 of another COVID-19 vaccine manufacturer, Pfizer…

Lawmakers held these investments in COVID-19-minded companies as Congress was at the center of pandemic relief efforts. In 2020 and 2021, members of Congress voted on six relief bills together worth nearly $6 trillion. Congress also authorized more than $10 billion to help drug companies develop and distribute vaccines and forced health insurers to cover the cost of getting the shot.

Policymakers especially viewed the coronavirus vaccines developed by Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and Moderna — which each spent substantial amounts of money lobbying the federal government in 2020 — as critical to helping countries around the planet overcome the grip of the pandemic…

Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene, a Republican from Georgia who has decried “vaccine Nazis” and boasted about not getting vaccinated against COVID-19, reported owning stock in COVID-19 vaccine makers during 2020, including Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and AstraZeneca, according to a financial disclosure she submitted in August.

[Rumble Video]

Do you remember Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene owns stock in Walt Disney, which she says is ‘pro-child predator’?

• Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene of Georgia has accused the Walt Disney Co. of sexualizing children.
  • Greene also owns up to $45,000 worth of Disney stock.

Republican Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene this week accused Walt Disney Co. of sexualizing children after the entertainment giant criticized a Florida education law that critics have dubbed the “Don’t Say Gay” bill — and vowed to fight against it.

“It’s hard to believe that Disney, Walt Disney, the Walt Disney Co., would be the very place that this is happening,” she said during an interview…

“This is supposed to be the happiest place on Earth, a place where innocence is celebrated. But it seems to be the place where innocence is actually under attack.”

Greene added: “Walt Disney — they need to pay a serious price for this.”

What Greene didn’t mention is that she is a Disney investor, according to personal financial disclosures filed with the Clerk of the House of Representatives.

Entering 2021, Greene owned between $1,001 and $15,000 in Walt Disney Co. stock, her most recent annual financial disclosure indicated.

Greene subsequently added Disney stock to her portfolio. She purchased shares valued at between $1,001 and $15,000 on August 31, 2021, and then more shares valued in the same range on November 15, 2021, congressional records show. By law, members of Congress are only required to disclose the value of their assets in broad ranges.”

Friends, Marjorie Taylor Greene is not the hero to the Republic that she claims to be (Luke 22:48).

[Rumble Video]

Now, Marjorie is being found out once again (Good job, Business Insider).  Business Insider just reported: “Marjorie Taylor Greene says student loan forgiveness is ‘completely unfair’ despite the fact her company had loans worth $183,504 forgiven.”

• Marjorie Taylor Greene has criticized Biden’s student loan forgiveness plan announced on Wednesday.
• Speaking on Newsmax TV, she called the student loan relief “completely unfair.”
• Taylor Greene’s company had $183,504 in PPP loans forgiven in April 2020, according to public data.

Marjorie Taylor Greene criticized Biden’s student loan forgiveness plans as “completely unfair,” despite records showing that her own company had $183,504 worth of Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans forgiven in 2020.

The Republican politician and businesswoman was speaking on US conservative news network, Newsmax TV.

On Wednesday, the Biden administration announced plans to forgive $10,000 of student debt for most borrowers, fulling a campaign promise and extending relief to millions of borrowers.

Any US residents earning less than $125,000 are set to be eligible for the loan forgiveness.

In her interview, Taylor Greene said the plan was unfair to taxpayers who had never taken out a student loan.

She added that she opposed the student loan program in place in the US, saying: “There should not be a system in place that allows them and encourages them to pile up massive debt in these big colleges and universities.”

Data from ProPublica, a tracking site that uses data from the Small Business Association, shows that Taylor Green was one of several Republican members of Congress who had private loans forgiven.

The data shows that the total amount forgiven was $183,504, which represented full forgiveness of the original $182,300 loan plus the accrued interest. The majority of the relief issued in April 2020 was used for payroll, per the data.

In Conclusion: How many times do these corrupt politicians need to be exposed before the American people hold them to the very laws that they are to uphold (Luke 12:2)?

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Pastor Glynn Adams

August 30, 2022

Are you growing as weary reading about disobedient and rebellious religious systems in America as I am writing about them?  I’m not talking about perfection here but basic obedience and commitment to a sovereign King and following His way.  Many of us in the thousands have left these traditional, denominational, Luciferian religious systems in America.  Jesus is only building one church in America so someone has to adjust.  We are so divided but if two cannot agree on spiritual things, the Bible says they cannot walk together.  Can a nation reach the point of no return to where God leaves them to their devices?  Has America reached the point of no return?

According to Hebrews 10:26-31, we have trampled underfoot the Son of God, we have regarded as unclean the blood of the covenant and we have insulted the Spirit of Grace.  Our sin before a Holy God is we have failed to realize the sacredness of the sacrifice of Jesus on the Cross!!  This sin is worse than rebellion; it is a wounding of the love of Jesus!!!  As Hebrews 10 states, “For if we go on sinning willfully  after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins but a certain terrifying expectation of judgment and the fury of a fire which will consume….”  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  Oh, God really doesn’t mean that!!!  Does He?  Last time I looked we are under a terrifying judgment and, according to Hebrews 12:26-27, the shaking has begun in America and the majority who claim to follow Christ in America have not even moved to repentance to change their wicked ways.

As a learner, I don’t have it all together but I am following the ways of Christ.  If I fail, I repent, ask forgiveness, and move on.  As a watchman, I am sounding the alarm to everyone in America and I really don’t care who is offended.  All of us had better give God some sign here on earth we are serious about what is going on.  Hell has moved into America on our watch and too many who claim to follow Christ are apathetic and oblivious to what is happening in our nation.  God is clear; we are to resist evil and have influence in this nation.  We have neither.  God gave us dominion and we are to fix anything that goes wrong in our nation using the authority and power God has given to us.  God will show up at the battlefield when we show up but too many refuse to engage.  We are acting more stupid then a bag of rocks.  The consequences of our sins of disobedience and apathy are evident as we are a captured nation, ruled by evil, and we have become a dwelling place of demons with all authority and power from God available to us and many refuse to use it.  Most have no fear of God whatsoever!!!

God has the plan that is explained in the Word of God from Genesis to Revelation.  It is a flow that has been written by many writers covering thousands of years and is in perfect unity with God.  We do well to get in on the plan and obey the King’s plan.   Jesus has the plan for the church, “I will build My church.”  We must allow Jesus to build the church but we have allowed Constantine and man to build the church in America.  Too many in America are not willing to listen to an honest and rigorous appraisal of the contemporary church in America.  I have tried and it has proven too offensive to those who listened.  We must be daring enough to bring every practice under the scrutiny of Biblical revelation.  Because we have refused to bring scrutiny on the way we do church in America, our churches have become corrupt and ineffective.

We are in a mess.  With our disobedience, rebellion, and apathy along with the uncertainty of how these end times are going to be played out, we are entering uncharted waters.  The Scriptures are clear – God’s plan and pattern leads to life on this earth and eternal life with God.  Religious church systems who ignore evil has a way that seems right to them but leads to death and an eternity in hell!!  Too many in America who claim to follow Christ but have chosen poorly when they follow the plan of some pastor or denomination rather than depending entirely on the plan and pattern of God clearly defined in the Holy Scriptures!!!

From Genesis to Revelation, the battle rages everyday between good and evil, between the Spirit of Truth and the Father of Lies, between the true prophets and the false prophets, between the Christ and the antichrist and between our flesh and spirit.   As believers our struggle is not against flesh and blood but against rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places (Ephesians 6:12).  Christians wake up every day in enemy territory.  In American Religion, we ignore and fear spiritual warfare, demons, and how we are to deal with them and we can’t afford to ignore or fear them any longer.  Today, most Pastors and those who claim Christ are silent while America is systemically being dismantled by evil men.  As Pastor Dietrich Bonhoffer said during World War II when the church was silent against Hitler.  “Silence in the face of evil is in itself evil; God will not hold us guiltless.  Not to speak is to speak; not to act is to act.”

Sometime in the early 1900s, Satan was roaming to and fro on the earth and passing over America he noticed that American Christians were turning to religion and had become apathetic, asleep, and deceived.  America was experiencing an industrial revolution.  The dollars were flowing and an abundance of things were going on in America.  Christians and citizens were enjoying the fruit of their labor chasing the good life.  Satan and his demonic hordes were well aware that a nation that obeyed and followed God, it is impossible to dismantle.  However, so-called Christians in America were following the world system; not the plan and pattern of God.  Soon America was no longer ruled by God but by Satanic and demonic occults.

America stopped following God and His ways and we refuse to resist the evil before us so now we are dying – a slow and painful death.  As the late Russian Christian Alexander Solzhenitsyn said before his death, “To destroy a people, you must first sever their roots.”  This country has been transformed into a place unrecognizable – a place plagued by drugs, poverty, pornography, crime, lawlessness, and violence – all by design.  Our American work ethic has been changed to “give me.”  There is no faith that unites us.  Most citizens do not understand their government at all.  There is no history that grounds us because it has been rewritten.  More people depend on the government than work. American unity and sense of patriotism has given way to division and to those pushing their ideology.  All the while, most who claim to follow Christ in America are asleep, apathetic and just don’t care!!!

The demise of America is caused by a disobedient and apathetic religious system and false pastors.  The instruments Satan is using is a group of demonic aristocrats who sought the riches of this world and to establish a globalist’s government.  These demonic aristocrats were successful because those who claim to be the people of God in America are not resisting this systematic dismantling of America.  These citizens, living the life of comfort and ease, turned this nation over to the politicians who were under the yoke of the wealthy cabal, developed a secret, stealth-shadow government that has been ruling America behind the scene for years.  Wealthy bankers such as the Rothschild Family, and J. P. Morgan provided the money and agenda’ whose goal was to dissolve nation sovereignty and national law under an institution with global jurisdiction.

At the same time, wealthy steel magnate Andrew Carnegie set up his foundation to use its cash to control America’s educational and political institutions.  He also provided the blueprint for the formation of a shadow government that was to rule over America.  Carnegie knew that a global government required social engineering so he established in 1905, the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching (CFAT) to gain control of America’s educational system.  By 1909, CFAT was the national unofficial accrediting agency for colleges and universities and it possessed the power to create the curricula.  Since Carnegie was an Anglophile, a freemason, a practitioner of the occult, avowed socialists, an agnostic, a globalist, most of our universities throughout America began to reflect his ideology and beliefs.

In 1905, wealthy John D. Rockefeller, Sr. established the General Education Board (GEB).  In no time at all, the GEB was working in tandem with the CFAT to develop standardized curricula with standardized text books for all American children.  It was at this time that the Rockefeller Foundation was formed.  The demonic occults rule America; not the people.  Church is silent!!! [See: “Enemies Within The Church“]

The American religious community sat by and watched John D. Rockefeller, Jr. maintained a close relationship with Carnegie and the Fosdick brothers while he initiated a policy of funding seminaries that complied with the dictates of Higher Criticism (some parts of the Bible are not true) and the debunking of the New Testament, a new breed of ministers who believed neither the account of the resurrection nor the divinity of Jesus was unleashed on the American people.

Almost all of Christianity in America can best be described as convenient, comfortable, at ease in Zion, and avoid controversy at all cost.   Don’t offend anyone, easy believism, be user friendly, and by all means be “positive.”  When you come to God in ease and comfort, empty handed, you bring God nothing and you get nothing spiritually.   That is not true Christianity and in America, we have the fruit to prove it.

We must separate ourselves from those who are fake followers of Christ and false pastors.  We must expose them for who they are.  Jesus did this with all religious people he encountered.  We can no longer tolerate this scam in those who claim to follow Christ.  All of us have a lot of changing to do – every time we hear a lie by these evil globalists and we remain silent rather than countering the lie with the truth, evil wins.  This is how we got in this spiritual mess.  We are losing this war and our nation and we must not allow the Globalists to control the language.  This evil ideology has told us what we can or cannot say and we kept silent; hence they have controlled our speech.  As believers in Christ, we have a right to say what the Bible says – this is contending for the faith.  When they silence us, evil is controlling the gospel.  When they lie, we are to speak the truth and when we fail to do so, we are guilty of believing their lies.  We must contend for our faith!!!  We must become vocal and get outside our church buildings and openly take a stand against this evil overtaking our nation!!!

What a joy and privilege to be a follower of Christ and the Kingdom of God in these exciting days in America – the whole world coming apart, we are in a war for our survival, Jesus has the plan and pattern and His true followers have the power, authority, and answer in Jesus Christ!!!   What an opportunity to bring glory to God!!!  God bless His faithful and obedient followers, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to “The Killing of Uncle Sam” by Pastor Rodney Howard-Brown and Paul L. Williams and “The Marketing of Evil” by David Kuelian, various books on the Kingdom of God by Myles Munroe, Coach Dave Live broadcast 8-24-22)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By Debra Rae

August 30, 2022

Seattle Pacific University self-identifies as “a nationally ranked, private Christian liberal arts university in Seattle.” Never mind that SPU was named a “Best National University” for the sixth year in a row (US News & World Report, 2022). According to The Seattle Times, the biblical worldview traditionally held by Seattle Pacific represents a competing, “worst impression” version of American Christianity that, presumably, is not to be tolerated.

SPU’s fatal flaw? It’s not “woke.”

One-way Tolerance

The term “toleration” refers to conditional acceptance of (or non-interference with) another’s beliefs, actions or practices considered erroneous, but “tolerable.” For a student to attend SPU to the point of graduation presupposes toleration of the school’s core values.[1] But never mind that. Rather than show the respect due a graduation ceremony, a large number of woke seniors handed a pride flag to interim President Pete Menjares and refused to shake his hand.[2]

Two-way Tolerance

After twenty-plus years of employment at SPU, a similarly woke staff member I know recently gave notice. Unlike graduating seniors, this she did with professionalism and grace. No doubt she was grateful. When Congress ruled that discrimination based on biological sex (gender) was verboten in 1972, Title IX was embraced by SPU. At the time, binary regulations in Title IX were based on two genders, male and female. The concept, of course, is supported by genetic science (XX and XY chromosomes). It’s biblically sound,[3] and women benefited from it. As did this staff member and many disgruntled graduating seniors.

Since then, the script has since changed. In 2005, HB-1282 mandated that all school districts teach sexual diversity (gay, lesbian, bi-, and tranz, for example); and it forced the Planned Parenthood agenda.  Times, they are a’changing; but rather than add clarity, as activists maintain, proposed Title IX regulation revisions require schools to enforce unquestioned acceptance/normalization of gender-identity (woke) ideology.

Greater Clarity Alleged

By definition, clarification is to lessen confusion for the sake of greater comprehension. We’re told that current Title IX regulations must be amended “to provide greater clarity regarding the scope of sex discrimination” based on sex stereotypes, orientation, and gender identity. Arguably, woke-by-design warrants clarification, but not the “clarification” accompanying new Title IX regulations.[4] Allow me to explain. Goofy ontological theories, self-descriptors, and gender-friendly practices muddy the waters. They do not “clarify” anything close to reality.

• Origins “Clarified”: Born in the Wrong Body

The Bible is abundantly clear that God created male and female (Genesis 1:27); however, to clarify (actually, undermine) this truth, Title IX activists summarily dismiss data-driven science of expert anatomists and geneticists. The Centre for Sexual Wellness self-identifies as “sex-positive, LGBTQIA+ friendly, and kink-competent.” From their site we learn that genitalia do not equal gender. Instead, gender identity is on a continuum.[5]

Woke professionals at Boston Children’s Hospital accept the notion that sexuality is how you feel about others; gender is how you feel about yourself. Astonishingly, they recognize “trans” in toddlers (even babies), thus begging the question, “Are all toddlers ‘trans’ for refusing a haircut and playing with opposite-gender toys?”[6] On the Liz Wheeler show, doctors addressed intervention for being born in the wrong body. One attending physician in the Division of Gynecology at Boston Children’s hospital performs gender-affirming hysterectomies on toddlers, and her colleague surgically creates phalluses for would-be boy toddlers born female.[7] Teaching kindergarteners about gender identity, homosexuality, and LGBTQ issues pales in comparison to these unthinkable practices.

Sadly, the Biden administration pushes “gender-affirming therapy” as “normative treatment.” Therapy includes mutilating surgeries that result in permanent sterilization (as practiced at Boston Children’s Hospital), blocking normal adolescent development, and administering cross-sex hormones.

How clarifying is it for a child to learn that he or she was born into “the wrong body,” resulting in chemical and surgical interventions that force irreversible, life-altering consequences, not least of which are sterility and sexual dysfunction? Chemical and surgical interventions also interrupt healthy development, physically and emotionally, and could heighten loss of bone density, blood clots, cardiovascular disease, cancer, and cognitive issues. This is child abuse. Plain and simple.

• Self-Descriptors “Clarified”

Think about confusion engendered when a child grapples with the possibility of being “agender” (with no particular gender, or no gender at all). Perhaps that child is “androgyne,” “third gender,” “butch,” “a crossdresser,” “cisgender,” “gender expansive,” “gender fluid,” “pangender,” “transsexual,” “trans,” “tranz,” “intersexual,” or “gender outlaw.” You name it. Clearly, non-binary self-descriptors are far from clarifying! Hence, the fast-emerging pronoun conundrum. If all else fails, the LGBTQIA Resource Center suggests using “they” when one does not know a person’s gender.[8] How’s that for clarification?

Revised regulations expand the scope of Title IX, without Congressional approval, to include prohibiting “discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation and gender identity.” Upholding objectively-grounded genetic science, rather than subjectively perceived identity, subjects one to “sex-based harassment.” Examples are using a child’s given name and biologically accurate pronouns.

One 2016 study Trusted Source purports that affirming a person’s pronouns (in extension, their gender) lowers depression and raises self-esteem. Really? I find it difficult to accept that children taught PC affirmations, such as “Ze laughed with zir friends, enjoying zir self” will “win friends and influence people” to the point of raising one’s self-esteem.

• “Clarified” Gender-Friendly Practices

Title IX’s gender-friendly practices hardly “clarify.” Imagine your little girl being required to share private facilities with biological males who ostensibly identify as female. Forced to surrender her right to privacy, your daughter is placed at increased risk for harassment and/or assault by gender pretenders with untoward motives. But, wait, there’s more. Under Title IX, the age of opportunity for talented girl athletes will cease as girls are forced to compete unfairly with biological males whose stature and strength create significant risk of injury for girls. Add to that the likelihood of being bypassed when sports scholarships are awarded.

Our Charge: Let’s Be Abundantly Clear

• Be Clear: The New Title IX is a Matter of Federal Law

Without regard to parental objections, without notice or consent, school officials will usurp a parent’s rightful authority and intervene with regard to life-altering affirmations and resulting decisions that permanently affect the health and well-being of their children. Parents (caregivers or grandparents) who uphold their child’s biological gender identity, or who deem gender tampering harmful, are likely to be reported to Child Protective Services. The very activists who summarily dismiss data-driven science of expert anatomists and geneticists will see to it.

Make no mistake. The Biden administration’s attempt to expand Title IX has been dubbed “one of the largest, most aggressive social engineering overreaches of the government in America’s history.” And for good reason. It’s tantamount to federally-mandated indoctrination of our children—some seventy-seven million of them.

As federal law, Title IX regulations are not “alleviated by any state or local law or other requirement.” That is to say, these regulations create legal uncertainty about the enforceability of state laws that protect parental rights that conflict with the new regulations. Exploitative activist officials are likely to initiate expensive court action to obtain resolution.

• Be Clear: Woke Tolerance Flows One Way

In a 10-page executive order issued on June 15, 2022, President Biden pledged to defend the LGBT community and declared war on conversion therapy, used to promote state-sanctioned viewpoint discrimination. In fact, LGBTQ-identifying people deserve (and some demand) the right to follow their conscience, even when it means receiving psychological support to diminish unwanted sexual feelings.[9] Biden disagrees.

• Be Clear: Compliance is Non-optional

A school’s failure to follow the new rules is punished by loss of federal funding. To receive free student lunches, breakfasts, and other food items, schools must comply. Boys will use girls’ changing and restroom facilities. Teachers will use inappropriate pronouns for transgender students. Or else. Noncompliance will force some thirty million children every day to forfeit meals. Moreover, regulations will disproportionately harm minority and other disadvantaged children unable to access expensive, private options that bypass the craziness.

• Be Clear: Cost Savings Projections Are Pulled Out of a Hat

The Williams Institute at the University of California–Los Angeles estimates that only six-tenths of 1 percent of the nation’s population identified as transgender (2021). Nevertheless, new regulations mandate schools (K-12) to affirm a child’s asserted gender identity—this, as a matter of federal law.[10] Never mind the small numbers. A maze of bureaucratic functions is deemed necessary—including, but not limited to, designating a Coordinator, disseminating a nondiscrimination notice, adopting grievance procedures, record-keeping, and training. Cha-CHING.

Forget regulatory burdens. We are assured that any costs associated with the shift would be “minimal.” Even better: Over ten years, we’re told, a cost savings will be realized to the tune of $9.8 million to $28.2 million. Of course, the Department pulled these figures out of a hat. By its own admission, the Department cannot possibly quantify in monetary terms benefits of proposed regulations. But, hey, who’s noticing?

• Be Clear: The New Title IX Favors Global Values & Attitudes at Odds with American Culture & Religious Foundation

The reach of Title IX ideology is unquestionably global. The World Health Organization (WHO) identifies gender as a social construction that unenlightened people typically describe in terms of femininity and masculinity. In Western cultures, people associate femininity with women and masculinity with men, but this social construction varies across cultures.

The WHO further defines gender-affirming care (GAC) as psychological, behavioral and medical interventions designed to support and affirm an individual’s gender identity when it conflicts with the gender the person was assigned at birth.[11]

Alas, in today’s Brave New World of gender affirmation, American culture and religious legacy must bow to the god of wokeness. Period.

• Global Soft Law

Updated regulations for Title IX mirror values and attitudes of global soft law—e.g., the G20 education document (Argentina 2018). Betsy DeVos signed on and thereby agreed to “promote the development of curricula … which have a strong focus on …  [global] values and attitudes.”

Keep in mind that regimes of fellow signers are known to torture and slaughter opponents of communism and/or sharia law, but I digress. If this isn’t disturbing enough, DeVos also committed to “foster the inclusion of non-cognitive skills such as socio-emotional skills across the curriculum.” Her educrat psycho-babble is intended to conceal programs of psychological conditioning to bring about the values and attitudes demanded not by “we, the people,” but by the establishment.[12]

• Be Clear: Fundamental Rights Are Forfeited Under Title IX

The U.S. Supreme Court has never upheld viewpoint discrimination. Yet, under Title IX, the First Amendment suffers deadly assault. While civil rights are afforded the woke among us, Bible-believing Christians must surrender the right to “free exercise” of their deeply-held faith precepts, not to mention freedom of speech to testify publicly as to those biblically-grounded beliefs. Whether leveled against religionists or principled scientists, viewpoint discrimination violates one’s First Amendment rights. And that’s no small matter.

For these reasons, I strongly oppose Title IX regulation revisions that require schools to enforce unquestioned acceptance/normalization of gender-identity (woke) ideology; and I encourage others to join me.

Before the September 12th deadline:

• Go to this website: org/title-IX/
• Watch the VIDEO
• Scroll down to HERE’S WHAT TO DO and follow the instructions very carefully

Share this with others.[13]

© 2022 Debra Ray – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Debra Ray: debraraer@comcast.net

Footnotes

[1] Colossians 3:5, Leviticus 18:22, Deuteronomy 22:5 & 23:17, Romans 1:26-32, 1 Corinthians 6:9-10, 1 Timothy 1:10, and Jude 7, 10.

[2] Video of spu graduation goes viral when graduates hand president pride flags in protest

[3] Genesis 1:27—Male and female He created them.

[4] ChildParentRights.org/title-IX/

[5] Ironically, the Old Testament pairs sexual anomalies (sin) with “confusion,” and gender dysphoria is defined as an uncomfortable state of confusion.

[6] https://www.womenshealthmag.com/relationships/a36395721/gender-identity-list/

[7] Liz Wheeler Show, https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=ti21dSzD8mk

[8] https://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/gender-pronouns#common-pronouns

[9] Bidens LGBTQI executive order seen by some as an attack on civil rights

[10] Bidens LGBTQI executive order seen by some as an attack on civil rights

[11] Bidens LGBTQI executive order seen by some as an attack on civil rights

[12]  http://freedomproject.com/the-newman…agenda-for-u-s

[13] https://www.givehim15.com/post/august-24-2022

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 29, 2022

Let’s take a break to enjoy the many wonders of America. John Muir and President Teddy Roosevelt brought us our National Parks.  One of the most profoundly unusual ones must be Glacier National Park.  I’ve bicycled up to Logan Pass many times to enjoy the sheer magnitude and beauty of what some call, “The Crown Jewel of the World.”

Hop on your bicycle, motorcycle, car or even carry a backpack, and let’s climb into beauty, wonder, majesty and splendor of America’s treasures.  David Christie and I will take you to the top.

The night before, we camped out at Avalanche Campground near Lake McDonald on the west side of Glacier.  In the morning, we took off at 5:00 to beat the restrictions to be at the top by 11: 00.

We busted our tailfeathers grinding up “The Road Going to the Sun” on the west side of Glacier National Park. We cranked along deep green canyon walls. Snowfields erupted into white-water cascades rushing off the sides of cliffs like a gorgeous movie star’s earring dangling from her ears. The rush of life carried past us with a clear water stream replete with fish, kingfishers and deer drinking at the shoreline.

Once we moved beyond the river, the road, at 6 percent grade, began its methodical journey to the top of Logan’s Pass at 6,400 feet.

Along the route, a combustion of wildflowers entertained our eyes and the scents of summer wafted into our nostrils. When you crank a bike through such wonders, it does a number on your senses: taste, smell, touch, vision, sounds. And more so, it affects your spirit. Nature fills you up to the top. It pampers you with its monopoly on wonder. Its showcase of colors. Its compelling power to mesmerize you with its profound splendor! Ironically, you’re part of it on your bike as you wind up that serpentine “Road Going to the Sun.” You become a fiber in the web of life.

(Frosty Wooldridge & David Christie riding into Glacier National Park)

As you pedal along a sheer rock wall on one side, and a sheer thousand-foot cliff on the other side, Glacier National Park starts giving up her secrets to you. First, you see 492-foot Bird Woman Falls. Then, you pass “The Weeping Wall” where rocks erupt with showers dropping onto the road. From there, you see snowfields caught in couloirs. All of it garnished in green trees and tundra in the high country.

Further in your journey, enormous mountain rivers cascade over gray rocks with crashing whitewater causing a roar felt in your ears and heightened by the visions in your eyes. All your senses grow acute at Glacier. You dismount from your bike to take pictures. Where do you start? Heck, turn it on ‘video’ to get the entire scene captured for friends. But nothing can beat your front row seat. Your friends may love the pictures, but only you ‘feel’ it in your soul.

“It’s great to be us,” said David.

Six hours later, we reached the top. In the parking lot, a tourist walked up, “Wow,” he said.

“You guys finally made it,” he said. “We felt so sorry for you having to pedal those bikes with your heavy loads. Gees, it looks like you’re carrying 100 pounds of gear. Shoot, we made it up in 30 minutes.”

Lord, he made it up in 30 minutes with two people weighing 350 pounds inside a land yacht dragging 10 tons of steel, listening to the radio, spewing countless carbon fumes melting the glaciers, surrounded by glass and steel, along with air conditioning, and drinks from the fridge. We, on the other hand, hammered up that road, busted our legs, took over 50 pictures, watched hummingbirds suck nectar out of the wildflowers, felt Nature at its best, and reached the top with a feeling of total exultation, triumph and a gut feeling of, well, you know if you ride a bicycle. We felt the magic inside our bodies, minds and spirits. Trade it for 30 minutes in a land yacht? Not a chance!

I wanted to say, “Dude, you gotta be kidding, you feel sorry for us?” Instead, I said, “That’s great man, you made it in 30 minutes, and it took us six hours. It’s good that you enjoyed a much easier way of getting to the top.”

In the end, everyone gets to choose their life path. I wished them good health and high spirits after our conversation.

At the top, just a complete mess of gridlocked cars and people crawling all over the place. Not a wilderness experience, whatsoever! More like a traffic and people congestion in Chicago, LA and Atlanta!  If you visit Glacier, drive into the park before 5:45 a.m. to beat advance registration and beat horrific crowds.

On the Eastern side, you ride along a raw, rugged canyon slipping southward into St. Mary’s Lake. Your eyes take huge gulps of beauty, but it’s impossible to swallow because it usurps your imagination with its enormity. When the glaciers formed this place, they didn’t disappoint! It’s amazing what Nature can do with a few million years, some glaciers and a little bit of erosion.

(David Christie, 71, riding down the eastern side of the Road Going to the Sun.)

We launched our bikes into ‘gravity gear’ for the ride down. Tons of waterfalls, lots of whitewater streams, splendid wildflowers and verdant, verdant green wonder everywhere as it butted up against the gray mountains that led to cobalt skies garnished with puffy white thunderheads.

It’s almost impossible to describe a place like Glacier National Park. They call it “The Crown Jewel of the World” and it lives up to its name.

That night, we rolled into St. Mary’s Campground with other cyclists. Everyone shared their amazing day. After dinner, a dark cloud rolled into camp. Soon after, the rains hit. They didn’t just hit, they deluged us. I fell asleep in my tent with the biggest smile on my face as to a day well lived. “Ain’t nobody feeling sorry for me,” I muttered to myself.

In the morning, I crawled out of my sleeping bag to the entire valley with mountains fencing it on both sides.  A long white cloud snaked along the lakeside between the mountains and the forests. Above, blue sky with fantastic ‘fan’ clouds creating an incredible view.

David crawled out of his tent, “That was a hell of a day yesterday, and it looks like another one coming up today.”

“You know,” I said. “It feels like a dream. Instead, we’re right in the middle of it.”

David said, “You got that right.”

“It’s GREAT to be us,” I said.

Canada to Mexico, Continental Divide, waking up to a sunrise over St. Mary’s Lake, Glacier National Park. With such energy in the air and such visual transformation, we felt blessed to see the sky, the long white cloud wafting over the valley, two grizzly bears, eagles, deer and wildflowers. Such an amazing journey for David Christie and Frosty Wooldridge. On tour through the magnificent moments of life.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Paul Engel

August 29, 2022

• Do you understand Dual Sovereignty and the threat it poses to your rights?
• Did you know that the Eighteenth Amendment and prohibition was the basis of this idea of dual sovereignty?
• How has the court taken a limited concurrent jurisdiction clause and turned it into federal oversight of just about every law in the nation?

Most of us are aware of Double Jeopardy, the right to not be tried for the same crime twice, but the courts have adopted a “dual sovereign” doctrine to get around this pesky little problem. Two Supreme Court cases out of Oklahoma show how good intentions often lead to problems, and how the court makes up the rules as they go along. We’ll also look at how this concept of dual sovereignty can be used to violate both your rights and the Constitution of the United States.

Dual Sovereignty

To understand the dual sovereignty doctrine, we need to understand the Double Jeopardy Clause of the Fifth Amendment.

nor shall any person be subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; 

U.S. Constitution, Fifth Amendment

The idea of the Double Jeopardy Clause is simple: Government only gets one chance to convict you of a crime. In the United States we have multiple governments. We have the federal government, one for each of the fifty states, and I don’t know how many county and city governments. Does the Fifth Amendment apply to all of these governments? Yes. There is nothing in the language of the Fifth Amendment to limit it to just one government. So what happens when a state tries someone, yet doesn’t get a conviction? Is it possible to get another chance once “jeopardy has attached”, as the legal-eagles would say? Enter the case of United States v. Lanza and the dual sovereignty doctrine.

It follows that an act denounced as a crime by both national and state sovereignties is an offense against the peace and dignity of both and may be punished by each. … Here the same act was an offense against the state of Washington, because a violation of its law, and also an offense against the United States under the National Prohibition Act. The defendants thus committed two different offenses by the same act, and a conviction by a court of Washington of the offense against that state is not a conviction of the different offense against the United States, and so is not double jeopardy.

United States v. Lanza

This case was somewhat unique. Lanza was charged in 1920 with manufacturing intoxicating liquor, which had been made illegal in 1919 with the ratification of the Eighteenth Amendment:

After one year from the ratification of this article the manufacture, sale, or transportation of intoxicating liquors within, the importation thereof into, or the exportation thereof from the United States and all territory subject to the jurisdiction thereof for beverage purposes is hereby prohibited.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XVIII, Section 1

What makes this unique comes from Section 2.

The Congress and the several States shall have concurrent power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XVIII, Section 2

The language of the Eighteenth Amendment specifically provides for concurrent power held by both the United States. and the Several States. It was the only instance where power was shared between two governments. In no other place under the Constitution of the United States is power shared.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

So when the Supreme Court found that Lanza had committed offenses against both the State of Washington and the United States, it would seem valid because, under the Eighteenth Amendment, both governments had concurrent jurisdiction. However, as courts often do, they have taken one phrase from this opinion and used it to come to decisions completely divorced from the original opinion. In the Lanza case opinion we find:

We have here two sovereignties, deribing [sp?] power from different sources, capable of dealing with the same subject matter within the same territory. 

United States v. Lanza

The Lanza court made one mistake in this language. While they were dealing with two sovereignties, they both derived their power in this case from the same source: The Eighteenth Amendment. Since this is the only place in the Constitution that gives concurrent jurisdiction to both the States and the United States, and since the Eighteenth Amendment was repealed in 1933 by the Twenty-First Amendment, this unique situation no longer exists.

Oklahoma v. Castro-Huerta

Which brings us to the case Oklahoma v. Castro-Huerta.

Held: The Federal Government and the State have concurrent jurisdiction to prosecute crimes committed by non-Indians against Indians in Indian country.

Oklahoma v. Castro-Huerta

Victor Manuel Castro-Huerta was charged and convicted by the State of Oklahoma for child neglect. What brought this case to the Supreme Court was the question of jurisdiction. While Mr. Castro-Huerta is not an Indian, his daughter is. Also, the crime took place in the City of Tulsa, which, according to the Supreme Court in the case McGirt v. Oklahoma, is mostly part of the Creek Reservation, making it “Indian country” and therefore under the jurisdiction of the United States. This is where the problems with the dual sovereignty doctrine shows up. Was Mr. Castro-Huerta in “Indian country” and subject to federal jurisdiction, or was he in the State of Oklahoma and subject to their jurisdiction? According to the Supreme Court, both the State and Federal government have concurrent jurisdiction. How can that be?

Does it matter that the defendant is not an Indian while the victim is? No. If you, as an American citizen, commit a crime in Canada or Mexico, the United States does not have jurisdiction. If the crime occurred in both Indian and non-Indian jurisdictions, then maybe both governments would have a case, but that is not concurrent jurisdiction, it is a crime committed in multiple jurisdictions. For example, if someone performs a mass shooting crossing state lines, the states can charge the accused with the shootings within their states. However, because the crime crossed state lines, does that make it a federal crime? The federal courts say yes, but the Constitution does not.

This case is a little different. Crimes like kidnapping and murder are not inherently federal crimes. Congress only has the power:

To exercise exclusive Legislation in all Cases whatsoever, over such District (not exceeding ten Miles square) as may, by Cession of particular States, and the Acceptance of Congress, become the Seat of the Government of the United States, and to exercise like Authority over all Places purchased by the Consent of the Legislature of the State in which the Same shall be, for the Erection of Forts, Magazines, Arsenals, dock-Yards, and other needful Buildings;—And

To make all Laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested by this Constitution in the Government of the United States, or in any Department or Officer thereof.

U.S. Constitution, Article 1, Section 8, Clauses 16 & 17

This means that Congress can make laws for “Indian country”, but not for the rest of the city of Tulsa. Remember, under the Sixth Amendment we find:

In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment VI

That means that Mr. Castro-Huerta has the right to be tried in both the state and district where the crime was committed. This should determine which government has jurisdiction, but the court had other ideas.

Conclusion

I have not taken the time to discuss the question of whether or not the United States has the legal authority to own “Indian country”. That will have to be a discussion for another day, but by holding that the State of Oklahoma and the United States have concurrent jurisdictions, the court has violated both the Constitution of the United States and the rights of Mr. Castro-Huerta. Since child neglect is not a power delegated to the United States, the only place they have jurisdiction is in Indian country. Since, as far as I can tell from the Court’s opinion, the crime occurred in “Indian country”, then Mr. Castro-Huerta’s appeal should have been upheld, since the crime took place on federal land. By allowing the State of Oklahoma to try him for a crime that took place on federal land, the court has exposed Mr. Castro-Huerta to Double-Jeopardy. If the court is allowed to make up the rules to satisfy the justice’s own sense of what is right, then the rule of law has failed. Of course, this would not be such an issue if Congress had not taken over vast tracks of public lands as the price of admission into the union.

The protection against Double Jeopardy is very important to due process. While so far the federal government hasn’t attempted to prosecute Mr. Castro-Huerta, think of how many cases where the defendant was found not-guilty in state court only to be charged for the same crime in federal court. That is a violation of Double Jeopardy, but the Supreme Court has given its stamp of approval under the Dual Sovereign doctrine. While I have shown that the Constitution does recognize multiple sovereigns, it does not give them concurrent jurisdictions since the repeal of the Eighteenth Amendment. So when Congress empowers federal law enforcement to enforce laws outside of federal land, it’s just one more example of laws of the United States that are not made pursuant to the Constitution and are therefore void (Marbury v. Madison). Keep that in mind the next time you hear of someone being charged in both state and federal court.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Lex Greene

August 29, 2022

For many years, I made fun of the “chem-trail” conspiracy theorists because as a fixed wing pilot for years myself, I’m quite familiar with vapor trails. But the recent display of utter mass-insanity in our country made me wonder if we were not being poisoned by our own government, be it via chem-trails or our food and water supply.

What else could explain the mass-psychosis gripping our society, now visible in daily life?

“Psychosis is when people lose some contact with reality. Mass formation psychosis is when a large part of a society focuses its attention to a leader(s) or a series of events and their attention focuses on one small point or issue. Followers can be hypnotized and be led anywhere, regardless of data proving otherwise. A key aspect of the phenomena is that the people they identify as the leaders – the one’s that can solve the problem or issue alone – they will follow that leader(s) regardless of any new information or data. Furthermore, anybody who questions the leader’s narrative are attacked and disregarded.” (Source)

Sound familiar? A lot like the current “cancel culture” maybe, demonizing, arresting, raiding the property of everyone willing to speak out against the utter insanity?

Did you wonder why millions of Americans were so willing to give up their freedom, liberty, income, family, and friends at the drop of a hat, under an alleged corona virus (common cold) threat that in the end, only affected the same number of people who get the flu every year?

Did you wonder why so many wore a mask despite manufacture labels explaining that those masks were not designed for, or capable of, preventing the spread of any virus? Did you wonder why millions of Americans rushed to take untested and non-FDA Approved “vaccines” and continue to take them despite proof that they don’t prevent infection, illness, transmission or even death – and may in fact be killing people?

Expert in the field of mass-mental manipulation, Carla Mardell, explains in this brief interview.

Fundamentally, mind control is based upon the ability to manipulate the mind by simply controlling the information allowed to enter the mind — or prevented from entering the mind. The human mind is much like a computer, in that it can only manage the information it is allowed to absorb. Garbage information in, and you can only get garbage information out.

Meanwhile, this critical information has been intentionally withheld from public access in the USA. Had any American known the truth about COVID19 or the so-called “vaccines,” no one would have ever ventured into this Nuremberg level human experiment.

Mind control involves preventing the truth from being known, as just confessed by Facebook billionaire Mark Zuckerberg, who now claims the platforms 2020 mass-manipulation of information was directed by the FBI. Guess what else federal agencies told social media platforms to manipulate in 2020?

It also involves the intentional spread of blatantly false information, such as the numerous attacks of President Donald J. Trump, all of which proven baseless eventually. This has nothing to do with what I personally think of Trump, but rather the simple fact that nothing they have accused him of, has proven to be true.

How were millions of Americans driven to a deep hatred of Donald Trump, most of whom incapable of stating one legitimate reason for their hatred of a man they never met and know almost nothing about? Nothing more than mindless regurgitated false talking point…

It’s quite easily done actually… All it takes is a steady diet of non-stop hate filled attacks from every possible source, ABC, CBS, NBC, MSNBC, CNN, FOX, PBR, NPR, Hollywood, Twitter, Facebook, the college lecture halls, political parties, all the way down to K thru 12 public education and the modern church pulpit. Everywhere you look, every sound you hear, an open character assassination of any popular political opponent.

No, of course it doesn’t need to be true, any of it. It just needs to be a continuous drumbeat. Not a single accusation hurled at Trump over the past seven years has proven true in the end. In fact, evidence of democrat party corruption was discovered at the root of every false accusation.  But that has no bearing at all with his haters. The facts are entirely irrelevant to them.

Rape of the mind is focused on the young, the most vulnerable minds in any society.

The same group of young Americans know that communism has brutally murdered millions all over the world. They know that socialism has miserably failed everywhere it’s been tried on earth. But they still believe that these forms of fascism and totalitarianism can work, and that it holds more promise than a capitalist free-market economy that created the most prosperous nation ever known to mankind, raising every race, creed, and color from generational poverty.

They watch as millions flee their homelands daily, countries ravaged by socialist and communist policies, in search of freedom in the United States at grave risk. But they still don’t think America is worth celebrating and protecting. None of them leave the USA to join a socialist country, but they instead insist America should become a 3^rd world Marxist country.

This is the direct result of decades of blatant lies, poured into their brains like poison 24/7, until they can no longer detect basic right from wrong, good from evil, truth from lie. Their minds are no longer free, able to take in truth, digest it properly, and arrive at any logical conclusion.

Sadly, those most affected by this are the young, those who have not lived long enough to understand much of anything, beyond what they are told. Never in history has there ever been such a generation totally ignorant of reality, but so sure of themselves.

In truth, American minds have been manipulated for more than a hundred years now. Despite knowing our Founders refused to form a “democracy” in favor of a guaranteed Republican form of self-governance, most Americans still think the USA is a “democracy,” not knowing the critical difference between the two.

Even worse, the constant rape of young minds in this country has resulted in a vicious militant anger towards every peaceful freedom and liberty loving American. They are the Marxist Cancel Culture Army in the USA now. They are the “citizen army” that Barack Obama promised to build, in his ongoing effort to “fundamentally transform America” into a 3^rd world member of Klaus Schwab’s global commune, where we will “own nothing.”

In closing, if a person is only able to tolerate one view and demonstrates an involuntary violent reaction to any information that challenges their belief system, they are under mind control. When people hate, without an ability to explain their hatred, or define the reasons for their hatred in real factual terms, they are under mind control.

Those under mind control do not know that their thoughts and views are being controlled by others, via systematic flooding of information designed to condition thoughts that they believe are their own. Past a certain point, the mind is held hostage to self-defeating concepts. Claiming a right to never be offended, those under mind control are easily offended by any opposing view or set of facts, and they react violently towards anyone who dare to present facts that may undermine their belief structure.

A majority of Americans are already conditioned for the next big attack on Trump, when only the scientists and doctors responsible for the entire COVID19 disaster should be blamed and held accountable. Trump was merely “following the scientists.”

Many pet lovers are familiar with Pavlov’s Dog Training experiments. What most don’t know more importantly, is Pavlov also studied the human mind and found that the same stimuli used to train dogs works to train the human mind. In modern America, free gifts from the public treasury are the equivalent of dog treats used to condition the behavior of the dog. Those who “go-long to get-along” qualify for treats from the government. Those who don’t are denied any treats from their government, and are instead, targeted by the government as “dangerous extremists.”

I write this for two groups… first so that parents and grandparents understand why when they sent their kids to “higher learning” centers, they had a violent far left total stranger return home, and that it was no accident or coincidence.

Also, for the younger generations who have been mentally conditioned to commit national socialist suicide in elections, totally discarding the love and wisdom of all who have lived and experienced much more, in favor of their high-browed experts and professors, in my hopes that some can be reached before it’s too late.

May God Place his Healing Hand upon this very sick nation… for it is the only hope we have now. Sadly, many of the mind-controlled will even take offense to this.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Greg Ciola

August 28, 2022

Dear Heavenly Father, the great I AM who I AM, the One who holds Heaven and Earth in the palm of His hand, we come before you now in complete humility and beseech you to intervene in our affairs and save us from this global health crisis that is reshaping the world. We have gone through a long period of darkness under the cover of deceit.

Jesus said that “The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy.”  — John 10:10

We know because you have blessed us with spiritual eyes to see and spiritual ears to hear that this global pandemic was a long-orchestrated event to frighten the world and allow all nations and governments to surrender authority to an evil organization called the World Health Organization who worships the serpent.

Everything unfolding is in perfect alignment with what Jesus said the devil is out to accomplish. The global elite are trying to take away people’s ability to make their own decisions, which is a right granted to us from above by You, not any earthly government.

Billions of lives hang in the balance. If what they have gotten away with thus far isn’t stopped, they will block all our health rights and decimate our health care and economic system as we know it. There is nothing being proposed or done that will create a better system or offer this nation the abundant life Jesus died for us to have.

[See Gregory Ciola’s book: “The Battle for Health is Over pH; Alkaline vs Acid, Life and Death Hangs in the Balance“]

We know from the scriptures that you are a God who is never late, but you are also a God who is never early. We ask you to show up now to confuse, confound and disrupt the plans of the wicked. In the name of Jesus Christ, we ask you to dispatch legions of angelic warriors from your throne to STOP their agenda.

Your Word says that “For thou art not a God that hath pleasure in wickedness: neither shall evil dwell with thee.” — Psalm 5:4

We know from your word that “There is no faithfulness in their mouth; their inward part is very wickedness; their throat is an open sepulcher; they flatter with their tongue.” — Psalm 5:9

“Let them fall by their own counsels; cast them out in the multitude of their transgressions; for they have rebelled against thee.” — Psalm 5:10

Father, we know that it is Your Will for us to “Prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth.”  — 3 John 2.

Nothing is too hard or big for You to accomplish, and nothing is too small for you to be concerned about. Even though our land is filled with rebellion and sin, we ask you to be merciful towards us and forgive everyone who turns to you for help and repents. Please don’t hide your face from us in this hour of need. Please heal our nation and save us from this impending doom.

Throughout the scriptures there are many stories on record that demonstrate that our battles are not to be fought by us, but that you will do battle for us. When Moses and the Israelites were encamped against the Red Sea and Pharaoh’s army was behind them, it seemed hopeless. But we don’t serve a hopeless God.

You told Moses to “Fear ye not, stand still, and see the Salvation of the LORD, which he will show you today: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen today, ye shall see them again no more for ever.” — Exodus 14:13

Show us Your Salvation by fully and completely exposing this global takeover agenda orchestrated by the devil and bring the truth to light so the entire world can see what has been done in secret to attack our health.

Another story of victory is the battle between David and Goliath. No one thought a young shepherd boy could take on the fiercest and mightiest warrior in the world. But David, filled with Your Spirit, had no fear, and knew there was a weak spot. One rock between Goliath’s forehead took this Philistine champion down for good.

Heavenly Father, our federal government has become like Goliath. Washington, D.C. has a never-ending thirst for more power and control. Like Goliath, this monster has reared its ugly head and is pounding its chest in defiance of your truth with the intent of harming the great people of these United States.

Just like you delivered the Israelites by the hand of David from being slaves to the Philistines, we ask you to deliver all the believers and followers of Jesus Christ our Savior, from the federal government’s attempt to take over the entire country and make us slaves to the horrendous “Great Reset” system they envision.

We pray that our enemies who are determined to usher in a Communist form of government in this great nation You blessed us with will be defeated. Let them have no peace or unity within their Party.

Your word says: “The LORD is my rock, and my fortress, and my deliverer; my God, my strength, in whom I will trust; my buckler, and the horn of my salvation, and my high tower. I will call upon the LORD, who is worthy to be praised: so shall I be saved from mine enemies.” — Psalm 18:2-3

Save us from all our enemies Heavenly Father. Let the world know that You still answer prayers and that You still have a Divine purpose and destiny for this nation, not to be CHANGED from a Christian Republic with Jesus Christ as our King to a Satanic Democracy with an evil dictator calling all the shots and running our lives.

We ask you TODAY Father to let our leaders know who is really in charge. Let them know that they are answerable to a higher power. For you have highly exalted Jesus Christ and given him a name that is above every name: “That at the name of Jesus EVERY knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; And that EVERY tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” — Philippians 2:10

Please hear our prayers now. Drive Satan and all the demons of hell away from our nation and away from all Christians around the world that are being persecuted for their Faith. Free us from the tyrannical control they are seeking to impose upon us. May you get all the honor and the glory for the victory.

“Thine, O LORD, is the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is thine; thine is the kingdom, O LORD, and thou art exalted as head above all. Both riches and honour come of thee, and thou reignest over all; and in thine hand is power and might; and in thine hand it is to make great, and to give strength unto all. Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name.” — I Chronicles 29:11-13

Blessed be Thy Holy name forever and forever!

Hallelujah!

[See Gregory Ciola’s book: “The Battle for Health is Over pH; Alkaline vs Acid, Life and Death Hangs in the Balance“]

© 2022 Gregory Ciola – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Gregory Ciola: crossingjordan77@gmail.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

August 28, 2022

V for Vendetta, a dystopian political action film that debuted in 2005, portrays an England of the near future ruled by a fascist and authoritarian regime which maintains control over the people through constant propaganda, and imprisonment or execution of dissidents.

The protagonist was a vigilante wearing a Guy Fawkes mask who called himself “V”. During the film, on November 5, V hijacked the state-run television network BTN to address the nation. He described the tyranny imposed for many years on the people through fear and terror perpetrated by the state. Freedom of speech, once a prominent and precious right, was long removed from society by the iron fist of the state. V made this point in his address:

“While the truncheon may be used in lieu of conversation, words will always retain their power. Words offer the means to meaning, and for those who will listen, the enunciation of truth.”

V then encouraged the people of England to stand against the regime by joining him outside the now vacant House of Parliament in one year’s time on Guy Fawkes Night. His words, and subsequent actions in the film, motivated the people by the thousands to cease complying with their tyrannical rulers and show up the following November 5 to peacefully protest outside the House of Parliament. The military, instead of shooting at the people, stood down. The film ended with the collapse of the regime and hope for a free England.

The power of words to bring about significant change, to create great things or cause catastrophic destruction, cannot be underestimated. By the Word of God, the universe sprang into existence. The smallest subatomic particle to the largest galaxy is sustained by the word of His power (Genesis 1; John 1:1-3; Hebrews 1:1-4). It was by God’s word that the Great Flood was brought forth to destroy the ancient world of the ungodly but preserve Noah and his family (2 Peter 2:5).

Most of us are probably familiar with the traditional Black spiritual, “He’s Got the Whole World in His Hands”, first published in Spirituals Triumphant, Old and New in 1927. It paints a picture of God’s great love for humanity and His mighty sustaining power over all creation. This song is a reminder of the words of the apostle Paul in Colossians 1:16-17,

“For by Him [Jesus] all things were created, both in the heavens and on earth, visible and invisible, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities — all things have been created through Him and for Him. He is before all things, and in Him all things hold together.”

According to Proverbs 9:10, the fear of the Lord God is the beginning of wisdom. An important aspect of this fear, or reverence, of God is the recognition that we do not live by physical nourishment alone but by every word that proceeds from His mouth (Matthew 4:4).

Because God’s word is so powerful, it cannot fail to accomplish what He wills (Isaiah 55:10-11; Ephesians 1:11). It is guaranteed by Him to be effective. And that means we can trust what He says to not only be true but come to pass. When the Father says that whoever trusts solely on the merits and promises of His one and only Son, Jesus, will have eternal life as a gift, that word is as effectively powerful as when He spoke the universe into existence (John 3:16).

The Word of God is able to bring healing to heart, mind and body. He can deliver from all kinds of seemingly insurmountable obstacles that we sometimes face. The Lord by His word works out all the events and circumstances of our lives for our good, justifies us before God, and brings us into glory (Romans 8:28-30).

God’s word brings lives from death to life, nourishes the soul, imparts instruction, guidance, and wisdom. It provides comfort, perseverance, and peace in what often appears to be a chaotic, threatening, and hopeless world.

The most famous part of Georg Friedrich Händel’s (1685-1759) Messiah is the Hallelujah chorus (number 44). But immediately prior to this are numbers 40-43, which sings portions of Psalm 2 depicting the world’s rejection of the gospel and God’s ultimate victory.

“Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the LORD, and against His Anointed, saying, ‘Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.’ He that sitteth in the heavens shall laugh: the Lord shall have them in derision.” (Psalm 2:1-4)

“Thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in pieces like a potter’s vessel. ” (Psalm 2:9)

Jesus, God’s Anointed, brings us encouragement and hope in a world under the seemingly irresistible control of Satan and those allied with him. Though they fancy themselves to be all powerful, the combined efforts of the kings of the earth, the World Economic Forum, and the United Nations, are not strong enough to overcome the Word of God. He has the final say because He is God, and they are not.

“And I saw heaven opened, and behold, a white horse, and He who sat on it is called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He judges and wages war. His eyes are a flame of fire, and on His head are many diadems; and He has a name written on Him which no one knows except Himself. He is clothed with a robe dipped in blood, and His name is called The Word of God. And the armies which are in heaven, clothed in fine linen, white and clean, were following Him on white horses. From His mouth comes a sharp sword, so that with it He may strike down the nations, and He will rule them with a rod of iron; and He treads the wine press of the fierce wrath of God, the Almighty. And on His robe and on His thigh He has a name written, “KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.” (Revelation 19:11-16)

Words have power, and their power depends on the one who speaks them. The Word of God, Jesus Christ, has all power and authority in heaven and earth (Matthew 28:18-20). Psalm 2 concludes by proclaiming how blessed are all who put their trust in Him.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

August 28, 2022

There is a very good chance that the Republicans will take control of the House and possibly the Senate in the 2022 Mid-term elections.  As they should because what the Democrats have done to this country is a crime. Literally. But there needs to be a lot of concern from the voters about what they will do with that power. Unfortunately, we have seen the need for continuous investigations into the corruption that is the Democrat Party. Failing to protect the border, destroying our energy sector, insider trading done by the Pelosi cabal, and unreported business meetings with Pelosi and her son with business leaders in Taiwan just to scratch the surface of their corruption.

The problem I see is when they’ve had power in the past, they have failed miserably at investigating and bringing to justice the culprits that have been working hard to destroy America for the last 50 years. Remember the only Attorney General ever found in contempt of Congress, Eric Holder, that was guilty of running guns to Mexico? He was never investigated.  Remember when he said he didn’t like a specific law and therefore refused to enforce it? When states tried to clean up voter rolls, which is required by law, he sued them to stop the cleanup. He refused to investigate the IRS’s political targeting under Lois Lerner.[1] This is a short list of literal crimes he committed that the Republicans conveniently ignored when they took power.

Then you have the Benghazi disaster that involved both Obama and Hillary Clinton. Again, the Republicans did nothing. Hillary was proven to be the one behind the Russian Dossier and silence from the Republicans.  She had 30,000 emails subpoenaed and then deleted them all. Nothing from the Republicans. It was proven that she had a private unsecured server that held classified information on it and used an unauthorized email and silence from the Republicans. Her phones and other devices were subpoenaed and she either busted them up with hammers, removed the SIM cards and used BleachBit to wipe the hard drives of her computers. Crickets from the Republicans,

We’ve heard that all these investigations are going to take place but what we want are prosecutions.  No political party should be allowed to do what the Democrats have done.  They’ve gotten away with it for years and believe that they will continue to get away with it because the Republicans never follow through with their promises.

We just saw Bidens DOJ pull another early morning raid on Trump’s home at Mar-a-Lago. They claim that he had refused access to certain classified documents but the truth is he personally told the National Archives and Records Administration, NARA, that whatever they wanted to look at he would give them access. He has cooperated completely with the NARA when they’ve asked.  They knew where the records were kept but, in this raid, they reportedly ransacked Trump’s entire residence for nine hours including searching through Malania’s closet! The warrant that they used for this raid also allowed for Trump’s lawyers to be present but they were denied access.  The FBI even told them to turn all surveillance cameras off. Fortunately, they didn’t.  You have to ask Why did they want the cameras off? What would they be doing that they didn’t want anyone to see?  Now they are demanding the tapes and I hope they don’t get them. A copy maybe but not the originals. The magistrate that approved the warrant was a one-time lawyer for Jeffery Epstein. This is nothing more than a fishing expedition trying to find something to charge him with.  Democrats are desperate to keep him off the ballot.  Will we see anybody prosecuted for this unprecedented act of political targeting when we get control? If we judge by the past actions of the Republicans, it will be very unlikely that anyone pays for this.

Here’s a good one, when Obama left office, he took thirty million pages of documents, and the NARA has never even questioned what was taken.[2] Do try to convince me that this isn’t a witch hunt. Remember Sandy Berger? He went to the NARA and stuffed documents pertaining to 911 in his shorts, socks, and anywhere else he could stick them and all he got was a slap on the hand.  Don’t forget the spying Obama did on the Trump campaign and while Trump was president. Obama used the FBI and the CIA to facilitate that; This includes the FBI and CIA, which conspired against and spied on Donald Trump, both before and after Trump succeeded him as president.

And the liberal establishment media, which swooned over Obama, not only let him get away with it, but cheered him on. Obama had their number and they knew it.[3] This is irrefutable not to mention illegal yet not one person has been charged or convicted. Democrats aren’t afraid to charge anybody. Just ask Paul Manafort, Roger Stone, Peter Navarro, and even Donald himself. Then the FBI seized the cellphone of a Trump supporter: Federal agents seized the cellphone of Rep. Scott Perry (R-Pa.) while he was traveling with his family Tuesday, executing a court-authorized search warrant that a person familiar with the situation said was part of a criminal probe into efforts to overturn the results of the 2020 presidential election.

Perry, an ally of Donald Trump who played a key role in promoting the former president’s false claims of election fraud, wrote in a statement that the contents of his phone are not the “government’s business.”[4] Why haven’t the associates of Obama, Clinton, Holder, Axelrod, and the rest of the Obama cabal had their homes raided, computers and cellphones seized, and drug out into the streets in the pajamas for all the neighbors to see?

How about the video evidence we have of Joe Biden’s quid pro quo with the political leaders in Ukraine? What he did was illegal. Silence from the Republicans. We have discovered he lied about meeting with Hunter Biden’s ‘business’ partners as there are fourteen times he met with them at the White House when he was vice-president not to mention the pictures we have seen of both Bidens and Hunter’s partners together. Then there is the LapTop from hell. Pictures of him smoking crack, as well as being in obvious very inappropriate situations with underage girls.  The FBI has had that laptop for over two years and has done nothing to pursue what has been witnessed on that computer. The FBI has done nothing and the Republicans are only talking about it.

Attorney General Garland has stated that his Department of Justice applies the laws equally which is a lie straight from the pit of hell. While all the people protested at the homes of our Supreme Court justices, illegally, he did nothing.  When parents showed up at school board meetings protesting the pornography they are pushing as curriculum, the teaching of CRT, and the other things parents have a legal right to confront the board about, Garland sends out a letter telling school boards to classify these rightly concerned parents as domestic terrorists. Will we see any effort from the Republicans to bring the decision makers of this act of travesty to justice? I question whether we will see any action from that at all.

First, we have a corrupt so-called justice system that is blind to the actions of the Democrats but are willing to charge a conservative with a felony for jaywalking.  Second, our political system is simply a two-headed snake. Republicans won’t prosecute the Democrats for fear that the Democrats will prosecute them when they get back in power.  This is why the American people must become involved in our political system.  We have to replace most of the people in DC with people who will govern according to the Constitution, believe in America first, and take care of our vets the way they deserve to be taken care of.

We don’t have many chances left to do this. If we make good progress in 2022, we will be able to make a lot of progress in 2024. David had the rocks but nothing happened until he put one in the sling and threw it. We can talk all we want but we have to take action, run for office, vote, support good people that are running, and standing up for what America has always stood for . . . FREEDOM!

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://www.cato.org/commentary/eric-holders-top-10-rule-law-violations
2. https://www.obama.org/updates/obama-presidential-archives-fact-sheet/
3. Obama administrations sins cast long shadows
4. Rep Scott Perry says FBI seized his phone while he was traveling

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 27, 2022

“We get really, really power-hungry, monstrous, soulless people who love money and sin, and we ensnare them! They lose their brains, their hearts, their souls. We OWN them. We got a team, man. Like Bill Gates and Klaus Schwab and George Soros and Tony Fauci: what a team! Just to name a few! And then…”

A World Community Films Production

Watch film in full screen mode for the best lighting.

(View 18 minute film below.)

Introductory narrative:

INT. TV SCREEN

The screen is flickering with static, and suddenly a face appears. It’s a MAN, glaring at the viewer.

MAN

Somebody should fix this damn TV. Don’t worry, I can say damn because I’m transmitting from Hades, where we use damn as punctuation. It’s just who we are.

You might wonder where Hades is, or what it is. It’s a classical term for what some of you clods call Hell, but we don’t like that term. It’s very othering and offensive and Hell-phobic, so we’ve decided that you must use the term Hades. We think it might confuse you just a bit, which is always good.

But just between you and me, this is where the Hounds of Hell come from. Right here. I just love those big, nasty, slobbering, bloodthirsty hounds. They’re so cute when they bite someone.

The man shuffles some papers on his desk and scowls.

MAN (cont’d)

I’m quite annoyed that I have to do this. This stupid report about our marvelous totalitarian Covid plan for world domination. What a pain.

He looks around furtively.

MAN (cont’d)

But, I’m trying to avoid having my ears cleaned by South American fire ants. You wouldn’t know, but, well, ouch and all that. Oh, you want to know my name? That’s classified. Just call me “The Man.” Or, “The Man from Hades.” I don’t really care.

I’m actually more than one person. Who you get depends on our mood, for we are legion, we are many. If you’re very clever, you might be able to tell us apart because of our mannerisms and accents. But only if you have a superior intellect.

He coughs and clears his throat.

MAN (cont’d)

Anyway, a Hades muckety-muck sent me a memo that some of you people on Earth are getting discouraged about the state of the world, and he wanted me to really help that wonderful process along.

So, my job is to tell you how hopeless life is because unbeknownst to you, all of us in Hades have been working you over for a LONG time.

The man laughs and giggles, and guffaws, and almost collapses. He wipes the tears from his eyes and sneers at the camera.

MAN (cont’d)

We’re very clever in Hades, and we have a Multi-Prong Strategy to turn your world into hell.

Some of you think that you can pray, and God will help you defeat us. I’m here to tell you: Fugget about it!

We’re too clever. You wanna know how clever? Let me tell you!

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Jerry Jewett

August 27, 2022

I have always been a curious sprite, posing “Why?” queries in many dimensions. Some of those questions were in science, history, economics, and the like, but the greater bulk were regarding moral philosophy, ethics, social order, and such as that.

Well, there’s no end to learning, we can reckon on that: Death just transfers learning to another dimension. I have kept wondering about a great many things for a good long time, and although I get tired and frustrated in the search, I never really stopped looking.

Finishing Servando Gonzalez’s brave book, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order [1] was an important milepost. He connects all the dots and does so with a smooth curve, too! As with most books, I take most of it at face value, but I pursue Footnotes and End Notes with a vengeance, when my curiosity has been sufficiently piqued.

E.g., in Brad Linaweaver’s Moon of Ice, [disclosure: Brad was a big Anarcho/Libertarian influence for 25 years and a close friend] his references to Lawrence Dennis and Dennis’s compact history of American bellicosity and outbursts of wars since the Revolution spurred me to order and read the Dennis book The Dynamics of War and Revolution. There I found the complete list up through 1934.

Thus, when I found, in Servando’s book, a more complete listing up through the 1980s, I was not aghast at the idea that the American State has sent killing teams to places where East Coast Bankers, Big Oil, “Old Money,” and some other major Internationalists have large investments at risk of “the natives.”

Thoreau, A.J. Nock, Oswald Spengler, A.H.S. Korzybski, Jacques Ellul, Hannah Arendt, Norbert Wiener, Butler Shaffer, Brad Linaweaver, Servando Gonzalez; many have given me clues and insights, enough to knit together a working understanding of some things. I am grateful. I claim no originality. I sort and compile.

Let us recall some of the watershed divisions between Progressives and what for lack of a better term we may as well dub Conservatives. Progressives tend to be overwhelmingly Secular and also to think that the Nature of Man is good, only tainted by bad environment (smell the dualism, the Gnostic perspectives, the Manichean heresy there?). American Conservatives tend to be at least marginally religious, often of a Christian bent, and however feebly they “get it,” they know there is Original Sin.

Friedrich Nietzsche [hereinafter F.N.] may have been the best-publicized foreteller of the Death of God, though Nietzsche is dead and God is alive. But the work of F.N. with his Nihilistic, hubris-laden philosophy, has colored the views of the West, even if just tangentially, for the last 125 years or so. People who bought the God is Dead dogma also saw fit to cast aside Christianity (especially Christianity) and the mellowing influence of two millennia of Christian teachings and practice. Can we say you cannot cast stones at The Tao without bruising Christianity?

Another tenet of fanaticism and folly is F.N.’s “the Will to Power.” This was no new thing. The Bible features histories and legends of people whose Will to Power drove them to hideous conduct and heinous outcomes. Herod’s slaughter of the newborns (Mt. 2:16) is but one example among very many throughout The Bible. Indeed, Satan’s fall from Heaven stemmed from his Will to Power, to make himself equal to God.

Much of the history of the ancient world, and the world at large, is filled with accounts of tyrants trying to exact worship from those about them, wreaking havoc on those who would not do so.

The point is, F.N. sort of elevated the Will to Power and formally identified it as the thing it is, namely, an urge for broad and unmerited control over others for any end, however vain or evil, “just because I want to.” Really.

Because he is such an aberration and such a loathsome character, my awareness of F.N. is marginal at best. I have never read more than some selected quotes of his. I understand there are two schools of thought about F.N., one holding him in some regard as a prescient genius and sort of a prophet, the other recognizing him as a talented but evil mad man.

European social critic of the late 19^th and early 20^th Centuries Max Nordau showed a profound detestation for F.N. and his teachings. In fact, Nordau said,

“Mystics, but especially ego-maniacs and filthy pseudo-realists, are enemies to society of the direst kind. Society must unconditionally defend itself against them. Whoever believes with me that society is the natural organic form of humanity, in which alone it can exist, prosper, and continue to develop itself to higher destinies; whoever looks upon civilization as a good, having value and deserving to be defended, must mercilessly crush under his thumb the anti-social vermin. To him who, with Nietzsche, is enthusiastic over the ‘freely-roving, lusting beast of prey,’ we cry, ‘Get you gone from civilization! Rove far from us! Be a lusting beast of prey in the desert! Satisfy yourself! Level your roads, build your huts, clothe and feed yourself as you can!

Our streets and our houses are not built for you; our looms have no stuffs for you; our fields are not tilled for you.  All our labour is performed by men who esteem each other, have consideration for each other, mutually aid each other, and know how to curb their selfishness for the general good. There is no place among us for the lusting beast of prey; and if you dare return to us, we will pitilessly beat you to death with clubs.”[2]

Nothing too mild or conciliatory there, is there? I admire Nordau for his energy in stating his opposition. At core, of course, though not literally named, is, I think, the Will to Power. For those outside The Tao, that hubristic lure to Power must be great. In fact, for those who consider themselves divine or otherwise exalted, Power must seem a necessary accoutrement, to be had at any cost.

Now this is much more than I think of F.N. in any given week, or even month, but in the first week of July, 2022, I found a passage from an address given by Fr. Ivor Kraft to a church in Fort Worth, Texas.[3]  My Church does not subscribe to this periodical, and we are not in communion with the Anglican Church of North America [ACNA], whose periodical this is. But we get it. I asked my Bishop about the ACNA, which he told me to be wary of, so I am.

Even so, however, I once in a while find in the pages of this periodical something of durable value. Such was my recent experience. I read Fr. Kraft’s article, “Barbarians Within the Gates,” with rapt attention.

Fr. Kraft refers to such things as making women priests, same-sex marriage, and abortion, as “expressions of the anti-culture which denies all sacred order and of necessity exults in the will to power, which is all that’s left when men divinize themselves. Nothing so clearly symbolizes this will to power as the so-called ‘transgender’ which is why the anti-culture is so violently committed to imposing ‘transgenderism’ on everyone everywhere.” Pg. 15. [emphasis added]

This is the first time I have had a clue about the Transgender Movement. And it is more than a clue, it is the key.

In George Orwell’s 1984, the Inner Party inquisitor demands that protagonist Winston Smith prove his allegiance to Inner Party doctrine by demanding that Winston acknowledge seeing five fingers, instead of the four being held up. The parallelism with the Transgender movement is obvious: absolute denial of facts coupled with the demand to affirm blatant fictions. Only someone in a dominant position of superior power could make such demands.

A disquisition on power, the limits of power, the abuses of power, checks and balances to prevent the consolidation of Absolute Power, etc., exceeds the scope of this essay. A few passing comments must suffice.

In 2014, libertarian attorney James Ostrowski wrote, “Evil sorts will tend to gravitate to arbitrary power since arbitrary power is intrinsically evil. Good people will shy away precisely because they are good and have no use for arbitrary power.”[4]

What more is there to be said about Power?

In an April 5,1887 letter from Baron Acton to Bishop Creighton, Acton wrote:

“I cannot accept your canon that we are to judge Pope and King unlike other men, with a favourable presumption that they did no wrong. If there is any presumption it is the other way against holders of power, increasing as the power increases. Historic responsibility has to make up for the want of legal responsibility. Power tends to corrupt and absolute power corrupts absolutely. [comment: absolute immunity is the greatest corrupter of all] Great men are almost always bad men, even when they exercise influence and not authority: still more when you superadd the tendency or the certainty of corruption by authority. There is no worse heresy than that the office sanctifies the holder of it. That is the point at which the negation of Catholicism and the negation of Liberalism meet and keep high festival, and the end learns to justify the means. You would hang a man of no position, like Ravaillac; but if what one hears is true, then Elizabeth asked the gaoler to murder Mary, and William III ordered his Scots minister to extirpate a clan. Here are the greater names coupled with the greater crimes. You would spare these criminals, for some mysterious reason. I would hang them, higher than Haman, for reasons of quite obvious justice; still more, still higher, for the sake of historical science.” [5]

Seeking and acquiring power over others for any sake is a questionable proposition in the first instance. And if the power is of an executive, judicial, administrative or legislative nature, the Power of Law, with a supposedly inherent legitimate privilege to initiate force and violence, what then? Who decides? By what criteria?

“[T]he essential premise [of institutionalism, which is that condition which obtains ‘When the preservation of the organization becomes more important than the informal and spontaneous practices that created it,’ p. 11] is that the self-interests of some are to have priority over the interests of others, and that restrictions upon the activities of the latter [regulations and laws] may be justified by the presumed superiority of purpose of the former.”[6] What could be a more clear shot across the bows of Progressivism, the Council of Foreign Relations, and the Federal State of which Lincoln is the godfather, these insidious agents of Chaos?

Turning away from the general to the specific, what is up with this Transgender thing, taking a long view? Some people seek “the Upper Hand.” In families, in schools, in corporations, in churches, anywhere people gather, the Will to Power and the desire to Have the Upper Hand raise their ugly heads.

Who can doubt it? What can be seen in Life? Is it not so?

For me, this recognition of The Transgender Movement as a free-wheeling and energetic exercise of The Will to Power on a huge scale comes as a near-complete surprise. It is that big a deal and no laughing matter to anyone who still thinks clearly. Do we resist Evil as we call a spade a spade, or do we respect the feelings of others so much we subscribe to lies about them, including lying to ourselves?

I recognized The Transgender Movement as something based on flashy abuse of language and the enshrining of “Feeling” above all else, early on. But I did not see the “Movement potential” that it carries, until I saw and was able to apply Fr. Kraft’s insights.

Now, my disregard for The Transgender Movement is more vehement than it was before. These times are worse than when Hunter S. Thompson cried “the pigs are in the tunnel,” for The Barbarians run the Big Table, setting snares and digging pitfalls.

Some pretty intense, principled, and long-term resistance is needed. My energy and focus won’t last forever. But while they do, I mean to pray this prayer and live by its intentions:

ALMIGHTY God, who hast created man in thine own image; Grant us grace fearlessly to contend against evil, and to make no peace with oppression; and, that we may reverently use our freedom, help us to employ it in the maintenance of justice among men and nations, to the glory of thy holy Name; through Jesus Christ our Lord. 1928 BCP, p. 44. [emphasis added]

And why will I pray this? Eph. 6:12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” KJV  That would be very great wickedness in quite high places.

And comes then the considered Afterthought, not by way of limitation but by way of illustration.

From an Acton Institute imprint,[7] we get this: “Political problems are preeminently moral problems, according to Lewis, and technocrats are not equipped to function as moralists. ‘I dread specialists in power,’ he said, ’because they are specialists speaking outside their special subject. Let scientists tell us about sciences. But government involves questions about the good of man, and justice, and what things are worth having at what price; and on these a scientific training gives a man’s opinion no added value.’” Pg. 10.

[Bio: Prior publications of Jerry Jewett were in Mondo Cult magazine, The Heinlein Journal, The Lamp-Post of the Southern California C.S. Lewis Society, and Prometheus (The Newsletter of the Libertarian Futurist Society). In summary: popular culture, Christian and libertarian publications. Certificate in Theology and Ministry, Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ

Informal Education following graduation from Business School consisting of thousands of pages of reading in political philosophy, jurisprudence, Austrian economics, Christian theology and moral reasoning, history, comparative law, private social ordering, natural law, and such one-off writers as Spengler, Korzybski, Lawrence Dennis, and similar outliers.]

© 2022 Jerry Jewett – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jerry Jewett: mojave357mag@yahoo.com

Foototes:

1. Spooks Books, Oakland, 2010.
2. Degeneration Translated from the Second edition of the German Work With an Introduction by George L. Morse, published by Howard Fertig, New York, 1968 first published in English in 1895; 557 [emphasis added]
3. It was published in full in Forward in Christ, The Magazine of Forward in Faith North America, Vol. 14 No. 3, March-April 2022.
4. Progressivism A Primer on the Idea Destroying America, Cazenovia Books, Buffalo, NY 2014, p. 165. [emphasis in original]
5. Quoted from The Online Library of the Liberty Fund Network, emphasis added.
6. Butler Shaffer, Boundaries of Order, Ludwig Von Mises Institute, Auburn, AL 2009, Pg. 63.
7. Public Life in the Shadowlands What C.S. Lewis Can Teach Us About Politics, John G. West, Jr., Acton Institute, Grand Rapids, MI 1998.

By Lex Greene

August 26, 2022

Like easily predictable clock work, the O’Biden regime is in pre-election rapid fire attempts to buy votes from unsuspecting young YOLO (you only live once) voters only thinking about today, with no foresight into the hellish future they are creating for themselves and everyone else.

For those who still think actual facts matter, allow me to begin with the current state of college student debt as reported by Forbes on June 9, 2022.

The current student debt level is $1.75 trillion in total student loan debt (including federal and private loans), approximately 8.75% of the total projected GDP for 2022, with $28,950 owed per borrower on average. 92% of all student debts are federal student loans. This marks the biggest wholesale socialist grand giveaway in U.S. history, just to buy the Marxist indoctrinated youth vote at a time when democrats are predicted to lose elections all across the country.

Let’s be clear, there is no such thing as “debt forgiveness.” None of the student debt in question is being “forgiven,” vanished into thin air, as though it never existed. Instead, the subject debts are being transferred from the original borrowers to taxpayers, who didn’t borrow the money, many of whom also had student loans that they paid off by working, none of whom will benefit from grand Marxist giveaway.

This is nothing more than typical pre-election Marxist Democrat vote-buying 101 for the terminally stupid. How many students are thrilled to dump their debt on others, after being raised on socialism in K-12 and especially on the college campus? I suspect a majority…

But let’s be honest here, it’s not just the YOLO kids who are so willing to sellout future freedom and liberty for a pittance in federal crumbs, all of it at taxpayer expense. Parents who took out loans for their kids want their debt dumped on others too. It’s a free-for-all for federal freebies and all of it will result in punitive taxation and regulations for generations to come.

As of today, every new child born in the USA is born almost $1 million in debt if the skyrocketing national debt is spread fairly and evenly across all US Citizens. But it’s not, is it! We have a graduated tax scale system, whereby the more one makes, the more the government takes. It’s a direct penalty on hard work, sacrifice and success.

Even in a flat rate tax system, someone making $250,000 a year will pay ten times that of someone making $25,000 a year. But that’s not enough, they still aren’t paying “their fair share,” according to socialists.

When O’Biden was asked in his news blitz if this was fair to those who paid their loans, he didn’t answer the question. Instead, he asked if it’s fair that multi-million dollar businesses get tax breaks… Huh, what does that have to do with this?

For the record, tax facts 101 for dummies – businesses and corporations never pay taxes. Their employees do, in lower wages and benefits. Their stockholders do, in lower return on investments. Their consumers do, in higher prices at the pump and on the shelves. WAKE UP for heaven’s sake!

Face reality here … poor people don’t pay any taxes because they can’t. Rich people only pay a rate they are willing to pay because they have options. When the USA is no longer a good investment, they will invest elsewhere around the world.

It’s always the middle class that gets stuck with the tax bill. They can pay taxes and don’t have any options. The taxable class is the middle class!

Why are tuitions skyrocketing anyway? The answer is quite clear…

Trillions poured into colleges and universities placed these institutions on a runaway tuition burst, with the cost of college steadily increasing over the last 30 years. In that timeframe, tuition costs at public four-year colleges grew from $4,160 to $10,740 and from $19,360 to $38,070 at private nonprofit institutions (adjusted for inflation). As costs have risen, so has the need for student loans and other forms of financial aid. Even worse is the fact that 90% of college graduates never find work in their studied professions.

But this isn’t just about socialist student debt handouts.

Prior to the Great COVID19 RESET plot to takeover the free world by the WEF and its global partners, almost 40% of Americans were already on some form of federal or state assistance. But after the fraudulent COVID lockdowns, approximately 70% of US citizens were receiving some form of government aid, often referred to as “stimulus” money, which only stimulated the national debt and increased a freeloading sense of entitlement in our society.

Compare this to the Great Depression when at the peak, only 25% of Americans needed assistance in breadlines. The difference is stark… back then, pride, hard work and sacrifice kept 75% out of those breadlines and today, those breadlines are invisible, grocery carts filled with the swipe of an EBT card, as they head out to the parking lot to load their new SUV with taxpayer-funded groceries.

Meanwhile, the US economy is in recession headed for a greater depression, as the WEF global cabal has the USA in the crosshairs for extinction, and our military being reduced to nothing more than compliant women, gays and transgendered misfits, all true freedom fighters purged from the ranks for refusing the deadly jabs.

You have to hand it to the democrats, for their ability to con the masses with crumbs from the treasury and perfecting the art of stealing elections. They are the reason Khrushchev was right.

“You Americans are so gullible. No, you won’t accept communism outright, but we’ll keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have communism. We won’t have to fight you. We’ll so weaken your economy until you’ll fall like overripe fruit into our hands.” — Nikita Khrushchev

Back then, it was the soviet empire seen as the greatest threat to American sovereignty and security. But after the fall of the Soviet Union, the threat started to move within the halls of our own government. Day by Day, year by year, Americans have been slowly Pavlov trained to accept global tyranny, socialist policy by socialist policy, all perpetrated by the Marxist Democratic Socialists in power and the RINO Republicans who allowed it, some even profiting by it.

Indeed, this latest vote buying trick from the O’Biden regime is just one of many socialist scams used to rip the freedom and liberty right out of the soul of America, especially the YOLO (you only live once) voters who live only for this moment, without a care in the world of what future they are creating in their short sighted greed.

We now have generations of people willing to sell their soul and the future of freedom and liberty for all future generations, for a few scraps from the democrat socialist powerbrokers in charge. Even doctors and hospitals are guilty of maiming and killing their patients with faulty COVID19 protocols and fake “vaccines” that are causing far more harm than good, for what? Yes, government bonuses and profits.

Of course, just like the stolen elections of 2020, under COVID19 “emergency” authorization for unlawful elections, and the thousands of businesses lost due to unconstitutional COVID mandates and coercive employer mandates, student debt delinquencies shot through the roof in 2020, 2021 and 2022, due to loss of income opportunities.

It was all part of an ingenious elaborate plot to do exactly what Khrushchev warned about decades ago –

“We’ll keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have communism.” Khrushchev

“And when the WEF Global COVID Reset is complete, you will own nothing, and be happy!” – Klaus Schwab (WEF)

And THIS is why they have to destroy Trump and all Trump supporters!

The 2022 mid-term elections will tell us whether or not the USA has crossed that great Rubicon, from freedom loving and liberty fighting Citizens, to dumbed-down, drugged-up and a terminally government dependent society no longer capable of freedom and liberty.

This is that moment in history. We will learn just how rock bottom Americans are willing to go, come November.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

August 25, 2022

While “teachers” are feeding children roasted crickets in the classroom, we have two alleged law professors in the New York Times calling for the abolition of the U.S. Constitution. And if that weren’t enough, suddenly we have these weird polls claiming a great “surge” for SloJo Biden and his handlers and a big win for Democrats in the midterms.

Confusing, isn’t it?

The Constitution, we are told, is “famously undemocratic.” Could that be because it’s the constitution of a republic, not a “democracy”? Yeahbut, yeahbut! It’s “broken”! It doesn’t let Far Left Crazy do anything it likes. Getting rid of it, Congress could do all sorts of neat stuff with abortion and “labor rights,” whatever those are, “without having to bother with” the Constitution. It’s so inconvenient, having the law of the land written down for everyone to see! Getting rid of it, say the professors, we can “reclaim America.”

Reclaim it from what? For what? We aren’t told, but we can guess. Hey, we can always draft a new one! A whole mob of Ivy League professors, along with feminists, globalists, out-there politicians, and activists in 100 different flavors—they could all come together and draw up a brand-new “living Constitution” that changes every day, offers no certainty as to what will be the “law” on any given day, and show those wimps in Venezuela what a real socialist hell-hole looks like.

Meanwhile, Forbes.com tells us that thanks to “a recent stretch of accomplishments”—what?—Slojo and his sham of a presidency has shot up to a 47 percent approval rating. Good news for Democrats! They’ll keep the Senate, probably keep the House, and for sure keep their stranglehold on America.

What accomplishments? Our panicked skedaddle from Afghanistan? Doubling the price of gasoline? A mass invasion of illegal aliens? The transformation of the FBI into a partisan goon squad that raids an ex-president’s home and spies on parents as “domestic terrorists” when they object to crazy school board policies? And don’t forget this—“There is no inflation.” Try that on for size, in your next trip to the supermarket.

Not to put too fine a point on it, but these “accomplishments” are only lies. Big fat thumping lies. There are no accomplishments.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! We’ve got a Gender Revolution that we’ve got to finish! We’ve got to erase all limits on abortion! There’s racial paranoia to plant and cultivate and harvest! They can’t finish a Fundamental Transformation Of America in just two years—although they’ve already done more damage than anyone thought possible. Are those the accomplishments of this regime?

So why the up-with-Biden polls? How did we go from Red Wave to Blue Wave in the blink of an eye? Who’s believing all the lies? Who likes paying almost $5 a gallon for gas? And that was quite a show of applied hypocrisy: jack the price up to $5-plus, then shave off a few pennies to bring it to $4.75, and then jump up and down crying “We brought the price back down!” Who in his right mind has been taken in by this?

Maybe the polls are… well, dishonest. Maybe they’ve been purposely constructed to yield results that would, they hope, demoralize all the voters but the handful of delusional Biden zealots. I admit that I can’t conceive of any explanation for this weirdness.

So we’ll have to play it as a worst-case scenario in the making. Work hard, fight hard, and pray harder—

Because if we lose this election, I think we lose America.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit before the FBI drops in on you. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

August 25, 2022

Did you know that we have all been birthed into a battlefield?

Every human being born unto a woman has arrived on this planet in the midst of a war.  It began a little over 6000 years ago when God Almighty declared in Genesis 3:13-16…

“And the Lord God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life:  And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.  Unto the woman he said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee.”

Websters defines ENMITY as “The quality of being an enemy; the opposite of friendship; ill will; hatred; unfriendly dispositions; malevolence.”

The world is divided into two kingdoms…the Kingdom of darkness and the Kingdom of His Dear Son.  One is dark and one is light.  The two Kingdoms have been at war against each other ever since.

It is into this SPIRITUAL war that we have all been birthed.  There is no demilitarized zone in this war.  It is all encompassing.  It is a battle for rightful ownership of the WORLD.  The natural world.  The one into which each and every human has been birthed.  That is the first Truth that one must grasp before a deeper understanding of this war can be understood.

Good versus evil. Right versus wrong. Truth versus falsehood.  Team Jesus or team Lucifer.  There is no middle ground.  This is the class of the Kingdoms.

It is bigger than you know.  It involves every area of your human life.  It requires choices and decisions.  Every minute of every day we are forced to make decisions.   Some are easy, some are not.  But it is in the power to CHOOSE that war is won and lost.

Choose you this day whom you will serve…  As Bob Dylan famously sung, You Gotta Serve Somebody.

Your choices reveal whom you serve.

The Bible teaches that the Carnal man is wicked.  Apart from Christ man is incapable of doing the right thing.  God gave man free choice…the right to reveal each day just who it is that man will serve.  The Bible says “you shall know them by their fruits.”  That simply means that you will know who one serves by what you see him DO.  Choice and action reveal Lordship.

That’s why it is a war.  The Apostle Paul called it “warring in his members.” The battle between the Carnal Man and the Spiritual Man.  Not doing the things I want to do, and doing the things that I don’t want to do.  The Bible teaches that choice is the gateway to sin.

Satan is the father of sin.  When you sin, you serve the Devil.  When you do what is right you serve Jesus.  But the Bible tells us that “no man can serve two masters.”  You can’t serve both Lucifer and Jesus.  The double-minded man is unstable in all of his ways.

America is unstable because there are two “masters” striving for control of this natural world.  One team believes you can kill unborn children while the other team believes abortion is wrong.  The problem occurs when “Christians” have difficulty determining which choice their team should make.  You can’t be on team Jesus and support killing children.

Jesus is pro-life.  Satan is pro-death.  Christians who are “pro-choice” are on team Lucifer.  Double-minded.  It is really that simple.

“I set before you today life and death…choose life that both you and your children might live.”

God is pro-choice…but the choice you make reveals which King you serve.  Jesus is life.  Satan is death.  “All those who hate me love death.”  You can’t be on God’s team and live by the other team’s values.

CHOOSE you this day whom you will serve.  Your choice always reveals your King.

Unfortunately, individual choices have consequences.  Life would be simple if the choices we make do not impact other people.  But most choices do.  Wrong choices are the sperm of sin.  Good choices create good consequences.  Bad choices create bad results.

No one can serve two masters.  We cannot survive as a nation if we cannot agree on what is right and what is wrong.  My neighbor says abortion is right and I say abortion is wrong.  Who is right.  What determines who is right?  To whom do we turn to settle the dispute?

The Bible is the foundation of all organic law used to establish this nation.  The American legal system provides no RIGHT TO DO THAT WHICH IS WRONG.  Good behavior is to be rewarded and bad behavior is to be punished.  We all innately understand that.

For at least 200 years this nation survived because our leaders agreed on what was right and what was wrong.  We had a common standard by which all laws were based.  The battle used to rage in obeying right over wrong.

Today, that war is over WHAT is right and WHAT is wrong.

For centuries The Church set the moral barometer.  The 10 Commandments were the Gold Standard of morality.  Don’t lie.  Don’t steal. Don’t covet. Don’t fornicate.  If we just taught those four…if we simply rewarded those who obeyed them and punished those who didn’t we would live in a different America.

Right and wrong is a standard…not an opinion.  Woe to those who call good, evil, and evil good.

Most of America’s institutions are enemy held territory.  We must endeavor to breach the wall…to invade their territory…to storm their gates.  Our work must now be done behind enemy lines.

We have been here before.  What will we choose?  Advance the Kingdom?  Recover enemy held territories?  Or cower and capitulate?

It is time for a Spiritual Omaha Beach invasion.  The battle is raging.  Christ’s enemies are entrenched.  Casualties will be high.

Invasion or surrender?  The stakes have never been higher.  It is past time for Believers to earnestly contend for the Truth.

© 2022 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 25, 2022

Re: “Taking Climate Seriously” by Justin Worland, page 48, November 23, 2020 issue, Time Magazine, Update in 2022

If you visit any truck stop in America during the summer or winter, you will see 90 percent of the big rigs idling without their drivers sitting in the seat.  They’re drinking coffee at the diner counter.  In fact, each trucker in America wastes an average of 1,000 gallons of diesel annually, from idling.  All of it exploding the “carbon footprint” upon this planet. Can you imagine the figures for truckers all across Europe, Australia, South America, China, India and beyond?

If you pass Department of Transportation workers in your state as they pave our highways, they leave trucks running all day long with no one in them—just to keep their orange lights blinking. That’s an insane amount of wasted fuel and horrific carbon footprint spewing into the atmosphere.

As a journalist, I watch what’s happening in Denver and many other cities during my summer travels throughout the USA. This summer, I’ve traveled through Phoenix, Tucson, Las Vegas, California, Oregon, Seattle and over to Glacier National Park in Montana.

I see lights being left on all night at baseball fields.  I see lights burning in office buildings 50 stories high in big cities. We’re talking millions of office rooms with the lights burning all night with no one occupying the room.  Total waste of money, lights, and of course, explosion of carbon footprint to keep them burning!

Every single light left on all night in every empty office in America contributes to billions of tons of coal being burned to power the systems that create electricity.  Take that worldwide, and you’ve got unimaginable waste, fossil fuel burning, and sheer destruction of our biosphere’s ability to keep balance.

Let’s present the facts: nobody takes “Global Climate Change” seriously at all.  A better term, “Catastrophic Climate Destabilization” defines it more compellingly. Why? Because it’s wreaking havoc on the natural world.  With all the fires and hurricanes, along with warming oceans, nobody addresses its main driver: human overpopulation. Not one world leader speaks to it, period.  Yes, we hear every kind of mitigation plan, but none of them takes into account that we humans remain on course to add two billion of ourselves within 30 years. Which means, there’s nothing that will change our fate as the Earth’s environmental systems go haywire.

At this point, the three largest populations in the world include China, India and America, yet they accelerate their growth numbers.  China, at 1.4 billion expects to add 100,000,000 by 2050 to reach 1.5 billion according the United Nations Population Projections. India at 1.3 billion is projected to add 250,000,000  to reach 1.55 billion within 30 years. America will jump from 335 million to 440 million around 2050.

Worland’s article gave descriptions of the disasters that occurred in the USA alone in 2020. Those wildfires continue in 2021.  But not a peep about the fact that we humans add 83 million more of ourselves, net gain, annually on our way from 7.9 billion to 10 billion by mid-century!

So why are we pretending?  Why all the fuss?  The worlds’ largest religion with 1.5 billion members stresses having more children rather than less. Africa’s population explodes off the charts and expects to double from 1.4 billion to 2.0 billion by mid-century.  Capitalistic systems demand more consumption, not less.  Humans consume ever more natural resources and exhaust more carbon footprint.  We ravage the planet without any understanding of what we’re doing to ourselves. You won’t hear one word about 5 trillion pieces of plastic floating or submerged in our oceans—killing millions of marine lives annually—but not one world leader will pitch an international 50 cent deposit-return law to stop THAT insanity.

My challenge to Time Magazine editors:  get off your complacent rear-ends and start reporting the down and dirty facts of what we face: massive human die-off, endless animal extinction rates, accelerating water scarcity, growing loss of energy, exhaustion of natural resources, toxic biosphere from 10 billion people burning fuel to eat, keep warm and transport.  Can you do that for all of us?  Because what you’re reporting now is “pure pretend.”

Would you like to write your own letter to Time Magazine and demand they address what we all face?  Here’s their address:  letters@time.com or letters@timemagazine.com  Also, 60 Minutes: 60M@cbsnews.com Also, thestory@foxnews.com Also, watters@fox.com

You and only your actions will force the big media networks to stop avoiding the obvious.  If you write and 10,000 other readers of this column write to those addresses—something monumental will happen.  Do it for your kids.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Sidney Secular

August 24, 2022

The paramount crime of the still young 21st Century – at least until the contrived COVID calamity changed the way the world worked (or stopped working, if you will) – was the unprecedented, terrible, and tragic events of September 11^th, 2001! This is not only because of the direct deaths, injuries, and illnesses those events caused – and continue to cause! For the curse of “9/11” persists through the ongoing physical and political fallout that include the suffering occasioned by the contrived and continuous “War on Terror” whose perpetrators can never be named – and thus can be any and every one the Deep State considers an “enemy,” to the aimless, pointless wars in Iraq and Afghanistan supposedly to “spread democracy” when anyone with brains knows such a concept could never find fertile soil in those regions, to the draconian control measures introduced by the ill-named “Patriot Act” instituted (supposedly) as a result of 9/11 but having no real connection to that tragedy, to the fear and disillusionment of the insouciant masses who remain in thrall to the false explanations given for the Towers takedown. This mindless acceptance of what is clearly false instigated the sheepish reaction of most people in the civilized world to the unnecessary COVID lockdowns and crackdowns. As a result, the powers-that-shouldn’t-be have had two decades to further brainwash what little gray matter is left in the basically mindless masses who now mimic whatever the mainstream media pronounce as “gospel.” Their minds, such as they are, have turned to mush and they have become mannequin-like marionettes whose strings are pulled by their manipulating masters – the Global Elite.

Until we have a fully open, true, and complete revelation of what happened – and why –  on that fateful day in September, 2001, we will not be able to take control of our destinies and bring Western Civilization back – making it great once again. We must throw off the shibboleths that blind us and shackles that bind us to do so.  The official 9/11 investigation of the event like so many other “official investigations” of the past was a farce, but unlike those of the past, it is now readily admitted to being so by its investigators who went along to go along with the narrative. Of course, one wonders if they are now somewhat contrite over their trite findings or if they believe that they are so close to victory it no longer matters! Yet, it is too late for another investigation of the 9/11 crime for too much water and time has flowed over the dam of history. As well, nearly all the damning evidence was quickly and purposefully carted away and/or destroyed.

On the other hand, another investigation is not necessary because the facts are plain to see and we just need the mental and emotional fortitude to face them. There is, of course, much more to be said about 9/11 and much of it has been set forth in the multitude of books and media exposés that have been churned out on the matter and in the independent investigations of many of the leading authorities in the subjects involved such as intelligence, engineering, architecture, forensics, safety &etc. For instance, the following are just some of the troubling and pertinent facts about the entire episode, any one of which would cast doubt on the official narrative:

1]  None of the (obvious) “crime scenes” were secured;

2]  Hard evidence was hastily removed by convoys of GPS-monitored trucks, and then either destroyed or shipped overseas for scrap;

3]  The immediate crime investigation was conducted not by the FBI and/or qualified federal or local detectives, but by FEMA, an agency without prior investigative skills or responsibilities;

4]  The official investigation into the worse depredation on US soil (notice I did not say “attack” as the establishment does, as that designation presupposes an actual foreign attack) was delayed for over a year by the White House until pressured by the families of the victims. When the “investigation” was launched, it was underfunded at only $15 million (half the amount for probing Bill Clinton’s blowjobs, and 10% of the $152 million spent on the shuttle Columbia disaster).

5]  The Commission was forced to finish its report prior to the 2004 elections.

6]  Volunteer engineers (not official investigators) pored through the debris at landfills and saved 146 pieces of steel as evidence for future analysis. These 146 pieces were the ONLY physical evidence the NIST analyzed.

Using absurd backward logic as a means of opting for obfuscation while ignoring federal rules, NIST (The National Institute of Standards and Technology) said it did not test for accelerants or explosives because “there was no evidence of explosions” whereas people at or near the site heard distinct explosions after the initial hits by the “planes” (guided missiles that looked like passenger aircraft) involved. Officially, WTC (World Trade Center) dust is uniquely identified by the presence of iron-rich microspheres in quantities 150 times that normally found in dusts resulting from fires and explosions. However, only thermotic reactions can produce these, not jet fuel/kerosene fires nor ordinary office fires. Unexploded thermite chips were found in countless samples of WTC dust.

Also, NIST used computer simulations based on flawed assumptions about the WTC7’s construction to determine the cause of that building’s collapse. However, the NIST simulation scenario in no way resembles the actual collapse sequence, and the released video ends abruptly before the building actually falls. And, of course, nobody seems to recall one of the persons in charge at the site at the time giving his “okay” during TV coverage to bring the building down!

And then, NIST continues to refuse to release the data used for its WTC7 simulation on the grounds that it “might jeopardize public safety.” How revealing how to prevent such destruction could “jeopardize public safety” is not explained in any detail – or, in fact, at all! But as a result of their “care” for public safety, their conclusions can never be reviewed and validated, and, as a result, engineers can never learn how to prevent such anomalous collapses for in that WTC7 was never hit by anything larger than pieces of debris, the reason for its collapse is totally without explanation.

The 9/11 Commission Report (CR) admitted that “some unusual stock trading (put options) did in fact occur” on both American Airlines and United Airlines stock just days before 9/11 that would pay millions to those with advance knowledge of the attacks. The CR stopped short of identifying who these fortunate individuals might be, but what must be considered insider trading perps have otherwise been identified if not by the Commission.

Despite the fact that the Twin Towers alone needed more than $1 Billion in renovations and asbestos removal, plus another $800 million in electrical, communications and cooling systems upgrades, Larry Silverstein took out a 99 year lease on the WTC complex just 6 weeks before 9/11, and insured the buildings against terrorist attacks. Of course, we must admit that the complex had already been a terrorist target in the ‘90s, but still, his “instincts” paid handsomely for Silverstein collected $4.8 Billion on his $14 million “investment.” Silverstein also admitted pulling the plug on WTC7 but then tried to deny it. Yet the 9/11 CR never mentions questioning him. Also, none of the contractors with secure access to the WTC buildings (e.g. Ace, Turner, LVI and Securacom) were investigated or even mentioned in the 9/11 CR report.

Then, consider the fact that despite this deadly, first-ever anomaly that happened 3 times on the same day, there has been no worldwide scramble to change engineering or building codes or condemn existing steel skyscrapers, or change firefighting practices to prohibit firefighters from going into such buildings that NIST now claims (without presenting proof) are susceptible to collapse. Because there has been no appropriate alarm raised about these alleged structural failures, there has been no frenzy of alternative simulations and studies to oppose the official claims that should trigger billions of dollars in skyscraper retrofits or demolitions or push architectural and engineering professionals to identify and correct the flaws in these building designs. And meanwhile, buildings are being constructed all over the world that make the World Trade Center look like pimples on the forehead of progress! See Dubai!

The GovMint and their media propagandists knew who was to blame within minutes of the attacks and yet “tragically” no one was able to warn about the matter just a few hours sooner, despite countless warnings in White House briefings and in reports of the FBI, CIA, and other agencies. The 9/11 CR blames bureaucratic bumbling and understaffing for these failures to act in time, but as in all cases where acknowledged great tragedies were not prevented when the opportunity presented itself, no one was fired, arrested or court-martialed – or even reprimanded. Instead of being called on the carpet, the “players” were given the red carpet treatment and in some cases promoted – probably because they had been able to restrain themselves, keep their mouths shut and not cause problems for those involved.

Osama bin Laden – the first person mentioned by the media as being responsible! – was a supposed friend of the Bush family and was NEVER wanted by the FBI for the attacks because there was insufficient evidence to connect him to them. There is evidence Osama died shortly after the attacks from kidney failure . Yet, he was “kept alive” as a straw man to blame for subsequent witch hunts. Thus, when it was deemed convenient to “bury” him as a source of media stories, he was allegedly hunted down and assassinated by a SEALs team and then buried at sea without ceremony with no photographic record. Later, the SEALs were themselves eliminated to assure that the phony narrative would never be revealed. Despite blaming the Saudis and bin Laden for the attacks, shortly after 9/11 the White House gave special permission for Saudis and the bin Laden family to take private flights out of the US without detaining or properly questioning them, even though innocent Americans with no possible connection to the 9/11 events were still prohibited from flying.

In another interesting event, the Twin Towers underwent a massive elevator renovation prior to 9/11. Elevator shafts with access to the core columns were off limits except to Ace Elevator work crews for 9 months. Good opportunity to weaken the columns for a demolition.  Ace crews left the premises on 9/11 without helping others evacuate. Shortly afterwards they were out of business. They really had “aced” it. Also, just before 9/11, Turner Construction had access to the Twin Towers to allegedly perform fireproofing renovations. LVI Services similarly had access to the buildings to allegedly perform asbestos removal. It so happens that both companies had experience with demolition preparation.

There is much more to be said about 9/11, of course, and much of it has been set forth in the multitude of books and media reports that have been churned out on the subject and in the many independent investigations of the leading authorities in the many disciplines involved such as engineering, architecture, forensics, etc. The whole thing comes off as one gigantic gaslighting operation on a population too naïve, dumb or scared to understand what happened or to respond if they did suspect the truth. No, most Americans put up an American flag and were more than happy to believe that the Glorious USA was in the cross-hairs of foreign wicked folks, a narrative the media was promoting at the time. But who knows? The horrors that have been performed during and since the Obama years might actually allow Americans to be much more willing to believe that many of our enemies are not found in other countries but rather, in Washington, DC!

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

August 24, 2022

“Apparently Americans still have not learned the lesson that this is history repeating itself at the expense of the young people.”

Well, Americans, you know how the unconstitutional Department of Homeland Security was sold to us.  It was sold to us by a corrupt system of government that told you that a bunch of foreigners attacked the twin towers in New York and then, in turn, attacks a country (Iraq) that has nothing to do with the attacks; and in the end, that government attacks its own American citizens (Leviticus 26:15-17).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

This is the same Homeland Security that was stacked with Muslim Brotherhood operatives after September 11, 2001 by that of Barack Obama during his criminal incumbency. Remember that we were told that we were under attack by the Muslims for 18 years by the Mainstream media (John8:44).

https://investortimes.com/freedomoutpost/sharia-advisers-barack-obamas-muslim-appointees/?fbclid=IwAR2gUxA3Iz-XqqG4e5ru-9wbvn_PiQFTYFarmhOYef2BtK99c9HrMdocr8Y

[Rumble Video]

The same Homeland Security was ushering in illegals into America thereby further endangering the American people (Deuteronomy 28:43).

https://www.judicialwatch.org/dhs-quietly-moving-releasing-vanloads-illegal-aliens-away-border/

[Rumble Video]

Well, now knowing this, and this is just the tip of the iceberg, it should come as no surprise that this is the same unconstitutional agency illegally trafficking young children (Luke 17:2).

Banned Video just found that the DHS is trafficking 30-40,000 kids illegally through the state of Texas.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Kat Stansell

August 23, 2022

Anyone who has ever had pet cats will understand this reference immediately. If you have not, try to extrapolate, and take my word for a few things. The box can contain some pretty ugly “surprises”. It may look only slightly used on the surface, but when you dig…well, you know.

First, a litter box has a purpose. Things done in it get buried, often deeply. Second, the deposits always smell bad. Left uncleaned, the stench will fill the entire house.

The innocent animal uses a litter box to deposit its ugliest truths; most of the time, it hits the enclosed area, sometimes things are left outside the box – by accident or on purpose, one never really knows…. They always try to cover it up, though, regardless of the landing area. Cats do that because they don’t like their own stink.

The Left is proud of their foul droppings but hides them so we can’t see. Apparently they don’t comprehend how much the rest of us can smell. Or , aren’t concerned if we do. Let me elaborate.

Recently I enjoyed an article in the Canada Free Press, wherein the author gave a good list of some of the turds the Left has dropped in public for us all to enjoy. He was more polite about it, but I’ve lost my desire to be even mildly courteous to this regime.

I won’t give you the entire list of droppings, because have already groaned or screamed over many of them, but here’s few to get things into focus. Let’s start with Pelosi; she is the reigning queen of crap.

• “You need to vote for Democrats. Otherwise the illegal aliens will lose their rights”!
• “You don’t need God anymore; you have us Democrats.”
• Then, of course, the one that has become a classic, “We just have to pass the (Obama healthcare) bill to see what’s in it.”
• Obama the great divider, was pretty good at spewing excrement too. By now, we’ve heard (or smelled) all this before:
• You have a business; you didn’t build that. Someone else did!”
• America is, is no longer, uh, what it, uh, could be, uh, what it once was, uh, and I say to myself, uh…..” Obviously, spoken without teleprompter.
• “I have campaigned in all 57 states.” Spoken like someone who doesn’t know much about the country where he (wasn’t) born.

Speaking of not knowing much about your country, the ever- braying AOC said, “Owning guns is not a right. If it were a right, it would be in the Constitution.” I’ll stop with just one…she is a ripe source of offal. Awful, too, now that I think about it…

Then a current goody from the lips of the ever-obnoxious Elizabeth Warren, christened long ago as “Lieawatha”, (Why do these lefties have such trouble with their roots? Could it be

because they’re shallow and rotted? Or transplanted?) I’ll skip the Native American heritage turd; we’ve already scooped that one out.

*”Having an abortion is no different that having one’s tonsils removed,” says Lizzie. Really.? Ending a life is no different than removing an infected piece of blood filter? The physical remains of the tonsils get dropped into a surgical waste pail, while the Luciferian Left profits from the sale of the aborted fetuses. Yes, the profit motive is behind every abortion. Don’t let the stink they make about “women’s health care rights” cause your eyes to water and obscure the truth. They march for their profits, not anyone’s health.

On a lighter note, ol’ Sheila Jackson Lee has informed us that “homicide is the leading cause of murder.” Don’t you feel better knowing that people like this are leading our country?

The Vice-Dimwit in the White House, Kamala, has had laid so many turds in public that they are impossible to scoop up. She just keeps stepping in them. One of my favorites is, “Gorsuch isn’t fit to serve (in the Supreme Court) because he uses law and not emotions.”

Our Constitution and its body of law is foreign to these people; they have not a clue as to what it says or means. They just want to shred it, and defecate in its remains.

The Dimwit-in-Chief shows his disrespect for our great founding documents, and his ignorance of us at the same time, when he blurts out, “No ordinary American cares about Constitutional rights.” Dear Joe, OH, we care, alright. Don’t push it.

Still my favorite in the category of public dung-dropping, is Biden’s brag, ahead of the 2020 general election. To a very small crowd in GA, he babbled, “We’re in a situation where we have put together, and you guys did it for President Obama’s

administration before this, we have put together, I think, THE MOST EXTENSIVE AND INCLUSIVE VOTER FRAUD ORGANIZATION IN THE HISTORY OF AMERICA.” Sure they won

in 2020. Sure they won’t try it again and again. Sure.

* * *

SO much crap, SO many lies, SO few skills and abilities to run a country! The fire hose of utter BS from which we are expected to drink, courtesy of this “administration” and it’s lapdog media, is enough to gag the best of us at times. The amount of lies and criminal – even treasonous – dealings they The fumes are gagging the country. The Left’s big box of awful offal is far more than we should be expected to bear. Like a disgusting cat pan, it brings tears to my eyes. I cannot let it stay the way it is.

It’s the utter disrespect for the American citizen that infuriates me, and, I hope, you as well! There is not a thing about the average hard-working American that they respect. The good people of this country are of no import whatsoever except as a source of revenue.

They believe that we are stupid and not worthy of intelligent exchange. They believe we deserve to be on our knees to their demands. Just shut up and pay, they tell us. They do believe that they are the Superior Power, and that we and our God must obey them and their Dark Angel.

It’s OUR bad, as the kids say, if we allow this to continue – our bad, and quite probably our end, as residents of a free country. We MUST act, where our power is strongest and most effective – our local communities.

Local action is not an option. It is a requirement of a free people. Stand up for your rights, or “you will have nothing and like it.”

If you think things already stink to high heaven in DC, just wait. If nobody cleans and disinfects the federal litter box soon, Lady Liberty will be asphyxiated, and her light will be extinguished forever.

Politicians will always need to keep a litter box handy, for hiding their crap. It’s just the nature of the beast. We just need to remember it’s there, and keep it as clean as possible, to allow Freedom to flourish in fresh air.

Not trying to be catty. Just sayin’…

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

August 23, 2022

You’ve got the NSA doing all this collecting of material on all of its citizens – that’s what the SS (Schutzstaffel), the Gestapo, the Stasi, the KGB, and the NKVD did. (NKVD is The People’s Commissariat for Internal Affairs.)  —William Binney – Former intelligence official with the United States National Security Agency and whistleblower.

We must rid this nation of the United Nations, which provides the communist conspiracy with a headquarters here on our own shores, and which actually makes it impossible for the United States to form its own decisions about its conduct and policies in Europe and Asia.  —John T. Flynn – author of While You Slept

Experience hath shewn, that even under the best forms of government those entrusted with power have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny.  —Thomas Jefferson

No cause is left but the most ancient of all, the one, in fact, that from the beginning of our history has determined the very existence of politics, the cause of freedom versus tyranny.  —Hannah Arendt

“Not yet, O Freedom! close thy lids in slumber, for thine enemy never sleeps” comes from William Cullen Bryant’s poem, The Antiquity of Freedom.  Close not your eyes in slumber fellow citizens, but rise as warriors for the cause of freedom!

Are Americans so weak that they will keep their heads down and hope the evil passes?  Are they so propagandized by the Democrat’s media comrades that they believe what is happening is righteous? Or are they oblivious to the very threats of evil occurring in our nation and around the world?

Not only are we a nation now known for genocide, we mirror third world tyrannical dictatorships.  Hitler had his Gestapo and Biden has the armed federal agencies, including the entire intelligence community.  Do our fellow citizens have a clue what the Gestapo represented?  Afterall, few government schools teach world history, much less American history and the US Constitution.

Hitler’s Gestapo

In 1933, Hermann Goring combined the various political police agencies into an organization.  It was called the Gestapo, an abbreviation of Geheime Staatspolizei, the official secret police of Nazi Germany.  They were the policing arm of the dictator in charge.  Goring’s Prussian Secret Police force was originally formed in 1851 with the police forces of Austria, Prussia, Bavaria, Saxony, Hanover, Baden and Wurttemberg.  They were initially organized to suppress political dissent in the wake of the 1848 revolutions which spread across Germany.  In previous articles I’ve mentioned the 1848ers who emigrated to America after their attempts to establish socialism failed in Europe.  In 1933, Hermann Goring recreated them with the Gestapo, and in 1936, it became a branch of the Schutzstaffel (SS) run by Heinrich Himmler.

Think we don’t have the same thing here in America?  We certainly do.  Like Lenin, Stalin, Pol Pot, Hitler, Mussolini, Ho Chi Minh and others, Biden used dictatorial powers and his politicized DOJ in a huge show of force against an opposition leader and former president.  The August 8^th FBI raid on Mar-A-Lago was a wild abuse of power.  We have seen these actions in other countries where it is immediately denounced as an act of a dictator.

Mainstream media comrades have always called January 6^th an insurrection and attack, albeit the billions of dollars of damages incurred nationwide by BLM and Antifa communists is never mentioned. According to Roll Call’s article of April 2021, “Capitol hill lawmakers were grappling with how best to respond to the rising threat of violent white supremacy nationally.  Lawmakers are divided over the need for a new domestic terrorism law.  Every single democrat agrees that right-wing violence has become an alarming problem.”

What absolute rubbish!

The psychological projection propaganda used by Saul Alinsky acolytes in politics and media has much of America’s electorate fooled enough to believe conservatives are a danger.  Yet, every violent insurrection in America during the COVID nightmare over George Floyd’s death was perpetrated by communists whose aim is to incite riots and division.  The democrats, mainstream media and Justice Departments supported them, bailed them out, dismissed charges and squelched the truth of their roots and actions.

Church Committee Report – 1976

The 1970’s Church Committee Report details the dark history of the corrupt FBI, NSA and CIA propaganda and political interference.  The Committee was chaired by Frank Church (D-ID) and Vice Chairman, John G. Tower (R-TX).

The Church Committee’s reports have been said to constitute the most extensive review of intelligence activities ever made available to the public. Much of the contents were classified, but over 50,000 pages were declassified under the President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Act of 1992.

Writing for LifeSite News, on August 4, 2022, Robert L. Kinney III notes that the “agency previously engaged in ‘covert efforts to influence social policy and political action’ and at times used methods ‘reminiscent of the tactics of totalitarian regimes,’” as noted in an April 1976 Senate report called “Intelligence Activities and the Rights of Americans.”

The following two paragraphs are from the Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities.

After holding 126 full committee meetings, 40 subcommittee hearings, interviewing some 800 witnesses in public and closed sessions, and combing through 110,000 documents, the committee published its final report on April 29, 1976. Investigators determined that, beginning with President Franklin Roosevelt’s administration and continuing through the early 1970s, “intelligence excesses, at home and abroad,” were not the “product of any single party, administration, or man,” but had developed as America rose to a become a superpower during a global Cold War.

“Intelligence agencies have undermined the constitutional rights of citizens,” the final report concluded, “primarily because checks and balances designed by the framers of the Constitution to assure accountability have not been applied.” In a separate appended view, Senator Tower acknowledged “intelligence excesses” and the “need for expanded legislative, executive, and judicial involvement in intelligence policy and practices.”

The reports on the intelligence agencies are 46 years old, and confirm that they are the most weaponized and politicized agencies against the American people and our Constitutional Republic.  They are a menace and a danger to our citizens.

They are today’s American Gestapo.

Armed U.S. Agencies

The DOJ has been weaponized for years, and every single one of our 18 intelligence agencies is likewise politicized, including our military.  Many are funded by largely classified budgets.  Agencies you’d never suspect would need firearms are now armed.

John Watson’s American Thinker article of June 18, 2020, Where are All the Guns and Ammo Purchased Under Obama, gives us a good idea of the arming of civilian government employees during the Obama regime.  The author quotes Obama’s troublesome statement during his campaign.

We cannot continue to rely only on our military … we’ve got to have a civilian security force just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.  We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives we’ve set.

Like Herman Goring, Obama and Biden are creating an armed federal police force.

Watson then continues and lists all the various agencies who are now heavily armed, as well as the largess spent on ammunition and firearms. (The government purchased over a billion pieces of ammunition, causing a national shortage.) Agencies include the Small Business Association, The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, The Department of Health and Human Services, the Smithsonian, Social Security, the Forest Service, National Park Service, and Inspector General’s Office and tons more.

Some of these agencies are armed with sophisticated weaponry normally carried by special forces.

Are these government employees the new “civilian security force?”

The American Gestapo?

The Department of Homeland Security, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, and the IRS are three of the largest and most dangerous agencies to citizens of the once free republic, and they’re all heavily armed.

DHS

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) put out a National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin on Feb. 7, 2022, stating that, “The United States remains in a heightened threat environment fueled by several factors, including an online environment filled with false or misleading narratives and conspiracy theories, and other forms of mis- dis- and mal-information (MDM) introduced and/or amplified by foreign and domestic threat actors. These threat actors seek to exacerbate societal friction to sow discord and undermine public trust in government institutions to encourage unrest, which could potentially inspire acts of violence.”

No mention of Antifa or BLM.

On August 16, 2022 James O’Keefe’s Project Veritas released a leaked DHS document on Domestic Violent Extremists (DVEs) in wake of the FBI’s raid of Trump’s Florida residence.  Here is the leaked bulletin.

• Document lists perception of “government overreach” and “election fraud” as red flags.
• “The threats we have observed, to date, underscore that DVEs may view the 2022 midterm election as an additional flashpoint around which to escalate threats against perceived ideological opponents, including federal law enforcement personnel.”
• “Information contained in this intelligence bulletin is for official use only. No portion of this bulletin should be released to the media, the general public, or over nonsecure Internet servers.  Release of this material could adversely affect or jeopardize investigative activities.”

Again, communist groups, Antifa and BLM, are never mentioned.  However, Fox News tells us that the rosary has now become an extremist symbol, because they claim Catholics are a growing contingent of Christian nationalism!  And just what is wrong with being a Christian nationalist?

ATF

Let us not forget the DOJ’s Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF). The ATF has a corrupt and abusive history, just as does the FBI and CIA.  Harry S. Truman, Stalin’s number one choice for American president, created the CIA by presidential directive in 1946.  (Page 41, Red Rat Race, by Morris Bealle)

An ATF agent allegedly created an illegal gun registry of Black Metal Firearms in Mesa, Arizona with her personal cell phone.  That has been the agency’s goal as they have acquired nearly one billion 4473 “background check” forms to pin down how many and which Americans are purchasing firearms.  This action by the ATF is an attempt to establish a permanent National Gun Registry, the first step towards outright gun confiscation.  It is illegal, and unconstitutional, but they have it.  The ATF was involved in the Waco Siege and Operation Fast and Furious, which left U.S. Border Patrol Agent, Brian Terry, and hundreds of Mexican citizens dead.  The ATF needs to be eliminated.

IRS

As for the Internal Revenue Service, the recent $770 billion Inflation Reduction Act. will double the size of the IRS, and authorize it to hire up to 87,000 additional employees as well as an additional $80 billion in funding. The IRS currently has 93,654 employees.  Their budget last year was $12.6 billion.  On August 10^th, National Review exposed the job listing for new agents “willing to use deadly force,” and then the IRS pulled the job post.  Open the Books investigation showed that by 2019, the agency had spent over 20 million on guns, ammo, and military style equipment.  How much more will $80 billion purchase?

Watch the alleged IRS “training” video here:

Any idea of what all those new armed agents are going to do?  Their targets are defined as domestic terrorists. The DOJ classifies them as conservatives and Trump supporters along with parents who are unhappy with what is happening in the government controlled public schools.

The elite want the middle class totally destroyed, losing 46% of small businesses during COVID and the Antifa and BLM riots wasn’t enough for them.  What is left of America’s small businesses will also be a new target…the harassment will be endorsed and promoted by Biden’s weaponized agencies.  They’re coming after those earning $400K or less.

Small businesses operate on a tight marginal basis, not having the ability to survive a full up audit.  In his August 7, 2022 article, John Hinderacker of Power Line believes that the new hires will be used like Lois Lerner was doing, going after conservative 501(c)(3) groups and political campaigns in order to shift the political wars in the democrats’ favor.  Lois Lerner ended up being a test run, a successful test run congressional democrats just turned into a business model.

Most law-abiding citizens know they have something to fear from a state agency that doesn’t concern itself with due process, has no regard for your privacy and is empowered to target anyone it wants without any genuine oversight.

An American Gestapo.

The Enemies List

Trump allies and constitutional conservatives are the enemies of the illegitimate neo-Marxist collectivists.  Aaron Kliegman’s August 17^th article in John Solomon’s Just the News documents the blacklisting of conservatives who have been targeted by the DOJ.

From Mike Flynn to Rudy Giuliani, from Roger Stone and Paul Manafort to Peter Navarro and Steve Bannon, a long list of Trump allies and Biden critics have been probed, raided, handcuffed, charged, and jailed by the Justice Department.

John Solomon’s June 6^th article chronicled the two-tiered justice system.  In just one comparison, Eric Holder escaped punishment of contempt of congress charges for not complying with a congressional subpoena in the Fast and Furious scandal and his own DOJ department failed to prosecute him. Ten years later, academic Peter Navarro “was handcuffed and shackled after being indicted for contempt of Congress for refusing to comply with a congressional subpoena.”

Worse yet, those who supported our 45^th president and went to the January 6^th 2021 rally are excoriated as lawbreakers in what was called an insurrection worse than Pearl Harbor and 9/11.  John Solomon’s January 26, 2022 article tells us, “Trump gave the order to ‘make sure’ January 6 rally was ‘safe event,’ Pentagon memo shows.” Former career federal prosecutor, David Sullivan said the entire hearings lacked an accountability process and both the Justice Department and congressional hearings raised questions of fairness and gave viewers a reason to tune out what proved to be “very scripted” interrogations. Mr. Sullivan called the hearings Stalinist.

American Tyranny

John Guandolo stated the following in his August 10, 2022 article on his website, Understanding the Threat, “The Stalinist tactics should not surprise us.  Why?”

This is the same federal government that:

• Put America in debt to the tune of over $30 TRILLION dollars.
• Let over 100,000 illegals into America each month while paying them and transporting them across America on the tax payer dime.
• Funds the Iranian regime so it can develop a nuclear weapon.
• Funds and supports terrorists of Al Qaeda, Hamas, the Taliban and others.
• Supported the Chinese communist Black Lives Matter organization as it burned down American cities and killed American citizens on the streets.
• Told us “There is no organized Antifa” while Antifa burned down American cities and killed American citizens.
• Illegally electronically surveilled the President of the United States, his family and his staff with no prosecutions after 6 years.
• Calls the MAGA Movement “the most dangerous political movement in American history” and targets Patriots for prosecution and persecution while wittingly lets felons free from jail and fails to prosecute high government officials for treason, sedition, and other crimes.

And the list goes on.

Conclusion

Love him or hate him, Donald Trump has been a target of the left since 2015 and the raid on Mar-A-Lago was an obvious abuse of politicized power.  This easily should have and could have gone through attorneys, but the DOJ loves using their comrades in the media to convince the propagandized and deliberately dumbed down Americans that Trump is a criminal with their explosive use of force.

Why would they take the family passports?  Why would they take Roger Stone’s pardon when it was on the front page of the Washington Post? Why would they take declassified materials? Because the DOJ, i.e., Attorney General Merrick Garland gave them license to do so through approval of the warrant by Judge Bruce Reinhart who should have recused himself.

Trump is the target, but what has been done to him and the people who worked for him can be done to the average citizen.  This time it’s not just our Jewish brethren, it’s all of us.

The enemies of freedom have created Obama’s civilian security force.

They are the American Gestapo.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Cliff Kincaid

August 23, 2022

Although Republican Mitt Romney lost an easily winnable election in 2012, many conservative commentators and analysts believed that Romney would win no matter what Obama threw at him. These same commentators predicted Donald J. Trump would lose in 2016.

Romney got only 48 percent of the vote, just two points more than Senator John McCain’s (R-AZ) total in 2008.

Bombarded with messages from the Obama campaign and the Soros-funded propaganda machine, including the Super PACs he funded, voters found Romney’s private sector experience on Wall Street and wealth more objectionable than Obama’s record as a Marxist president. Romney, acting on the advice of Karl Rove, never uttered the word “Marxist” or “socialist” when talking about Obama. Romney ran a campaign that was designed in part to win the votes of those who went for Obama in 2008. It was a disaster in the making that many prominent conservatives in the media did not see coming.

Are they repeating these errors as they predict a “Red Wave” this November?

Contrary to what Senator Mitch McConnell says, when he implies Trump-backed  candidates lack “quality,” the problem is failing to recognize the nature of the  opposition.

Going back in time, to understand Obama’s victory, we need to remember where the Republicans and their main mouthpiece, Fox News, went wrong, and how they could go wrong again. These people are never held accountable for their faulty predictions.

Fox News pundits, led by Karl Rove, underestimated the aggressive nature of the Obama political machine and its ability to exploit economic, class, and cultural divisions in society for political gain. They also demonstrated no real understanding of how the new progressive infrastructure, financed largely by George Soros, had assumed great importance for the Democratic Party. My group, America’s Survival, Inc. (ASI) began exposing this infrastructure when we held our October 27, 2011 National Press Club “Soros Files” conference.

Mitt Romney and other top Republicans, such as Karl Rove, steered away from any involvement in charges that Obama was a Marxist or socialist with a mysterious past that needed to be investigated. Rove, Former Deputy Chief of Staff and Senior Advisor to President George W. Bush, became famous on Fox News programs as “The Architect” and “Bush’s Brain” for George W. Bush’s two electoral victories. But Rove and his investors were the biggest losers on Election Day 2012 and haven’t learned any lessons.

Rove had raised $330 million for anti-Obama advertising through his Super PAC, American Crossroads, but had been advising Republicans NOT to call Obama a socialist or left-winger. Rove believed that undecided, moderate or left-leaning voters would jump to Obama’s side if that charge were leveled against him. “If you say he’s a socialist, they’ll go to defend him,” Rove said. “If you call him a ‘far out left-winger,’ they’ll say, ‘no, no, he’s not.’” Rove said Romney had to remain “focused on the facts and adopt a respectful tone” toward Obama.

That meant:

• No talk of Obama’s communist mentor, Frank Marshall Davis.
• No talk of his backing from the Communist Party USA, Democratic Socialists of America, and other such groups.
• No talk of his extremely close personal relations with such figures as Hugo Chavez of Venezuela and the rulers of Russia.
• No talk of how Obama couldn’t pass a basic background check in order to get a low-level federal job.

Americans were faced with a Marxist President in the White House and yet the “Party Boss” of the GOP, Karl Rove, wanted to be “respectful” toward Obama and refused to discuss his true nature. It was a recipe for disaster.

Here are the predictions from that time:

• Rove had predicted Romney would get 285 electoral votes to Obama’s 253.
• Also on Fox, Michael Barone had predicted a Romney victory.
• The Weekly Standard had run a story, “Why Romney Would Win.”
• The late Charles Krauthammer was on Sean Hannity’s show, saying the race would be close, but Romney would win.
• Dick Morris said Romney would win the popular vote by 5 to 10 points.
• Glenn Beck said Romney would win the electoral College by 321-217.
• Larry Kudlow predicted a Romney landslide.
• Ann Coulter said she was “confident” of a Romney victory.
• Hugh Hewitt said Romney would win because the economy was tanking.
• Matt Vespa at Red State: “My Prediction: Romney Wins Comfortably.”
• Edward Morrissey (Hot Air): “Joe Biden Can’t Save Obama.”
• James Pethokoukis of the American Enterprise Institute said, “…Mitt Romney will be elected the 45th President of the United States, winning the two-party popular vote 51% to 49% and the electoral vote by 301 to 237 for President Obama.”

Republicans and many conservatives still fail to grasp that Marxism is a means of obtaining power and maintaining power over the people, in the name of the people and “the struggle.” The two main aspects of Marxism, mastered by Obama and top Democrats, are:

• Exploitation of alleged vulnerable populations and groups – workers, minorities, women, immigrants, homosexuals, animals, the earth, etc.
• Abolition of private property, the traditional family, and traditional values and institutions.

The late author, Robert Chandler, described how the “New Marxism” was based on the premise that “the problem with Karl Marx was that he was not Marxist enough.” While

Marx focused on workers, there were many others who also were seen to be exploited by the capitalist system, including women, racial minorities, sexual libertines, and many other social and economic victims of so-called “neoliberalism” or the free market philosophy.

The left called for “Marxist renewal and re-emergence” by constantly expanding the “victims” of capitalism. Hence, homosexuals have now been superseded by transgenders.

In 2016, Republicans and conservatives repeated their mistakes.

“Addressing a luncheon of Republican governors and donors in Washington on Feb. 19,” reported the New York Times, referring to Rove in 2016, “he warned that Donald J. Trump’s increasingly likely nomination would be catastrophic, dooming the party in November.”

Veteran conservative journalist Fred Barnes wrote a Wall Street Journal article about how the campaign of Donald Trump, was supposedly dividing and weakening the Republican Party — thus guaranteeing a Democratic Party win in November. Matt Walsh at Glenn Beck’s The Blaze commented that Hillary Clinton would be elected president “because Republican voters decided to squander the best GOP field in decades by flocking to a cut-rate impostor in an expensive suit…”

Commentators get things wrong, and that doesn’t disqualify them from continuing to hold their jobs and make predictions. But getting elections wrong, without analyzing whether the “progressives” are still outsmarting the Republicans, is a recipe for another disaster.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

August 22, 2022

• Since attempts to pack the Supreme Court has failed, is there another way for the politicians to take control of the court?
• What are the constitutional issues with attempting to place term limits on the court via legislation rather than amending the Constitution?
• There is more to this legislation that just limiting the terms of Supreme Court Justices.

After years of trying to pack the Supreme Court, there’s been a new attempt to take control of the third branch of government. Rather than placing extra justices on the court (all of which would be appointed by the current President), they want to set term limits for, and a complicated method of, appointing justices. Is any of this constitutional? How will Congress and the courts react to this abuse of power? Will the American people meekly sit back and watch while the Constitution is once again set aside by Congress for political ends? What would happen to America if this legislation is allowed to see the light of day?

Term limits in general are a controversial subject. Many believe that allowing people to remain in an office for extended periods of time is detrimental to the republic, while others value the experience that comes with time in service. Still, when it comes to offices created by the Constitution of the United States, is legislation all that is required to establish term limits? A brief look at our history should provide the answer.

Presidential Term Limits

After serving two terms, Franklin D. Roosevelt told the Democratic convention that he would run only if drafted. Roosevelt won nomination on the first ballot then won a decisive victory over Wendell Willkie, becoming the only President to serve more than eight years. Term limits became an issue during Roosevelt’s 1944 campaign against Thomas Dewey. As Dewey put it:

“ four terms, or sixteen years is the most dangerous threat to our freedom ever proposed.”

FDR, Dewey, and the Election of 1944. – Jordan, David M. (2011)

Though he won the 1944 election, President Roosevelt died just 82 days after his fourth inauguration on April 12, 1945. However, after the mid-term elections in 1946, Republicans took control of both the House of Representatives and the Senate by campaigning on the issue of Presidential term limits. To fulfill their election promise, Congress did not simply offer legislation, but a resolution to amend the Constitution itself. The language that was sent to the states became the Twenty-Second Amendment.

No person shall be elected to the office of the President more than twice, and no person who has held the office of President, or acted as President, for more than two years of a term to which some other person was elected President shall be elected to the office of the President more than once.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XXII

Why was it necessary for Congress to propose a constitutional amendment to impose term limits on the President? Because the language of the Constitution does not place a limit on the number of terms a President serves.

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President, chosen for the same Term, be elected, as follows

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 1

Since only laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution can be valid, the only way to impose term limits on the President was by an amendment.

Supreme Court Term Limits

The first problem with H.R. 5140 is the fact that it violates the supreme law of the land.

This Act may be cited as the “Supreme Court Term Limits and Regular Appointments Act of 2021”.

H.R. 5140, Section 1

Congress does not have the legal authority to set term limits on the Supreme Court of the United States. Congress can determine the number of justices, primarily by the advice and consent of the Senate, but there is nothing in the Constitution that allows Congress to set term limits or to force a justice to step down except via the impeachment process that requires the bad actions of the justice.

The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offices during good Behaviour,

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

This legislation starts by establishing a schedule for appointing justices to the Supreme Court.

“The President shall, during the first and third years after a year in which there is a Presidential election, nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, appoint one Justice of the Supreme Court.

H.R. 5140, Section 2

Right off the bat, we run into several problems. First, Congress does not have the legal authority to force the President to nominate federal justices. While the President is required to execute the laws of the United States, that does not include when they infringe on the powers delegated to him by the Constitution.

He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme Court,

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

The second problem this section of the legislation creates is too many justices. Congress has placed a limit on the number of Justices at nine.

The Supreme Court of the United States shall consist of a Chief Justice of the United States and eight associate justices, any six of whom shall constitute a quorum.

28 U.S.C. §1

So how would Congress deal with this particular problem? By effectively replacing all of the justices.

“(a) In General.—Except as provided in subsection (c), the panel of justices exercising Judicial power in Cases and Controversies shall comprise the nine most junior Justices.

“(b) Deemed Retired.—After a Justice has served 18 years, that Justice shall be deemed a Justice retired from regular active service under section 371(b).

“(c) Exception.—No Justice appointed before the date of enactment of this Act shall be counted toward the panel of nine Justices described in subsection (a), nor shall they be required to retire from regular active service under subsection (b).

H.R. 5140, Section 2

So Congress plans to simply “put out to pasture” the most senior justices as they add new ones? Did you notice this panel of nine justices are not exercising the powers of the Supreme Court, but judicial powers in general? Furthermore, subsection (c) says that the current justices are not counted toward the panel of nine justices who are to exercise the judicial power. Does that mean they are immediately removed from the court, even if they’ve served less that 18 years? It does say they will not be required to retire, but they cannot serve on the panel, so what would they be doing? Also, since the currently sitting justices could not be on this panel, does that mean we effectively start with one justice on the Supreme Court, and wait for years for more to be appointed?

“If the Senate does not exercise its advice and consent authority with respect to a President’s nominee to the Supreme Court within 120 days after the nomination, the Senate shall be deemed to have waived its advice and consent authority with respect to such nominee, and the nominee shall be seated as a Justice of the SupremeCourt.”.

H.R. 5140, Section 2

H.R. 5140 wants to put a 120 day time limit on the Senate’s advice and consent role, but what defines the Senate exercising its authority to advice and consent? Would the Senate Majority Leader be advising the Senate to not hear nominations by exercising its advice authority? Would there have to be a vote? Isn’t this infringing on the authority of the Senate to set their own rules for their own proceedings?

Each House may determine the Rules of its Proceedings, …

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 5, Clause 2

As another insult to the Constitution, this legislation would create a new type of justice called a “Senior Justice”. Just what would the “Senior Justice” do?

“(a) Any Chief Justice of the United States or Associate Justice of the Supreme Court who has retired from regular active service under section 371(b) of this title shall be known and designated as a Senior Justice and may continue to perform such judicial duties as such Justice is willing and able to undertake, when designated and assigned by the Chief Justice of the United States.”;

H.R. 5140, Section 3

I’m not sure quite what to call this? Semi-retirement? This does, however, give us a clue as to what this legislation is all abut, and what the ultimate goals of the sponsors are.

Conclusion

While the official title of this legislation is “Supreme Court Term Limits and Regular Appointments Act of 2021”, it should be called “The Reinvent the Federal Judiciary Act”. Not only is Congress claiming the authority to change the duration of a justice’s service, but also how and when they are appointed, by creating a “post court” position they may fill.

Whether you think there should be term limits for justices on the Supreme Court, or federal judges in general, it cannot legally be done by simple legislation. What these Congressmen want to do requires an amendment to the Constitution. If there’s one thing that has become obvious, it’s that Congress has become disconnected from the Constitution, their oaths of office, and any semblance of the rule of law.

If you support the Constitution, and want representatives who do the same, then you must contact your Representative and Senators to either demand that this legislation be turned into a proposal for a Constitutional amendment or simply discarded on the ash heap of history. If Congress can reshape the judiciary by simply passing legislation, why not the entire government? Why bother with a Constitutional Convention? Just let Congress recreate the United States in its own image. Wouldn’t that be awful?

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By: Devvy

August 22, 2022

Way back in 1993 so many of us tried to warn Americans about the unconstitutional NAFTA (No American Factories Taking Applications) Agreement and what it would do to this country.  Of course, back then there was no home Internet to speak of so we relied on newsletters, faxes and astronomical phone bills.

“What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new international system…a first step toward a new world order.” July 18, 1993, CFR/Trilateralist Henry Kissinger, LA Times on NAFTA.”  That was a quote from my January 26, 2014 column, It’s War:  Stop the TPP and TAFTA.  That one column drives home the point about all those “free” trade treaties and how they would continue to destroy this country – first target the middle class.  I hope you’ll take the time to read it.[1]

Boehner And McConnell Work To Kill Off America As We Know It – TPP [2] (Mine), May 5, 2015:  “Off all the articles I’ve read which full explain this monstrosity, I encourage you to read the ones below:

Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP): Bigger and More Dangerous Than ObamaCare – “Like the infamous NAFTA trade agreement passed in the ’90s, the TPP would usher in another wave of outsourcing, as the remaining manufacturing and technology bases would be given incentives to move to Pacific Rim countries, resulting in millions more American job losses.”

Trans-Pacific Partnership To Facilitate U.S.-China Merger

Rand Paul to Obama: “Prioritize” Passage of Trans-Pacific Partnership – Like the two above, this one is packed with how American workers will lose their jobs if that treaty is passed.

There’s no question based on what’s been leaked this latest, treasonous sell out would achieve what the North American Union architects want so bad:  an unlimited open border with Mexico bringing in more floods of unskilled workers, drugs, criminals and terrorists. It is such an assault on our Constitution and way of life it’s no wonder Barry Soetoro and his Republican supporters are doing everything they can to keep it secret – including the media. Why isn’t this a major subject of discussion on Greta, Hannity, O’Reilly or Megan Kelly? Where is ANY coverage about the dangers of that treaty on any “mainstream” or cable networks?

Full page ad, NY Times, April 15, 1994:  1944. Bretton Woods: The IMF and the World Bank. 1945: San Francisco: The United Nations. 1994, Marrakech: The World Trade Organization. History knows where it’s going. The final act of the Uruguay Round….to the WTO, the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the UN and the IMF.” Henry Kissinger, a tried and true traitor and Soviet agent recently said when asked the most important role Marxist Obama can play regarding the middle East: “Obama can give a new impetus to American foreign policy….his task is to step forward to create a new world.” [3]

Of course, Kissinger is a Bilderberg attendee as is Jared Kushner (Trump’s son-in-law) and the empty-headed darling of the communist left, Stacey Abrams.  Bilderberg Post Mortem: What Is the Trump-Pompeo-Kushner-Bilderberg Connection All About?, June 10, 2019, The New American by William Jasper is a really must read:  “Bilderberg’s annual roster brings together top-level politicos and government ministers with the titans of industry and finance — such as the leaders of Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank, Credit Suisse, Google, LinkedIn, Microsoft, Royal Dutch Shell, Kissinger  Associates, Daimler, etc. — and the maestros of media manipulation, such as the Washington Post, WarnerMedia (formerly Time Warner), The Economist, Bloomberg News, NBC, and the Financial Times.  Any sober, eyes-wide-open review of geo-political developments over the past several decades would show that Bilderberg has become a key coordinating event for the ruling global oligarchy, the shadow world government, the Deep State.”

Perhaps Pompeo & Kushner were there to see what the evil doers were planning next.  Know your enemy.  The one world government, one world religion globalists were on a roll with GATT/WTO ready to roll out despite all the warnings of what it would continue to destroy:  Our three most important job sectors:  Agriculture, manufacturing and industrial.

From my Oct. 1, 2002, column [4]:  “U.S. Senator Ernest Hollings had just the opposite prediction, “…described the vote as ‘the gravest mistake the U.S. has ever made on economic policy.'”

“Hollings’ statement turned out to be right. Our nation has been plundered as a result of GATT and We the People, our businesses, our commerce, and our livelihoods, have been under attack ever since, losing virtually every single challenge made by some foreign country. On September 26, 2002, counterfeit U.S. Senator Max Baucus said he was deeply troubled by the WTO dispute settlement process and “Things are looking more and more… like a kangaroo court against U.S. trade laws.”

“Funny thing about Baucus’ stand on trade. He’s a “free” trader. On his web site it states, “I’ve also been a leader in the successful efforts to open Chinese markets to U.S. products and to bring China into the World Trade Organization.” Lie down with dogs, get up with fleas. Do business with our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese? Remember, in October 2001, a video came out officially sanctioned by the Communist Chinese government which glorified the attacks on America last September 11, 2001, with the moderator chiming that we got what we deserved. That’s a fact.

“The vote on GATT was 76-24. Guess how many members of the entire Congress read GATT? One! Former counterfeit Senator Hank Brown (R-CO).  He’s the only one who read this 28,000-page treaty and declared that in no way would he vote for it.

“During the hearings on this monster, French financier Sir James Goldsmith testified in front of Earnest Hollings’ committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market.

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building its first ocean going navy in 500 years.”

“China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.”

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America….If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries.”

“We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.” Billionaire Sir Goldsmith (now deceased) could see into the future, only it’s been far worse than he predicted.

Within five years following NAFTA we lost thousands of factories that had been providing long-term, steady employment.  In a few short years our textile industry was gutted because of GATT.  OUR ranchers and farmers suffered enormously:  Find out why many Florida growers are calling for NAFTA renegotiations, May 18, 2021:  “NAFTA, a treaty between Canada, Mexico, and the U.S., is the world’s largest free trade agreement. In short, the three countries agreed to remove trade barriers, and supporters believed this would enhance all three economies. In some ways, it has – particularly in the Grain Belt of the U.S., where exports of crops such as corn, soybeans, and wheat have more than quadrupled since 1994 – however, Florida’s experience has been different.

“In the Sunshine State, many fruit and vegetable farmers have gone bankrupt or are struggling to make ends meet because the U.S. is purchasing a significant amount of produce from Mexico due to cheaper prices. According to government data, Mexican imports have had a significant impact on Florida markets. Tomato imports have quadrupled to 3.57 billion pounds, and strawberry imports have risen six-fold to 568 million pounds since NAFTA was created. On the other hand, there has been a steady decline in both the acreage and production value of Florida crops such as bell peppers, tomatoes, squash, and eggplant since 1994, effectively putting farmers out of business.”  NOT ME.  I buy grown in USA or I go without and that includes fruit during the winter.

NAFTA’s replacement is one of the WORST trade agreements ever and it’s really, really too bad Trump signed such a disaster.  I know Trump meant well when he signed the USMCA trade agreement but he was once again sold poison by his “advisors” that is killing America.  He walked right into another trap set by billionaire globalists who had his ear.

The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019 and USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws:  Connecting the Dots, Dec. 10, 2019  //  Get US Out! of the USMCA – Instructions.

We warned turning America into an entertainment economy and paper pushing jobs (for foreign companies) would destroy this country’s independence, security and push us into being reliant on foreign countries to provide what WE had always manufactured and grown for Americans first.  NAFTA & subsequent treaties destroyed the steel industry.  So many thousands of good paying jobs gone.

I covered this as a guest on a radio show years ago.  A caller said he wasn’t going to work on some damn farm or factory and was happy sitting in front of a computer everyday for his job.  Well, good for you and God bless our ranchers and farmers barely hanging on today for feeding us.  Like our fishing families, it’s grueling every day.  And to the caller:  Happy are you we are on our knees begging for goods and food from foreign countries who hate US?  Damn fool.  America’s great-great-great grandparents and some of our parents worked in factories that built this country and don’t forget our coal miners who are badly needed.  Want to talk about a tough job? Far more dangerous than sitting in front of a computer.

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like wild beasts in dens and caverns. I am not one of these; experience has taught me that manufactures are now as necessary to our independence as to our comfort; and if those who quote me as of a different opinion, will keep pace with me in purchasing nothing foreign where an equivalent of domestic fabric can be obtained, without regard to difference of price, it will not be our fault if we do not soon have a supply at home equal to our demand, and wrest that weapon of distress from the hand which has wielded it.” The Letters of Thomas Jefferson: 1743-1826. To Benjamin Austin Monticello, January 9, 1816

Fast forward and see what reality is as a result of “free” trade:  Supply Chain Shock Triggers Perfect Storm At US Ports As Shipping Disruptions Break The System, August 16, 2022:  “The supply chain breakdown is set to reach catastrophic levels during this peak shipping season, and the distortions we’re witnessing right now are just a hint of what’s coming next.”

Absolutely true:  Supply Chain Problems Will Persist Because The System Is Being Sabotaged, August 5, 2022:  “This is something that I and many other alternative economists have been talking about for a decade or more. The globalist dynamic of interdependency is a disaster waiting to happen, and now it’s happening. Without decentralized mining of raw materials, local manufacturing, locally sourced goods, local food production and locally integrated trade networks there can be no true stability. All it takes for the system to implode is one or two crisis events and the economy’s ability to meet public demand stagnates. The system doesn’t completely stop, but it does slowly shrivel and degrade.” (Emphasis mine.)

Remember 2020 and the Plandemic panic buying?  Stores couldn’t keep stocked because so much of what WE used to manufacture and grow was coming from foreign countries.  Hell, the COMMUNIST Chinese can bring America to her knees just on this one thing: ‘Made In China’ Includes Most US Medicines, Expert Says ‘It’s Mind Boggling’, Feb. 27, 2020

Today it’s all about the Internet, IT jobs, making videos of yourself as so-called “influencers” or dancing around nearly naked making big money at age 17, absurdly expensive ‘smart’ and IPhones glued to people’s ears and working for foreign companies (like cars & trucks, clothing, medicines, you name it) who take the profits OUT of this country instead of the profits staying here in OUR country.

Too many are too young to remember Detroit when it was considered one of the greatest cities in the world:  How Detroit, the Motor City, turned into a ghost town, Oct. 31, 2009 – “There is little doubt that Detroit is ground zero for the parts of America that are still suffering. The city that was once one of the wealthiest in America is a decrepit, often surreal landscape of urban decline. It was once one of the greatest cities in the world. The birthplace of the American car industry, it boasted factories that at one time produced cars shipped over the globe. Its downtown was studded with architectural gems, and by the 1950s it boasted the highest median income and highest rate of home ownership of any major American city. Culturally it gave birth to Motown Records, named in homage to Detroit’s status as “Motor City”.

“Decades of white flight, coupled with the collapse of its manufacturing base, especially in its world-famous auto industry, have brought the city to its knees. Half a century ago it was still dubbed the “arsenal of democracy” and boasted almost two million citizens, making it the fourth-largest in America. Now that number has shrunk to 900,000.

“Its once proud suburbs now contain row after row of burnt-out houses. Empty factories and apartment buildings haunt the landscape, stripped bare by scavengers. Now almost a third of Detroit – covering a swath of land the size of San Francisco – has been abandoned. Tall grasses, shrubs and urban farms have sprung up in what were once stalwart working-class suburbs. Even downtown, one ruined skyscraper sprouts a pair of trees growing from the rubble.” (Emphasis mine).

Selling NAFTA by Congress and the biggest mouth being Newt Gingrich was America wants cheaper goods!  Yep.  NAFTA and the GATT/WTO gutted cities and towns across the country and there has been nothing cheap about it.  Ask me because I’ve driven through hundreds from Sacramento to DC and back; north and southern routes several times.  Downtown areas in smaller cities (pop 20,000 or less) became ghost towns.  Small business owners, the backbone of our economy, went broke and ended up working at the big, shiny new Walmart full of Made in China or India.  Americans fled to Indianapolis from outlying areas and states to find any kind of work but Indy’s infrastructure couldn’t take such a mass migration at the time.  A mess.

Back in 1969, Ezra Taft Benson, former Secretary of Agriculture said in his outstanding book, An Enemy Hath Done This, pg 155:

“Already, I can hear the chorus chanting “Isolationism, isolationism, he’s turning back the clock to isolationism.” How many use that word without having the slightest idea of what it really means! The so-called isolationism of the United States in past decades is a pure myth.

“What is isolationism? Long before the current trend of revoking our Declaration of Independence under the guise of international cooperation, American influence and trade was felt in every region of the globe. Individuals and private groups spread knowledge, business, prosperity, religion, good will and, above all, respect throughout every foreign continent. It was not necessary then for America to give up her independence to have contact and influence with other countries. It is not necessary now.

“Yet, many Americans have been led to believe that our country is so strong that it can defend, feed and subsidize half the world, while at the same time believing that we are weak and “interdependent” that we cannot survive without pooling our resources and sovereignty with those we subsidize. If wanting no part of this kind of “logic” is isolationism, then it’s time we brought it back into vogue.”

At the risk of repeating myself, you can’t solve a problem until you go back to the beginning. Was/is there really a plot to destroy America as a sovereign nation and create a world government? Yes. Without question.

Hon. Marjorie S. Holt of Maryland, In the House of Representatives, January 19, 1976, page 240:

“Mrs. Holt: Mr. Speaker, many of us recently received a letter from the World Affairs Council of Philadelphia, inviting Members of Congress to participate in a ceremonial signing of “A Declaration of Interdependence” on January 30 in Congress Hall, adjacent to Independence Hall in Philadelphia. A number of Members of Congress have been invited to sign this document, lending their prestige to its theme, but I want the record to show my strong opposition to this declaration.

“It calls for surrender of our national sovereignty to international organizations. It declares that our economy should be regulated by international authorities. It proposes that we enter a “new world order” that would redistribute the wealth created by the American people. Mr. Speaker, this is an obscenity that defiles our Declaration of Independence, signed 200 years ago in Philadelphia. We fought a great Revolution for independence and individual liberty, but now It’s proposed that we participate in a world socialist order.

“Are we a proud and free people, or are we a carcass to be picked by the jackals of the world, who want to destroy us? When one cuts through the high-flown rhetoric of this “Declaration of Interdependence,” one finds key phrases that tell the story. For example, it states: “The economy of all nations is a seamless web, and that no one nation can any longer effectively maintain its processes of production and monetary systems without recognizing the necessity for collaborative regulation by international authorities.” How do you like the idea of “international authorities” controlling our production and monetary system, Mr. Speaker?”

Marxist Bill Clinton gave many rousing speeches in favor of “interdependence” with other nations and giving up our sovereignty. You can see reality today and what “free” trade has done to a once self-reliant, independent, sovereign nation who never had supply chain problems at ports as we are experiencing for nearly two years.

I know I’m always recommending books, but the only way I became educated on many issues was reading. No leisure time, no fishing; just learning time. Of course, today there are dozens of free non-censored video platforms.  There are several books I have on “free” trade and how it’s destroyed millions of secure good paying jobs. The one to read to fully understand how our protectionist policies brought such wealth to OUR country and people is America’s Protectionist Take Off 1815-1914 by Michael Hudson:

“The contribution of the American School of Political Economy (1848 to 1914) to America’s wildly successful industrial development has disappeared from today’s history books. American protectionists and technology theorists of the day were concerned with securing an economic competitive advantage and conversely, with offsetting the soil depletion of 19th century America’s plantation export agriculture. They also emphasized the positive effect of rising wage levels and living standards on the productivity that made the American economic takeoff possible.

“The American School’s “Economy of High Wages” doctrine stands in contrast to the ideology of free traders everywhere who accept low wages and existing productivity as permanent and unchanging “givens,” and who treat higher consumption, health and educational standards merely as deadweight costs. Free trade logic remains the buttress of today’s financial austerity policies imposed on debtor economies by the United States, the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund. By contrast, the lessons of the American School of Political Economy can provide a more realistic and positive role model for other countries to emulate – what the United States itself has done, not what its condescending “free-trade” diplomats are telling them to do.  The lesson is to adopt the protectionist policies of the late 19th and early 20th centuries that made America an economic superpower.” (Emphasis mine).

Do We the People want to continue to be dependent upon foreign countries for our food, medicines, clothing, etc?  Do we want this misery to continue or return to protecting and growing OUR major job sectors that made America the wealthiest and greatest country on the planet?

Stop buying foreign products.  Go without.  Tell the store you’re in you want Made in America.  Use a search engine like duckduckgo.com or startpage.com (who don’t track you).  List what you want to buy and Made in USA.  There are thousands of businesses in America owned by Americans who produce and manufacture HERE and provide jobs for Americans who want your business.

Yeah, it might take a little longer and sometimes what you need just can’t be found made here but make the effort for America.  Try to buy locally and stop enriching globalist corporations in this country that don’t give a damn about you, only about how many more billions they can haul in.

The more consumer pressure and lack of sales will get the message across.  AND, we have to get out of all of those destructive “free” trade agreements and treaties, period.  Yes, we can do fair trading but not at the expense of forfeiting America’s sovereignty and reducing our workforce to nothing more than ants for international corporations and corrupt regimes.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes – My columns:

[1]  –  It’s War:  Stop the TPP and TAFTA

[2]  – Boehner And McConnell Work To Kill Off America As We Know It – TPP

[3] –  Congress refuses to bring home millions of jobs)

[4]  – Is The Way Congress Votes Moral or Even Legal?

Take a good look at this map published in the Denver Post, August 30, 1992 before the unconstitutional NAFTA Agreement was signed into law by dirty traitor and serial adulterer, Bill Clinton on December 8, 1993. – A New North America.  The globalists are going for the kill because millions and millions of Americans are finally waking up.

Nationally recognized investigative journalist and talk radio veteran Devvy Kidd speaks to “The Perils of NAU and the NAFTA Superhighway” at the Concerned Citizens Council Lecture Series in Big Spring, Texas, at Howard College.  Much easier then to move drugs from Mexico, human smuggling and more foreign made goods while Americans suffer due to a thoroughly messed up supply chain.

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 22, 2022

Part 2: The factors destroying America saturate every community with incompatible cultures, religions and languages

You hear it from all the talking pundits from Joe Scarborough, Jake Tapper, Chuck Todd, John Dickerson, Tucker Carlson…right down the local diner where middle Americans ponder what’s happening to our country.

“We’re so divided,” they call out in unison. “Worst division of America since Watergate….”

Without a doubt, race, religion, language, culture and politics can be deemed “The Great Dividers” in human history. What stuns me stems from the fact that some fat cats up in Washington DC tossed buckets of gasoline on the fire in 1965 with the Immigration Reform Act. You couldn’t have dreamed up a more destructive scenario for the United States. And man, oh man, it’s coming full circle on all of us.

You’ve got religious people screaming for pro-life while the pro-choice crowd paints threats on churches. After rescinding the Roe vs Wade Supreme Court decision, it created an even more violent divide in America. Ironically, 70 percent of Americans support pro-choice. But each side wants to “gut” the other side with screaming, fighting, placards and marches. There’s no middle ground.

Then you have the “race” card played virtually every day on every evening news cast. This month, a 30-year coach had to step down from the Oklahoma Sooners football program because he read one single racial word from a text he received. His 30 years were trashed in a nano-second.

At the same time, Black Lives Matter, a highly destructive organization that riots, pillages and plunders entire cities—doesn’t see any of its members being arrested or stopped from their anarchy. Along with that, Americans must be subject to “All Black TV” and “Black Entertainment Television”. If anyone ever dreamed of “All White TV” or “White Entertainment Television”, all hell would break loose.

America’s minorities are now dictating to the majority as to what the majority can say, do or how to act. Quotas for schools, quotas for movies, quotas for actors, quotas for pilots, quotas for advertisements, quotas to make certain of absolute inclusivity. But that doesn’t count for BET or All Black TV.

Since George Floyd, notice that 90 percent of all advertisements on TV are filled with minorities. It’s like the majority Caucasian group in America is being quickly relegated to the sidelines.

My Plan for Destroying America by Governor Richard Lamm

Lamm said, “I would then get the big foundations and big business to give these efforts lots of money. I would invest in ethnic identity, and I would establish the cult of victimology.”

If you listen to NPR on a weekend, it’s one story after another in America’s racist society. Ironically, about 90 percent of NPR’s audience is white. You would think that after being blamed for everything and endlessly brow-beaten, folks would turn off NPR.

Lamm said, “I would establish dual citizenship and promote divided loyalties. I would “celebrate diversity.” “Diversity” is a wonderfully seductive word. It stresses differences rather than commonalities.”

It’s been 19 years since I heard Governor Lamm’s speech. What stuns me is how fast his predictions are coming to pass. “Diversity” is killing American culture because that “diversity” antagonizes against everything “American.” One trip to Detroit or Minneapolis or San Francisco or LA or Miami…and you quickly understand our dilemma. Everyone self-segregates in restaurants, movies, pools and clubs.

Douglas Murray said exactly the same thing in his book: The Strange Death of Europe—Immigration, Identity, Islam. It literally shows the same progression that’s destroying Europe via mass immigration, is now accelerating in the USA. Like I said, visit Detroit, NYC, Miami, Chicago and/or any hugely impacted city in America, and you will see Murray’s book erupting before your eyes.

Lamm said, “Then I would place all these subjects off-limits–make it taboo to talk about. I would find a word similar to “heretic” in the 16th century that stopped discussion and paralyzed thinking.”

Just like that Sooners coach who was fired for reading one racial word in a text on his phone, everyone is terrified to speak up. It almost reminds me of when Hitler gained a toehold, then foothold and then his entire leg, and then his entire body into the politics of Germany. Once he gained so much power, he couldn’t be stopped.

Lamm said, “Lastly, I would censor Victor Davis Hanson’s book “Mexifornia” –this book is dangerous; it exposes my plan to destroy America.”

If you’ve ever heard Victor Davis Hanson interviews with Tucker Carlson, Hanson’s probably the smartest and wisest historian in America. His book predates Murray’s book by 20 years. Southern California has been devolved into El Norte Mexico of America.

What do you think it all means? Should any country ever intermingle incompatible cultures, religions and languages into its midst? Should it allow its own culture to be usurped, degraded and pushed into oblivion? Should it allow its majority to become a minority? Should it give up its language? Should it allow its majority religion to become non-existent?

Should Americans take history into their own hands or simply become victims of history?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Roger Anghis

August 21, 2022

The direction that the WEF is going is towards totalitarian enslavement. A quote from Klaus Schwab: To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism.  The problem they have with capitalism is it gives everyone that is willing to work an opportunity to attain wealth. The WEF does not want you to have that opportunity. They want you to be enslaved to them.

This is why the WEF is calling for the Great Reset. What is really disturbing is our government is going along with this plan to destroy our way of life. The Great Reset is caused by government manipulation, with the guidance of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, and other elites, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, etc., who believe they have the right to steer nations and economies into a new “totalitarian world order.” All of this is being fueled by green energy policy lies.  The Greta Thunberg fools of the world are so propagandized with fear, it is impossible to reach them with truth.  Unfortunately, many Americans have fallen prey to these lies.

The very core of the evil we’re seeing is a hatred of God and His Creation and a desire by those promoting this evil to be in control of humanity and become gods themselves.  They belong to their father, the devil, and like those before them, Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Pol Pot, Hitler, Ceaușescu and so many others, their time is short.

Too many Americans surrendered their God-given freedoms out of fear of a lie, a lie promoted by evil entities throughout the world.  “Protocols” were installed and millions were murdered in hospitals because we were told there was nothing that could save them except a vaccine!  Millions have died and many more are disabled from the dangerous C-19 inoculations.  Newstarget recently reported that Pfizer’s own documents admit that mRNA covid vaccines will result in mass depopulation.[1]

We need to look at how a totalitarian government initiates policies. Hannah Arendt, a holocaust survivor, wrote a book titled The Origins of Totalitarianism[2] and describes how this is done.  Terror regimes use isolation as a weapon of oppression, and terror arrived in America in 2020 via the mainstream media’s fear propaganda.  Even the conservative stations segregated all their hosts and spoke of nothing else but COVID.  Anthony Fauci struck even more trepidation in Americans with his constant updates and statements of how dangerous the Wuhan virus would be to everyone.  Deborah Birx and Robert Redfield echoed Fauci’s doctrine of lies.

Families were kept apart, children were kept from grandparents, nursing home elderly were sequestered from their loved ones, people were locked in their homes for months, and fearful mothers masked their toddlers.  We were kept from each other, kept from standing close, kept from hugging others, kept from coffee and conversation.  We were alone out of fear.  We stood six feet or more from each other and mask Nazis raged at those who didn’t comply with face diapers.  Fear promoted loneliness.

Hannah Arendt spoke of loneliness as the capacity to think and to know ourselves, even when in isolation, depends, in part, by making meaningful connections with others.  How much has technology, the internet, smartphones, and social media affected how we relate to others?  It is obvious when you see people out to dinner or at a gathering, and instead of being engaged in conversation, they are looking at their phones.[3]

When looking back at the supposed pandemic we see that the people behind the so-called vaccine are all members of the WEF. Pfizer CEO, Albert Bourla, Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel, and Johnson and Johnson’s Alex Gorsky are all members of the World Economic Forum.  Albert Bourla tells Klaus Schwab that he wants compliance of the populations for his inoculations.[4] Notice that Pfizer CEO demanded ‘compliance of the populations’ for his vaccines. No regard there at all for the will of the people.  Just like Hitler, you will comply!  I can assure you that the pandemic was more of a plannedemic than anything.  Schwab has fully intended on using it as a springboard for his Great Reset. Klaus Schwab tells us that we will never return to normal after COVID.  He states, “Nothing will ever return to the ‘broken’ sense of normalcy that prevailed prior to the crisis because the coronavirus pandemic marks a fundamental inflection point in our global trajectory.”  I highly doubt most patriotic Americans felt we lived in a “broken” America before the Wuhan virus hit, and what if we don’t want to go on Schwab’s Orwellian chosen course?

All these globalists, including their counterparts in China want to “Reset” the entire world and they call it the “Fourth Industrial Revolution,” but how many people will be left after their depopulation schemes?  Far too many died with the fraudulent hospital “protocols,” and now many more are dying from the COVID injections, jabs that didn’t protect anyone from contracting or dying from C-19.[5]

We have to look at all the people who are involved in this Great Reset and study their ideologies to understand what their end goal is. In the last installment, we discussed Henry Kissinger but there is one guy that is a major threat to the American way of life and that person is Yval Noah Harari. He is one that we cannot allow to attain any more power than he already has and what he has must be taken from him. Yuval Harari is considered by Klaus Schwab to be a brilliant futurist. Both claim that by 2030, “You will own nothing and be happy!”  Mr. Harari says the Bible and thousands of years of faith in God and Jesus is fake news.  He is openly gay and married to Itzic Yahav, who is also his personal manager. They married in a civil ceremony in Toronto, Canada.

Harari’s website homepage states, “History began when humans invented gods, and will end when humans become gods.”  Harari believes in massive surveillance, even surveillance inside our bodies.  In fact, under the skin surveillance, and even surveillance via ingestible medications that will alert authorities when the medication has been taken.[6]

These are just a few of the people that are behind this WEF Great Reset. I do believe that there is a Great Reset coming but Schwab and Harari will have nothing to do with it. The men I listen to are saying that God is going to initiate the Great Reset and it will decimate those pushing the WEF.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
2. https://www.amazon.com/Origins-Totalitarianism-HANNAH-ARENDT/
3. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
4. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
5. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
6. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/

By Rob Pue

August 21, 2022

Imagine with me, if you will, what it would be like to live next door to a family with the fanciest house in town.  In fact, the fanciest house in the country. These next-door neighbors of yours have everything: they live in a mansion, drive the world’s most expensive cars, have a fleet of private jets and eat like kings.  Yet, they don’t really work.  On paper, they work less than half the days in a year, but even when they’re working, their performance is so poor that any employer paying any amount of attention would have fired them years ago.  Still, they continue to hold their so-called “jobs” and are never held accountable for failure after failure.

One day, these neighbors of yours, come begging at your door, hat in hand, with a very sad story about how they’re about to have their mortgage foreclosed.  They admit to you that they’re utterly broke and unless you help them, they’re going to lose their home and everything they own.  But they’re very sneaky in the way they present their plea.  In fact, before they leave, they have you convinced that they’ve actually come to HELP YOU!

You’re a conservative Christian and you work every day, from sun-up to sun-down.  You’ve been very fiscally responsible.  You work hard to pay your bills on time, you drive a 15-year-old car and you watch every penny, giving freely to Christian ministries and those in need.  As a result, you have a small “nest egg” put away for a rainy day when your family may run into trouble.  Being the most generous Christian on earth, you give your entire savings to this next-door family, which leaves your own savings account now at zero.  “I can always start over again,” you tell yourself.  “This family is in need and I will help them.”

Immediately, however, you notice something amiss.  Your neighbors start throwing huge parties at their house.  Upon investigation, you find they haven’t spent a single penny you gave them toward their mortgage payments.  Instead, they’re spending it on parties, lavish vacations, prostitutes, drugs — and their giving much of the money to wicked organizations that you, as a Christian and a conservative, vehemently oppose.  They’re donating to Planned Parenthood, Marxist/Communist groups, the LGBTQP+ movement, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, and they’re actively supporting a radical transgender curriculum in your local public school.

A month goes by and your neighbors are back at your front door, weeping openly about how they have no money.  They’re completely, utterly broke and deeply in debt.  But this time, they show up with a pre-approved credit card application, good for $100,000 and they’ve already filled it out and signed your name to it.  They just came to your door to show you what they’ve done, assuring you that they desperately need the money in order to keep their household running, and telling you they’re sending it in and the credit card will arrive in the next two weeks — to THEIR house, in their name — but the bills will be sent to you.  And somehow, once again, they convince you this is for your benefit.

Another month goes by, the same as the first time. They’re still not paying their bills, but continue spending with reckless abandon and now you’re getting notices in the mail that the credit card has exceeded the limit and now you’re liable not only for the $100,000, but also for the 25% interest rate as well as the over-limit and late fees, accruing daily.

By now, it’s gotten to the point that YOU are bankrupt, yet your neighbors continue living their high lifestyle.  They still only bother to show up for work less than half the time; they’re still the worst employees imaginable, yet they still keep their jobs, for which they rake in more in one year than you would ever earn in ten.  But they’re still broke.  You then find out they’ve done the same thing to everyone else in your neighborhood, yet they’re not even attempting to pay so much as the interest on the debt they’ve racked up.

Then, you discover they’re actually traitors to our country, working hand in hand with our enemies and selling out our country.  Some in this family are even dealing drugs now, engaging in child sex trafficking and routinely sponsor or attend sadistic satanic rituals — all the while collecting huge sums of money, and lining their own pockets with it.  They still don’t have their financial house in order, they’re deeply in debt, beyond anything you could ever fathom, and they just don’t care.  You also learn they’ve been illegally printing counterfeit money, and every law enforcement agency in the country knows about all of their many crimes, but this family is “untouchable.”  There’s no longer a court in the land that would ever even consider their crimes, much less convict them.  They own everyone.

Because of that, they’re now emboldened to do whatever they wish, with no accountability to anyone.  There’s no limit to the evil they will do, and get away with.  Then one day, you wake up and find they’re at your door with a long list of rules which they say you must obey or go to prison.  Handing over most of your hard-earned paycheck is among the least of these rules.  They also announce, you will need to pay them for virtually everything you do.  If you drive your car, you’ll be forced to pay them for the privilege.  You were diligent in paying off your own mortgage, but you’ll still be forced to pay huge amounts of money each year to live there.

If you buy food, clothing or anything else, you’ll be forced to pay for those privileges too.  When you take your dog out for a walk, you’re reminded that you’re being forced to pay for the privilege of having a dog in the first place, as well as for the sidewalk you’re walking on, and the shoes you’re wearing.

Then one day, they call you up and tell you you’re not allowed to open the business you started from scratch and worked so hard over the years to build up.  Others in your family are no longer allowed to go to work either.  But it’s ok… they’re going to give you a small allowance to live on until you’re allowed to work again.  But if you’re a business owner and if the company you built goes under after being forcibly shut down, it’s not their problem.

The next day, they come over and tell you that now you’ll be forced to wear a dog muzzle in order to be allowed to go out in public.  If you don’t wear one, you have to stay home.  They’ve now partnered with just about every “privileged” company in the country as well, so those companies now take their orders from your next-door neighbors who have now become so rich and powerful, they literally control everything, from the food you eat to the home you live in, to the thoughts you are allowed to express in public.  Then, they declare that you to be stabbed with a shot that has a very good chance of permanently injuring you or killing you.  YOU have no choice. These neighbors continue to tell you that everything they’ve been doing is for your own good, and most of the town believes them.  Oh, and not only do they control everything you do — they also openly spy on you, listen to your phone calls and private conversations and they even claim ownership of your DNA now.

But they’re not really rich.  In reality, they’re poor, blind and naked, but they don’t have the sense to realize it.  They’ve been living on credit all this time — in more ways than one.  But now, having spent all the money that you and others in your town once had, they’re now using the credit cards issued by our country’s worst enemies.  But our enemies are not so weak, and far from forgiving.  They’re demanding payment, but the neighbors are still broke.

So they make some backroom deals with our enemies.  They hand over control of massive amounts of farmland, ports of entry and then start selling off private homes — just to pay the interest on their debt.  They’re so desperate to keep the wolves away from their own front doors, they’re willing and eager to do whatever our enemies tell them to do — to US.  For now, they’re not suffering at all.  In fact, they’ve exempted themselves from all the rules they set for the rest of us.  What’s more, they’re piling up even more “monopoly money” given to them by our enemies — for themselves, off the books, of course — while the official balance sheet has been in the red since long before you were even born.

Then the people of the town begin to wake up and start to say “enough is enough.”  One day, they hold a massive rally to demand justice.  But now, it’s too late.  Hundreds are arrested and jailed — for daring to challenge the injustice.  Others are persecuted and prosecuted for thinking illegal thoughts or having illegal opinions.

And the house next door continues to host wild parties, the neighbors continue to eat and live like kings, thumbing their noses at the “law” while imposing new restrictions and unjust laws on not just your town, but the whole nation.  After all, they’ve learned they can easily get away with it, and now that they’ve tasted power, they’ll do literally anything to continue to imbibe.

In 1981, at Ronald Reagan’s inaugural address, he stated, “The nine most terrifying words in the English language are, ‘I’m from the government and I’m here to help.’”  Indeed.  Nothing the government does is efficient, cost effective or helpful to American citizens anymore.  Our greatest enemies have become our so-called “public servants” — who enter politics with a modest net worth but somehow become multi-millionaires or billionaires within a year or two of their so-called “service.”

Meanwhile, our country mourns. I believe we’ve past the point of no return.  Short of a revolution in this nation, I see no way we’ll ever reclaim our God-given rights, enshrined in our country’s founding documents and engraved on the very walls of the chambers where our “servants” strip us of those rights and load us down with ever-increasing heavy, bone-crushing burdens.  Our servants have now become our masters, or perhaps better stated: the inmates are running the asylum.

Now we have the “Inflation Reduction Act” — with a price tag said to be $740 billion.  There’s no doubt that it will cost much, much more than that.  Analysts across the board have stated that this new move by Congress will do anything BUT reduce inflation.  Even those who imposed this monstrosity upon us are no longer talking about “inflation reduction.”  Instead, they’re referring to it as “climate change” and “healthcare” relief.  But friends, lies are lies.  Climate change and the whole agenda that goes with that is a lie, and so is our healthcare system.  Our “justice” system is equally beyond repair as the innocent are imprisoned while the worst of the worst criminals walk free and continue to party on.

Among the many things charged on this latest credit card are 87,000 new IRS agents.  And not just any IRS agents.  The new recruits are going to be hand-picked and they must be willing to undergo firearms training and be willing to use deadly force against US citizens in their new careers with the “SS.”  It was said these agents were only going to be looking at tax-cheaters who earn $400,000 or more a year.  But you don’t need 87,000 new agents to accomplish that.  They’re coming for you and me, friends.  And now, they’re planning to come armed…even as they work hard to remove all our defenses.

Couple this with the now fully compromised FBI — which has steadfastly looked the other way regarding the crimes of Obama, Hillary Clinton, Jeffery Epstein and the Biden Crime Cartel, to name just a few; our Department of Defense, which has now been authorized to use force to inject citizens with the Monkeypox stab — or any other stab of their choice; the CIA, which continues to perpetrate black ops and then roll out the “official narrative” to the public via the mainstream media, as they’ve been doing for years — and it’s obvious to anyone with eyes to see that our government is absolutely, totally and completely corrupt to the core.

How do we rescue ourselves from such despotism?  The answer is, we don’t.  God can, and maybe He will, if we will sincerely repent of our national hedonism and apathy and the lukewarmness among professing Christians.  But I believe we’re too stiff-necked as a people to ever bow the knee to the Almighty — until that Day when the “credit card” comes due and ALL knees will bow and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 369.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 20, 2022

I’m a Republican. And I have questions for all the Republicans who think that Trump didn’t win the 2020 Presidential race; who think that there was no election fraud and Biden won, fair and square.

I’m not sure what percentage of Republicans believe “the fraud didn’t happen,” but I’m under the impression that it’s a LOT.

My first question is this. What do you think the Democrats and the Hard-Left would have been doing since November, 2020 if Trump had won and they thought that fraud had been committed by Republicans? Not just fraud, but the same types of fraud and the same level of fraud that have been articulated by many conservative Republicans since that date? Not just suspicions of fraud, but allegations with the same kind of evidence that has been presented since 2020?

Can you imagine the tsunami of outrage that would have erupted from the Left if the situation had been reversed? Think about it. Think about how the Left would have exploded in riots, burning, violence, and demands for action, with no let up, day after day after day. The liberal media and Deep State would have been in lockstep “against the Republican Electoral Fraud” as much as they are now parroting the opposite.

Don Lemon of CNN reported that the Department of Homeland Security stated that the 2020 election was “the most secure in American history.”

If Democrats were accusing Republicans of fraud, the media would be trumpeting headlines that declared that the 2020 election was an act of treason and insurrection. They wouldn’t have needed to instigate a January 6^th so-called “insurrection” so that they could block Trump and other Republicans from running based on the 14^th Amendment.

They would have convened the “Subcommittee to Study the November 3^rd Insurrection and Theft of Liberty” and hauled out the 14^th Amendment on November 4^th.

And… by now, the Democrats and their lackeys would have overturned the election. Trump would be in jail and Biden would be President. Of course, that statement is based on the premise that Trump and company had actually committed fraud—which they did NOT.

My second question is this: why haven’t Republican leaders on every level, from the towns to the governors to the US House and Senate, been responding the way that the Left would have done?

Every single Republican leader in the country should be screaming out the truth that Biden the Basement Dweller did not win in November, 2020. Not just elected officials, but also the GOP machinery. They should have been, and still should be, pushing, confronting, writing, speaking, and demanding thorough investigations about every speck of evidence.

Objections from the conservative side were indeed loud and numerous. Evidence was collected of fraudulent activity, with leaders like Mark Levin, Patrick Byrne, Mike Lindell, Peter Navarro, seventeen State Attorneys General, and many others joining the call for a review of the election. Recently, Dinesh D’Souza and True the Vote produced the movie 2000 Mules. Many commentators like Wayne Allyn Root have consistently declared that the election was stolen.

But, the months since November, 2020 have seen judges reject election court cases and government officials at all levels ignore serious allegations of election fraud. “Nothing to see here, move on, folks,” has been the response from those who could have publicly and openly investigated the matter but instead ignored it. Was their lack of response affected by corruption, intimidation, and malfeasance? I believe it was.

One might expect this from Democrats. But Republicans? Why are so many Republicans silent about the 2020 Election Fraud allegations?

One could cite any number of reasons, some of them honorable. Some might sincerely believe that there really was no election fraud. I would then respond: have you really dug into the evidence as presented? If you have, well, at least you’ve done that. Good for you.

But others may not have bothered to even look at the evidence. If so, shame on them!

Other Republicans might be compromised. Or they might just hate Trump so much that they’re willing to throw the entire country away.

Here are my two bits for the Republicans who are not fighting to decertify the 2020 elections.

#1: Because the Republican response was so pathetically disunited and weak, it’s highly likely that the Democrats will try to steal the 2022 elections.

#2: If Republicans with honor and conscience don’t win—Bigly—in 2022, it’s quite possible that America as we know it will finally fall over a cliff.

There are just over three months until November 8, 2022. Will Republicans in power stop the election fraud of 2022 before it’s too late?

That, my friends, is the question.

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Lex Greene

August 20, 2022

If you know anything about American politics at all, our Constitutional system of self-governance, the means by which “We the People” direct the future of our country through peaceful Constitutional processes, then you know that American politics is a team sport, and there are only two sides to every issue, right and wrong.

Every issue presents either truth or lie, and an opportunity to choose either right or wrong, not just for ourselves, but for our town, county, state and country, and all posterity. Like any other team sport, if you are not part of a competitive team, you’re not even on the field of play and cannot possibly affect the outcome of the game.

According to a recent Gallup survey taken in July 2022, political party affiliations are as follows;

INDEPENDENT 41%
DEMOCRAT 29%
REPUBLICAN 28%

57% of voters are registered democrat or republican, with 41% claiming independent status, belonging to neither party. While this well demonstrates the emotional state of American voters, it totally lacks any form of common sense or clear strategic purpose for all who claim to seek control of their country again. If we can’t even control our party (team), we sure can’t control our entire country.

First, for you proud self-proclaimed “constitutionalists,” the U.S. Constitution does not guarantee every State of the Union or any Citizen of the USA, a “democracy” – “democratic” – “socialist” – “communist” – “Maoist” – Fascist” – “Marxist” or even multi-party “European parliament” style of government.

Article IV, Section 4: of the U.S. Constitution guarantees every State and every Citizen a “Republican form of government.” This alone makes it very strange to see only 28% of Americans registered as “Republican,” since it is the only form of government guaranteed in the Constitution.

Despite this Constitutional guarantee found in Article IV, a staggering 70% of voters stand opposed, either promoting “global democratic socialism” or by opting out of the game altogether, by taking “independent” status. Independents don’t like either team on the field, so they left the field.

Next, for you “constitutionally minded independents,” in any team sport, you will need a competitive team in order to be in the game. When you left one of the two primary parties, you created the following disasters…

• You left both parties under the control of the very people you rightfully distrust.
• You left the field altogether because you are no longer part of any competitive team.
• When you left the two, you scattered to more than a dozen 3^rd parties, none of them competitive.
• Instead of working to throw the trash out of your house, you left the house full of trash.
• No matter what you think you want, you have no viable means of achieving it, without a team.

And yes, we know, neither party represents their stated objectives today, or even their publicly posted party platforms. What did you think would happen to your party when you quit and left the party under the control of criminals? How did you think that would improve the situation? Has it?

No Participation Trophy for Not Participating

If you waste time talking about how politicians behave in both parties, or any party for that matter, failing to represent you, you’re right. But you don’t get a participation trophy for figuring out what we all already knew.

This problem exists because left to their own devices, every politician will serve their own self-interest first and foremost, and party affiliation has nothing to do with it. It’s not even the best Citizens among us who run for office. Talk about needing a tin foil hat…if you think there is any such thing as a “perfect candidate” in politics, you might even need a visit to the mental facility.

There are no “perfect politicians” simply because there are no perfect people. No matter how much you’d like to elect a messiah, there isn’t one on any ballot. When 41% of voters left the two competitive teams in the game, they left the game. Instead of standing up for what’s right and making the fight to control the two parties, they turned tail and ran from the fight, falsely claiming the moral high ground. Rather than fight, they quit.

Fighters don’t always win, but quitters never do. Further, political cheating happens because most of you will turn a blind eye, and tolerate the cheating, so long as your criminal wins.

No Difference Between the Two Parties

A common theme among the quitters – While politicians in general seldom fail to act like self-serving politicians, there is indeed an important difference between the two major political parties, and there always has been.

Aside from the fact that today’s democrat party is really a global socialist party, with a long history of abusing minority groups and targeting average American workers with ever increasing financial burdens, high taxation, more regulations, record inflation, destruction of the family and worse – the biggest problem is there is nothing “democratic” about the democrat party.

The entire National Democrat Party is run by just eleven unelected party generals.

• Jaime Harrison, DNC Chairman
• Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms, GA
• Governor Gretchen Whitmer, MI
• Senator Tammy Duckworth, IL
• Congressman Cedric Richmond, LA
• Ken Martin, MN
• Jason Rae, WI
• Virginia McGregor, PA
• Chris Korge, FL
• Chuck Schumer, NY
• Nancy Pelosi, CA

Democrat party voters did not elect these eleven people to run the national party. There is no democratic process within the democrat party, whereby democrat voters can elect their party leadership. The DNC is run by eleven, basically self-appointed leaders, a small cabal of likeminded political powerbrokers mostly from the worst run states in the country, who rule the party and country with a tyrannical iron fist, no better than Stalin or Mao.

It’s the National Republican Party that is led by democratic process, where the national leaders of the party are elected by state party delegations at party conventions held in each state. Unlike the DNC run by eleven unelected tyrants, the RNC is run by 151 elected party leaders, three elected by elected delegates from each of the fifty states.

The DNC is a party of, by and for the eleven self-appointed tyrants in charge, nothing democratic about it. But the RNC is a party of, by and for the republican voters, with leadership elected by party supporters in every state and sent to D.C. to lead the party in a cohesive manner at the national level. While the DNC is solely a top-down party, the RNC is designed as a bottom-up party. Most republicans just don’t know it and don’t engage properly.

That’s a very important difference and distinction. The biggest problem in the GOP is; a lack of patriot engagement; and open primaries allowing democrats to manipulate GOP primaries.

Who is Supposed to be Forever Vigilant?

“A Republic ma’am, if you can keep it” is what Ben Franklin said to Mrs. Powell, as he walked from the Constitutional Convention in 1787. Every Founder then spoke about two foundational things that would become the responsibility of every American Citizen in their posterity, you, and me.

• All governments are at best, a necessary evil. Therefore, every American is called to be forever vigilant, not just as it pertains to foreign threats, but more importantly, threats from within, from a government run amok, becoming a grave threat, and enemy within the gates.
• The Constitutional Representative Republic, in fact freedom itself, is only suited for a “moral society.” Our prisons are full of “immoral” people incapable of freedom and self-governance. Thanks to anti-law and order democrats, so are our streets now.

It isn’t Donald Trump or any other politician who is called to be forever vigilant, it’s every single freedom and liberty loving American who must be forever vigilant, and because most haven’t been for decades, they struggle to understand the problem, or find viable solutions.

Instead of Quitting (a form of Surrender)

TNALC.org launched Model State Legislation all the way back in 2011-2013, titled The State Balance of Powers Act. Had the State legislatures enacted this model legislation then, all of the total destruction thrust upon our nation since, could have been easily and quickly stopped at the State lines. But “patriots” were too busy with nonsense, while others expected the swamp to drain itself.

More recently, TNALC.org launched a citizen activist initiative titled Time To Meet With Your State RNC Representatives. They published a sample letter for how to get the meeting, and on August 1, 2022, a group of committed Michigan patriots delivered a letter to the Michigan Republican Party HQ requesting the meeting. Party officials in Michigan have so far refused to respond to the request, likely due to the fact that they are under attack on all sides from republican voters already. The upcoming State Michigan GOP Convention promises fireworks!

In essence, the Republican Party has not been representing its conservative base, on a State or National level. In fact, it hasn’t even been representing its published Party Platform, and even worse, has been misusing donations to fund republican candidates who openly work against the party platform, which is a form of campaign finance fraud.

Proving that direct engagement does work, recent GOP primaries just removed eight of ten congressional RINOs who voted to impeach Trump, including the all-powerful and full of herself, Liz Cheney.

The point is, people determined to do something, can do something. People who quit, or wait for someone else to do it, or work alone without any competitive team, cannot do anything helpful.

If the USA is lost to a global Marxist takeover, it will only be because Americans failed to be forever vigilant, or to engage in directing their own future, where they could have.

At the end of the day, political parties, and the nation, will be whatever the American people make it, or allow it to be. In a free sovereign nation of, by and for the people, the buck always stops with the people.

Only better decisions can lead to better results…

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Steven Yates

August 19, 2022

A little over a week or so ago, a man entered an FBI field office armed with an AR-15 and a nail gun. He was killed in a firefight later. Apparently he’d posted threats against the FBI on Truth Social, Donald Trump’s Twitter alternative.

Others face charges after threatening FBI agents and the federal government generally on social media. The judge who signed the warrant authorizing the raid on Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence reports receiving death threats.

First things first. I repudiate such tactics unconditionally. Walking into an FBI office armed not only gets us nowhere, it is grade-A stupid! As with threats against police, it’s a great way to get yourself killed!

Not to mention the fact that anyone doing this is playing right into the hands of those railing hysterically about threats to the “rule of law” and to “democracy.”

DON’T DO IT, PEOPLE!

Let’s use our heads!

Sure, the FBI did something unprecedented in U.S. history: raiding the private property of a former U.S. president, ostensibly seeking mishandled classified documents (agents took Trump’s passports as if they expected him to flee the country!).

But let them prove the hypocrisy of A.G. Merrick Garland’s “No one is above the law,” when Trump is publicly accused of doing something Hillary Clinton was able to skate away from. Let the Bidenistas prove their hypocrisy by continuing to protect Hunter Biden and his now-infamous laptop.

Let’s continue shouting the truth from the rooftops WITHOUT ADVOCATING VIOLENCE!

President Trump himself has called for calm. The “temperature has to be brought down in the country,” was how he put it. “If it isn’t, terrible things are going to happen.”

What I fear is that even his voice will go ignored. It’s not hard to see why.

Large numbers of people are fed up. They are sick and tired of hearing about the Big Lie amidst Deep State and Corporate Media’s bigger lies and outright fabrications going back to Russiagate.

They are sick and tired of double standards.

They are sick and tired of lies about the economy

They are sick and tired of being called racists, or beneficiaries of “systemic racism.”

And they are sick and tired of the plan-demic.

We know now that the coronavirus did not “evolve in a bat.” People with their eyes open are tired of Legacy Media repeating lies about the “pandemic of the unvaccinated,” the “safety and efficacy” of the vaxes which are contradicted by all the VAERS data.

They are frustrated, not knowing what to do. Their sense is that “the system” turned on them long ago, which it did.

The Democrats used to be the party of the white working class. Not anymore!

They see an elite-sponsored hate campaign against the one figure who has tried to stand up for them, and fear this campaign might win the day.

Consequently there are hotheads out in the hinterlands whose mantra is “lock and load.”

All one has to do is browse Truth Social, or other sites like Gab and Telegraph.

These people will not start a civil war. They will just place themselves and their families in great personal danger.

Unless, of course, there are enough of them, and they decide not to go off half-cocked as did the guy in Ohio, and instead get organized.

If that happens, and they again rally around Trump, or possibly around the leadership of someone we haven’t seen yet, watch out!

I’ve been following the conversation expressing fears that civil war could blow up in the U.S. I agree that what would ensue would be quite unlike the War Between the States 1860-65. There were mostly clear geographical lines then.

Today’s “lines” are very different! They are cultural and economic, not geographical.

Today’s divides are rural versus urban, localist versus globalist, those who favor smaller government versus those who want larger government, those who support traditional ways of doing things versus purveyors of “disruptive” change, and those who do not worship the almighty dollar as a secular god versus those who do (or act as if they do)….

Above all, there is the vast difference between those who want to be left alone, versus those who refuse to leave them alone.

These divides cut across all the visible borders and boundaries. All “red” states contain a few “blue” urban centers. And all the “blue” states contain regions that do not identify with the cultural Marxism of academia or the money-driven cosmopolitanism of Big Business.

What the former in each of these pairs deeply resent is being looked down on, their interests disregarded, and then regarded as inferior and ridiculed publicly by unaccountable elites who have treated them like crap all their lives … and then wondered, back in 2015-16, scratching their heads, why those they dumped on and dismissed as backward Neanderthalic racists listened when Donald Trump spoke their language.

The latter in each pair have inverted truth and lies even as they continued the ruination of the real economy, i.e., the economy of ordinary people working at ordinary jobs, not the investment economy of the elites.

Through their chronic weakness, the Bidenista elites oversaw the clumsy pullout from Afghanistan that abandoned thousands of allies there and left U.S. equipment in the hands of the Taliban. This perception contributed to opening the door to the first war on European soil in three quarters of a century. The continued antics of clowns like Nancy Pelosi has set the stage for increased aggression against Taiwan by the Chinese Communist Party.

Because our Establishment — GloboCorp, if you prefer — has merged Communism with Capitalism’s vulnerabilities, once the latter is aligned with the materialist worldview.

This system, which many pundits dignify with phrases like the liberal world order, and which prevails outside the axis represented by Russia, China, Iran, and a few others, is a disaster, and it is no wonder there are thoughtful people who see it as fundamentally deceptive and wouldn’t mind if it went out of business!

It has proven, however, immensely useful for those driven by a lust for power (and profit)!

The prospect of a second Trump presidency literally terrifies these folks. They know that if it happens, their effort at global domination might be finished! For a second Trump presidency would be very unlike the first. Trump has doubtless learned a lot since he stepped into the White House in 2017, a complete outsider, clueless who to surround himself with. I imagine he is now far clearer who his friends and enemies are. Who he might appoint to key roles the next go-round I am uncertain, but I’m sure it will not be the ilk who repeatedly undermined him Jan ‘17 – Jan ‘21. Don’t expect any Mike Pences or James Mattises or Jared Kushners.

GloboCorp either prevents a second Trump presidency or else!

They’ve found the perfect female voice: Liz Cheney, formerly Wyoming’s resident RINO who sacrificed her seat in Congress to become a full-time Establishment narrative warrior. I fully expect her to run against Trump for the GOP nomination. It would not surprise me if, when she loses, she runs as an Independent to try to draw enough votes from Trump to give the Democrats four more years! (That is assuming the election is not again stolen outright!)

Stop Trump is the subtext that screams at me from every mainstream newsfeed!

An indictment — on whatever grounds — if made before Trump officially announces his candidacy, would not knock him out of the race but would definitely slow him down.

Even Tucker Carlson now thinks the Justice Department will move to indict him. I expect that if this happens, it will happen between now and November — assuming that comes off normally since one thing is almost certain: Republicans will retake part or all of Congress, making the stop Trump agenda harder.

Paul Craig Roberts wonders whether the Establishment will “uncover” a “white supremacist” plot on the part of the “deplorables” to steal the election.

This would increase the likelihood, he believes, of a federal takeover of the election! Then the Establishment can steal it!

I spent several paragraphs at the outset urging people on our side of the narrative war to control their tempers. But should any of several possible variations on the above scenario play out, how can any reasonable person expect them to do so? What will I be able to advise then, other than offering reminders of those millions of hollow point bullets Homeland Security purchased years ago.

I don’t think that was done so its personnel could hunt ducks.

The Establishment figured out long ago that a peasant revolt was at least possible.

The peasants, who have not millions but hundreds of millions of guns of their own, and any number of war-hardened Veterans on their side, could well give a good accounting of themselves even if they don’t win.

Were anyone with real power to read this, I would advise: do not indict Trump, and don’t hoke up some imaginary “white supremacist conspiracy” to give yourselves an excuse to hijack the November election!

Because of you do either one, or both, things could turn very ugly, very fast!

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

______________________________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

By Cliff Kincaid

August 19, 2022

Professor Jonathan Turley was on Fox saying he had supported the confirmation of Merrick Garland as Attorney General but now says he is disappointed in Garland’s political pursuit of Trump. Turley still doesn’t get it.   Garland is an agent of Barack Hussein Obama, who approved Hillary’s plan to launch the FBI’s “Crossfire Hurricane” investigation of Trump.

Turley is the Shapiro Professor of Public Interest Law at The George Washington University Law School who once gave testimony denouncing “Eugene McCarthyism” before Congress. He was supposed to be an expert on “disinformation and extremism in the media.”

McCarthy’s first name was Joe, not Eugene. Eugene was a peacenik Democrat.

The Fox channel calls him a “constitutional scholar.”

Every day the media talk about Trump, in terms of a secret affidavit authorizing the FBI raid, the Marxists win. What we should be talking about is the Marxist president who got us into this mess and was briefed on Hillary’s Russia-gate plan by his CIA chief, John Brennan.

Two-term president Barack Hussein Obama is a not-so-secret Marxist whose communist proclivities were carefully concealed from the American people. Brennan’s Marxist proclivities were out in the open, since he had talked about voting for the Communist Party as a college student.

It was Obama, as president, who had to approve Russia-gate. He also happened to be the president who tried to get Garland on the Supreme Court.

Garland is a political fixer.

Before 20 Senate Republicans voted to confirm Garland as Attorney General, we disclosed that Garland, then a federal judge, approved a cover-up involving the dropping of terrorism charges against communist terrorist Elizabeth Anna Duke, linked to the same Weather Underground terrorists who backed Obama for president in 2008. Obama’s DOJ had requested that those charges be dropped.

Understand what is happening: Obama’s terrorist comrades are being protected while Trump and his supporters are targeted. Garland is making this possible.

Communist groups by the dozens, ranging from the Revolutionary Communist Party to the old Moscow-funded Communist Party USA, are running rampant throughout the U.S., in violation of the Communist Control Act. Garland doesn’t care.

My new report, “Barack Obama’s Third Term,” examines what is happening. Trump’s problem, from the start, was failing to purge the Obama holdovers.  Sadly, his top aides didn’t know Eugene McCarthy from Joe McCarthy.

Tragically, Trump was not Reagan, a former governor and movement conservative who understood communism and fought the communists in Hollywood. Trump was a smart businessman depending on people who didn’t understand the nature of the Obama presidency. What Trump had failed to do was investigate Obama and understand the traps Obama had laid for him.

Ironically, my group, America’s Survival, Inc. had already done the research! We published three books on Obama.

In his testimony, Turley had referred to how anti-communists supposedly abused people, saying the grand jury process “was regularly used to target political dissidents and coerce people to reveal their associations and beliefs.” He added, “Of course, the most visible abuses occurred in the hearings on ‘Un-American Activities’ with figures like Senator Eugene McCarthy.”

For the record, the House Committee on Un-American Activities was in the other body of Congress. McCarthy ran the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations.

McCarthy exposed those in government who maneuvered to cut off aid to the Chinese nationalists in order to betray China to the communists. This betrayal left mainland China in the hands of the Communists and the nationalists fled to the island of Taiwan.

The irony, as noted by the late government investigator Herbert Romerstein, is that McCarthy investigated communism for just one year. Several other Congressional committees, including the House Committee on Un-American Activities, did far more work on the problem, including questioning of Obama’s communist mentor, Frank Marshall Davis.

Turley’s ignorant “testimony” about “Eugene McCarthyism” is yet another indication that communism in government is a topic of little interest, even to guests on “conservative” cable channels. It is ironic his erroneous claims came during testimony on “disinformation.”

Rather than talk endlessly about what’s in the “secret affidavit,” we can reasonably conclude that the real reason the FBI raided Trump’s Mar-a-Lago home is that Trump was in the process of proving in court that Hillary and the Democrats were behind Crossfire Hurricane. These documents in his home were part of the proof.

But Hillary was Obama’s Secretary of State. And Russia-gate was an Obama operation, designed to sabotage Trump’s presidency and prevent the purge of the Obama holdovers.

But Trump hasn’t been the only victim of the FBI.

In my column, “The FBI’s Extreme Makeover,” I note how the FBI covered-up the crimes of the sexual pervert Larry Nassar but then launched a series of programs on the CBS network designed to make the bureau look good.

The raid on Trump’s home reminds us that one of the most important challenges we face is to educate the American people about how communism came to America in the form of the Obama presidency.

Consider that, on the popular game show “Jeopardy,” one answer (contestants are given answers and then have to provide a question with the relevant facts) was, “In 1947 screenwriter Dalton Trumbo, part of this numerical ‘Hollywood’ group, was subpoenaed by the House Un-American Activities Committee.” The answer, in the form of a question, provided by one contestant was, “What was the Hollywood Five?” That was wrong. It was the Hollywood Ten, and all of them were communists inserting pro-communist messages into Hollywood films.

Rather than less (Joe) McCarthyism, we need more. The Communists are taking over and most Republicans, including Fox News paid contributor Jonathan Turley, are pretending it’s not happening.

Remember that China Joe Biden’s Ambassador to the United Nations actually gave a paid speech to a Chinese Communist propaganda center praising China and was confirmed by the Senate by a vote of 78-21 (with one Senator not voting).

Perhaps Turley is not alone in his confusion about the difference between Joe and Eugene.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 18, 2022

CNN’s Joy Reid makes bold statements that ours is a racist, white supremist and systematically “white privileged” society by European Americans. The author of Critical Race Theory states that “white privilege” dominates America.

“To be white in America is to have the confidence to say, without a second thought: this space, this neighborhood, this city, this county, this country is mine.” – Joy Reid

NBA star LeBron James said in a videotaped interview on HBO, The Shop, “I’m going to this school to play ball, and that’s it. I don’t want nothing to do with white people. I don’t believe they want anything to do with me. It’s me and my boys.”

How can any African-Americans feel comfortable when one of their icons shows such anger toward white Americans? Later with the Brittany Griner issue, he said that she might be better off in Russia. How can reflect well on all the black kids who worship him?

Black billionaire Oprah Winfrey once said in an interview, “As long as there are people who still… And there’s a whole generation, I said this for apartheid South Africa, I said this for my own, you know, community in the South, there are still generations of people, older people, who were born and bred and marinated in it, in that prejudice and racism, and they just have to die.”

If you look at angry black leaders like Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, Van Jones, Brittany Griner, Black Lives Matter, NAACP, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood, and many others—is there any possibility for peaceful co-existence in America in the coming years?

In October of 2003, I sat in the audience in Washington DC when former Colorado Governor Richard D. Lamm stood up to give one of the most repeated and shortest speeches since the Gettysburg Address by Abraham Lincoln. In Lincoln’s speech, he asked us to “bind-up the wounds” of that terrible Civil War.

But Lamm showed us how to destroy America. I sat there dumbfounded. After his five-minute speech, no one applauded from over 300 people listening to his words.

Lamm said, “I have a secret plan to destroy America. If you believe, as many do, that America is too smug, too white-bread, too self-satisfied, too rich…Then let’s destroy America. It is not that hard to do.

“History shows that nations are more fragile than their citizens think. No nation in history has survived the ravages of time. Arnold Toynbee observed that all great civilizations rise, and they all fall, and that “an autopsy of history would show that all great nations commit suicide.”

So here is my plan:

Lamm said, “We must first make America a bilingual/bicultural country. History shows … that no nation can survive the tension, conflict and antagonism of two competing languages and cultures. It is a blessing for an individual to be bilingual; it is a curse for a society to be bilingual.”

Scholar Seymour Martin Lipset put it this way: “The histories of bilingual and bicultural societies that do not assimilate are histories of turmoil, tension and tragedy.”

From what we’re all witnessing in 2022, Lamm’s prophetic speech hits the mark with just about every news cast every week of the year. Our own angry youth march, destroy, paint, burn and steal whenever provoked by something they don’t like. Whether it’s about CRT or abortion rights vs pro-life, we’re in the middle of a sociological meat grinder. And, it’s spitting out our Constitution in shreds. Who would have thought that citizens would try to kill Supreme Court justices or harass them in their own homes?

Lamm said, “I would then invent “multiculturalism” and encourage immigrants to maintain their own culture. I would make it an article of belief that all cultures are equal … there are no cultural differences that are important … and the black and Hispanic dropout rate is only due to prejudice and discrimination by the majority. Every other explanation is out-of-bounds.”

Well, we’ve got female genital mutilation that dates back to the 6th century—now being performed on little girls in our 21st century first world country—by the hundreds of thousands of cases via our new Middle Eastern immigrants. We’ve got “honor killings” in America, but zero reporting by the mainstream media. How do you explain that?

Lamm said, “I would encourage all immigrants to keep their own language and culture. I would replace the melting pot metaphor with a salad bowl metaphor. I would make our fastest-growing demographic group the least educated. I would add a second underclass, unassimilated, under educated, and antagonistic to our population.”

We face millions of illiterate teens and 20-somethings who cannot read, write or perform simple math problems. We’re seeing Spanish, Arabic, Portuguese and 800 other languages being spoken in enclaves of immigrants around America. How long do you think we can survive the linguistic divide and separation?

The rest of Lamm’s speech totally stunned the audience…and me. I sat there speechless with distress. Why? Answer: because in my world travels, I’ve already witnessed it in other countries. Back in October 2003 when he gave it at a www.fairus.org conference, you could see the onslaught creeping up on America because our borders were not being secured. Today, Joe Biden gives an open invitation to countless millions of refugees from 190 countries around the world.

So, I ask you dear fellow American, do you think we’re going to survive the next 100,000,000 refugees and their offspring projected by 2050?

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Lee Duigon

August 18, 2022

Has there ever been a worse idea than allowing public school teachers to unionize? Nothing springs to mind—except maybe the Soviet Union.

Teachers’ unions are dead set against Racism—right? Let’s see how right.

After a two-week teachers’ strike some months ago, the Minneapolis School District and the city’s teachers’ union have signed and just ratified a new contract… which is outstanding for its blatantly racist provisions.

According to the terms of the agreement, whenever the district has a need to reduce its teaching force, “white” (whatever that means) teachers are to be laid off first… and re-hired last. Because there have to be “Educators of Color protections” to make up for whatever “systemic racism” was practiced by other people in the past.

Normally, for years and years, everywhere in America, the standard for executing a reduction in force (“RIF,” in union parlance) was seniority. Teachers with the least seniority, regardless of skin pigmentation, were to be riffed first and rehired last. It was not a difficult rule to follow, and the unions seemed content with it. Until now.

How is this new standard anything but flagrantly racist? If the district were to apply the standard to favor “white” teachers at the expense of Educators of Color, the unions and the nooze media and what passes these days for our nation’s leaders would be crying bloody murder and demanding that a court nullify the rule toot-sweet. They’d also be calling for criminal penalties. So how is it just peachy-keen when the rule penalizes white teachers for being white? Heck, they could have drawn up a standard based on merit: best teachers, regardless of skin color, riffed last and rehired first. But then the usual suspects would be crying “racism!” as they always do whenever merit is even momentarily considered.

The union in Minneapolis trumpets “Public Schools—the Heart of Our Community.” God help us if that were true. It would denote a community with heart disease.

Let’s skip over to New Jersey now, where the New Jersey Education Assn. has just released a public service video that declares “Our schools are under attack by extremists… Some New Jersey schools are under siege… Extremists are attacking our schools.”

Extremists? What extremists?

Parents! Parents who don’t like the brew of racial paranoia, transgender propaganda, and sexual grooming served up by the public schools that they have to pay for. But the teachers’ union writes off objecting parents as “people who only want to fight to score political points.”

Pesky parents. Why can’t they just shut up and let our Far Left Crazy teachers’ union turn their kids into useful idiots who despise their families and hate their country? Who are they to complain? But we’ve been to teachers’ college!

The arrogance is so thick, you could cut it with a knife.

The whole public education enterprise is corrupt beyond repair. School boards, the omnipresent “school officials,” state and federal departments of education, teachers’ colleges, and way too many of the teachers themselves—they’re not going to change. They’re not going to give up their socialist fantasies, they’re not going to go back to being sane and decent. And the communities they prey on have no power to fire them all. It’s a major event if we can fire even one or two of them.

The only thing we can do is to pull our children out of public schools and let these communist weirdos preach to empty classrooms. Why in the world should we have to bankroll a racist school sytem? Why should we have to pay them to invent new pronouns? (I am presuming that the Democrat Party would never, never, never let us get rid of teachers’ unions.)

There is nothing that hurts our country more today than its overpriced, socialist, oversexed and underqualified public education system.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop by for a visit—before they give us all detention. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Lex Greene

August 18, 2022

The vast majority of Americans trust no one now, and largely for very good reason. Americans have been openly betrayed by politicians in all political parties, every news outlet, the social media CEOs, church leaders, “patriot” group leaders, Hollywood, and due to COVID, even their friends and family, all of it one great big “cancel culture” designed to divide and conquer the USA. If you don’t buy into their blatant lies, or participate in their mass divisions, you’re a conspiracy theorist or domestic terrorist, maybe both.

The USA is on the verge of collapse, not for one reason, but for two. Indeed, we are currently ruled by the most maniacal cadre of totally insane criminal politicians in history. They are a combination of tyrannical criminals and outright idiots, often those who are both, like Biden and Harris. But this problem could be solved, if not for a society full of equally insane people.

How many examples do I need to provide before the light bulb goes on for you? Frankly, the list of examples could be nearly endless today. But under current mental conditions in the country, allow me to keep this very simple.

Death by Political Correctness

The mere notion that anyone has some lunatic nonexistent Constitutional Right to not be offended is itself, insane. Far too many Americans have been dog whistle trained to think they have a Right to silence others simply because they disagree.

Political Correctness (PC) is a term used to refer to language that seems intended to give the least amount of offense, especially when describing groups identified by external markers such as race, gender, culture, or sexual orientation. The term first appeared in Marxist-Leninist vocabulary following the Russian Revolution of 1917. At that time, it was used to describe adherence to the policies and principles of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union.

Simply stated, it is, always has been and will always be a form of mind control, thought and speech control. In the early-to-mid 20th century, the phrase politically correct was used to describe strict adherence to a range of ideological orthodoxies within politics. In 1934, The New York Times reported that Nazi Germany was granting journalism permits “only to pure ‘Aryans’ whose opinions are politically correct”.

In the 1970s, the American New Left began using the term politically correct. In the essay The Black Woman: An Anthology (1970), Toni Cade Bambara said that “a man cannot be politically correct and a male chauvinist, too.” William Safire marks this as the first use in the typical modern sense, and the movement to neuter all males in the USA.

PC quickly became a cornerstone of the Democrat Party, a means by which they control the minds of their sheep and demonize everyone who dares to speak truth on any subject.

From PC to Cancel Culture

Being nice to others by not going out of our way to offend them seems like a good idea. That’s just common sense and common decency. That’s not what PC or the advanced cancel culture is about though. It’s a draconian attempt to silence all voices of dissent, going so far as to imprison citizens for simply not sharing extreme far left global communist concepts, or put them on the “red flag” short list and send a new Nazi arm of the IRS to intimidate, threaten and penalize.

Just as darkness is the absence of light, deception is the absence of truth.

The leftist movement has two audience targets, the sheep of course, but also you and me. The goal is to totally control the thoughts of the sheep and it’s been very successful in this regard. But the sheep don’t need to curtail their offensive speech or violent behaviors at all. It’s the approved narrative. They are free to offend all of us at will, daily. We’re just not allowed to offend them.

It’s you and me who are supposed to limit our thoughts and speech, and far too many Americans have gone-along to get-along, to their own demise. The result of this is mass national delusion and destruction on pretty much every major issue, taking on the look of a nation gone mad.

A Few Examples

Few surrendered to COVID mandates because they thought it was in their best health interests. Most complied under extreme duress, their jobs, families, friends, incomes, and lives threatened by the government, employers, and their mass media machine hourly.

Science told us all that the mask mandates were useless…printed on the side of every mask box. But the mad scientists told us the opposite. Science taught us that we never quarantine healthy people, but only sick people. But the mad scientists told us the opposite. The mad scientists told us that if we just succumb to untested, unproven, and unapproved experimental vaccines, we’d never get COVID. But the facts have proven that false as well…after 70% of Americans took the first jab, 30% a second and third jab. More than 90% of new COVID cases today are in vaccinated people, including Dr. Fauci, Joe and Jill Biden.

Who told men they could be a woman if they just put a dress on? Who told women they can be a man if they just take hormone injections to grow a beard? Who decided kids who don’t yet know their favorite color, they can choose what sex they are? And who taught the parents to allow such utter insanity in their kid’s lives?

If I believed I was a horse, I’d belong in a mental hospital. But if you look at me and see a horse, then it’s you who belongs in a mental institution. I’m not suggesting we should poke fun at or bully people who are different from us. But to engage in their insanity makes us just as insane as they are.

Our country is clearly under a very dangerous mass invasion on our southern border and beyond. Our government refuses to do anything about it, while sending billions to Ukraine and other foreign nations to protect their borders. If you don’t think this policy is nuts, then you are insane.

Nobody in their right mind thinks mumbling stumbling Joe Biden is capable of running to the bathroom on his own, much less running a country. We’re talking about a guy who can’t complete a sentence without a teleprompter and can’t even read that right, or even work his sport coat correctly. Still, some 30% of the country claim he’s a great leader and every last one of them is nuts!

The Most Insane Among Us

Indeed, about 30% of the US population is just plain bat-guano crazy. We see them everywhere we look. But the most insane among us is the other 70%, who know better, but go-along with the insanity anyway.

Convinced we were just being kind…we fell for it. Even though we knew better, we decided to let it pass, as if a lie told often enough would eventually become true. American conservatives are non-intrusive by our nature. We just want to live free, and we understand that the only way to do that is to support freedom and liberty for everyone. But when we let evil exist, it advances, until it consumes everyone and everything.

We thought that if we’d just live and let live, others would do the same for us, but we were wrong. The PC cancel culture won’t allow any opinion but their own to exist. Sadly, it isn’t even their opinions they project. It’s the opinions of global Marxist maniacs they regurgitate, as if they have no mind of their own. Asked to back up their nutty claims, they can’t…so they cancel your right to ask instead.

The American left has been Pavlov trained with treats from the public trough when they obey, labeled stimulus money now. Now they are attack dogs for the global left, and we are the red meat. They can’t debate any issue honestly because the facts simply are not on their side. So, they demand that the facts be ignored, as though completely irrelevant. If we won’t let the facts die in silence, then we are mere enemies of the new Marxist state they have built.

Nutjobs look at a DC political rally on January 6, 2021, and see an “insurrection,” clearly unaware of what an insurrection really is. The same nuts watch BLM and ANTIFA burn whole cities, loot and damage property and threaten lives with violence, and see a “peaceful protest.” Such views are entirely void of reality.

“All that is required for evil to triumph, is for good men to do nothing.”

Today, insanity is all we can see, from shore to shore, border to border. It’s everywhere, in the schools, churches, governments, businesses, academia, Hollywood, the news media, political parties, our courts and even our broken families who can no longer stand to be in the same room together.

The powerful have intentionally divided us, in order to conquer us. Pitted American against American, all by erasing truth, history and the foundations of freedom and liberty, covering the nation in a blanket of lies with the obvious intent to ignite a civil war, American against American, as they plunder the nation unchallenged.

They have raped and devoured the average American mind through public education, higher indoctrination in the lecture halls, and even the new age churches. Almost no one knows who or what to trust anymore, drowning in an ocean of lies, our very existence threatened from within our own gates, as the government and their mindless minions heap crisis after crisis upon an unsuspecting nation adrift.

An insane people cannot survive their own folly. People who can no longer tell up from down, right from left, truth from lies, are doomed. It’s reminiscent of the fall of the Roman Empire, and all once great civilizations. Consumed by self-interest and living under a blanket of lies, the American people have little hope for survival.

Yet, it is that truth that can set us free once again, the truth most Americans are afraid to speak. For truth to reign, it must be spoken, or it doesn’t exist. All government power is derived from the consent of the governed, and our silence is our consent.

We either speak truth now, or we will perish by the sharp edge of mass deception and national delusions, all a direct result of our silence, a form of quiet self-destruction.

An insane nation cannot exist…it is doomed to the ash heap of history.

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist.”  —Cicero 106 BCE – 43 BCE

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Oregon Senator, Dennis Linthicum

August 17, 2022

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS), which came into existence post 9/11, will spend $52 billion ($52,000,000,000) annually on President Biden’s newly created “Disinformation Governance Board.” George Orwell, in his insightful and dystopian novel, 1984, used a more satirical name for the disinformation board in his story, calling it a, “Ministry of Truth.”

Elon Musk’s successful acquisition of Twitter has spawned a new series of political firestorms and Biden’s disinformation and propaganda board is ready to plow $52 Billion into the effort to over criminalize, needlessly surveil and censor every stray thought that occurs on the web.

The hyper-inflated and outlandish dust-up between the online universe of woke-censors verses Elon Musk is telling. Media is parroting leftist talking points, especially the government’s, as they focus on protecting their own turf, gaining clicks and pretending to have empathy for truth-seekers.

Remember, Musk used to be the darling of the clean-energy zealots and pot-smoking elites who roam throughout California, Oregon, and the rest of the US. But, just as Trump used to be a celebrity favorite, Musk, too, has fallen from grace. His only failing is a willingness to allow conservative voices a share in the Twittersphere.

The elites fear uncensored discussions which might bring to light things like the FBI and CIA collusion using the Steele Dossier and the Hunter Biden laptop story. I haven’t heard Musk venture so far as to claim that the election was stolen or that during COVID-19 the CDC engaged in willful misconduct and criminal fraud. However, the left isn’t standing by to be exposed and are diligently working to keep details hidden.

Given the left’s single-minded totalitarian obsession, Biden’s disinformation bullies have enormous latitude and resources to silence questions as they arise. We have seen this before with proof that there was a concerted effort by NIAID Director Anthony Fauci and NIH Director Francis Collins to run a smear campaign against the Great Barrington Declaration.

The good news is that more people are becoming aware of the importance of free speech. The bedrock of our Republican form of self-governance is like a lava flow from a single source – free speech. Our beautiful history is made from the basics of freedom of conscience, free thought, free speech and freedom to join and assemble as one pleases, without government interference. The result is free and open debate and decision making organized through a free electoral process.

Today’s free speech quagmire stems from misunderstanding the true meaning of tolerance. Tolerance is not a choice between cheer-leading or cancelling. Tolerance leans more in the direction of forbearance. It is more than mere accommodation, and includes self-control and self-restraint, such as resistance to our impulsive yearnings to cancel, score points or to “get even.”

These patterns of censorship are similar throughout history. In one colonial example, a British loyalist, Thomas Hutchinson of Boston, tried jailing his opponents. Hutchinson was a merchant, politician, judge, chief justice of the Superior Court, and lieutenant governor for colonial Massachusetts.

Colonial patriots took issue with Hutchinson’s support for the “passive, fawning, corrupt, and venal” acts of Parliament and King George III. Most of these pesky harangues came from colonial newspapers like the radical Boston Gazette.

The Gazette lit the fires of discontent and then other Bostonians followed suit. They expressed their own opinions and threw additional condemnations upon Hutchinson for his backing of the King and Parliament. Sidewalk broadsides also appeared in high-traffic areas of the city stimulating public awareness and conversation, much like today’s Twitter and Instagram.

In August 1767 Hutchinson decided to convene a grand jury in order to silence his detractors. He was confident of his legal standing because he was a local colonial official seeking justice after having been, “treated in the most abusive Manner, and vilified beyond all Bounds.”

History tells us that Hutchinson lost all three of his attempts to silence and jail the editors at the Gazette. What would have happened had he been victorious? Would history have taken a different path had he been successful in his censorship attempts?
The next layer in this story occurs, six years later, when Benjamin Franklin acquired a series of letters between Hutchinson and Lieutenant Governor Andrew Oliver regarding colonial malcontents. These letters exposed the true nature of the man, and his low opinion of the colonials’ hopes for self-governance. Newspapers responded and exposed the “low artifices and ministerial lies” which had lulled New Englanders, “into a state of supineness.”

Like Hillary Clinton’s eMail cache or Hunter Biden’s laptop shenanigans, these letters were eventually made public by the Sons of Liberty and published in local newspapers, starting with the Boston Gazette.

Where would we be today, if Hutchinson’s censorship efforts had succeeded? Would the Declaration of Independence and the Constitutional Bill of Rights exist? Would the founding generation have been allowed to pen, “We the people,” as the first three words of our constitution?

What if the King’s elites had successfully stopped those who, “attend at taverns, where they talk politicks, get drunk, damn the King, Ministers and Taxes; and vow they will follow any measures proposed to them by their demagogues, however repugnant to religion, reason and common sense.”

These words echo today’s rhetoric. There is nothing new under the sun. The only question becomes, whose religion, reason, or common sense will be protected? And whose will be maligned?

Most Americans claim to believe in the ideas of free-speech, freedom of conscience and the freedom to worship the God of their choice, “because it’s guaranteed in the 1st Amendment.”

The 1st Amendment is not the “guarantee” but rather a codification of this right. It is part of our human endowment, our natural, undeniable and inviolable right of conscience.

The phrase which starts our US Constitution, “We the people,” asserts that all people have these undeniable rights. Power is inherent within the hearts, minds and souls of the people. In fact, the citizen is the permanent ruler. The citizen is the umpire. The citizen blows the whistle and calls strikes, fouls and out-of-bounds.

This understanding means that people are competent enough to choose temporary representatives for elected positions. The claim also ensures that the citizen always retains their place as the “permanent rulers.” This is why administrations come and go and regimes change. They are only temporary and are installed into office for a limited time and purpose.

These provisional administrations occupy the Governor’s Mansion, or the White House, only with the peoples’ permission. They reside there as any guest would occupy an Airbnb rental. The citizen must still clean the toilets, vacuum the carpets, and clear out the trash left by any hooligans who slept on the couch.

In closing, free speech, a free press and the free expression of ideas shows itself most powerfully, not on Twitter, Facebook, or Google but at the polling place. This is why ensuring the voice of the citizen through Election Integrity must be our highest universal goal.

© 2022 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

August 17, 2022

“We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American people believe is false.” -William Casey, CIA Director, 1981

How telling can this be?  Saturday’s The Sons of Liberty radio show was censored for exposing the mainstream media’s conspiracy theories that turned out to be true (Jeremiah 11:9).  This happened all in the face of the viewers’ responses stating: “The Sons Of Liberty ought to be required listening.”

As you well know, the CIA controlled media has a long history of propaganda, blatant lies, half-truths and even attempting to cover for conspirators (John 8:44).  They helped prove the point again on Bradlee Dean’s radio show.

[YouTube Video]

[Rumble Video]

Saturday’s censored radio show

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Steven Yates

August 16, 2022

The Alex Jones Saga.

As most readers doubtless know, Alex Jones has been ordered to pay a whopping $49.3 million to two Sandy Hook parents whose child was allegedly killed in the mass shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School on December 14, 2012.

This may be the largest defamation award of all time, and with two more suits against Jones pending, combined awards might end up accomplishing what the Establishment wants, which is to put Jones’s media organization out of business.

I’ll admit, I’ve never been an Alex Jones fan. His bombast, exceeding that of the late Rush Limbaugh, was always too much for me. Sometimes, especially when appearing as a guest on someone else’s show, he simply lost it. Almost a decade ago, Piers Morgan interviewed him on gun control. For the first couple of minutes, Jones made reasonable arguments, however animated. Then he launched into a tirade. I know it’s CNN, but watch. Note that having deep-sixed Jones’s own channel, YouTube hasn’t censored this. Morgan, representing the Establishment, comes off cool and collected. Jones sounds like a loon. I did not trust him after that.

That said, we must acknowledge that he was in the forefront of those exposing globalism. He drew attention to unanswered questions raised by the Oklahoma City Bombing and, six years later, 9/11. Mainstream corporate media hated his guts from the get-go, especially when his audience began to rival theirs in size.

The question: did he go too far with Sandy Hook?

After all, it’s one thing to criticize members of the political class or other highly visible public figures as not being what they seem, or as working for malevolent powers. First Amendment rights afford lassitude regarding such.

It is quite another to claim that private citizens, such as Sandy Hook parents, are really “crisis actors,” in the context of claiming that one of the worst alleged mass shootings of the past decade was a hoax concocted by the Obama-era Deep State with the intent of bringing about more gun control.

Someone doing the latter better have all his ducks in a row, because the First Amendment wasn’t written to protect such allegations unless they could be backed up with rock-solid evidence!

Conspiracy Claims Can Go Overboard.

Before penning this, I checked my archive. Did I write anything about Sandy Hook when it happened? I found nothing on it here, or elsewhere. Looks like I went mostly silent for several months. Sometimes my “muse” deserts me. Or is overridden by circumstances. In 2012 I was exploring a foreign country, learning its language, meeting new people. Except for the election, what was going on in the U.S. was mostly off my mind.

Researching it a little now, I’m unsure what I would have said then. So this may be 20-20 hindsight.

First, some people go overboard with conspiracy claims. Not everything bad, or every act of violence, can be blamed on nefarious agencies. As the quasi-Freudian quip goes, a cigar is sometimes just a cigar.

Second, as I’ve often noted, much of what I write about doesn’t fit the conspiracy label. It relies on published materials, some penned by the “conspirators” themselves or by those who have been close to them: readily available if you know where to look. If a conspiracy is something hidden from you, then superelite agencies — GloboCorp, if you prefer — are not hiding but just exploiting public preferences for what the Kardashians did this week. So we shouldn’t use that label. I’ve used the term directed history a time or two.

Third, when searching for conspiracy claims about Sandy Hook specifically, one thing stands out: disproportionately severe and costly backlash against those making them.

James Tracy, formerly a communications professor at a South Florida university, also alleged that Sandy Hook was a hoax. By 2015 he’d lost his teaching career following a legal battle with Sandy Hook parent Lenny Pozner over whether his son Noah had ever existed. Tracy had declared Pozner’s son’s birth and death certificates to be forgeries.

Jim Fetzer, a retired philosophy professor, and another author, co-edited a book of essays entitled Nobody Died At Sandy Hook (2015), which made the same claims as Tracy. Amazon carried the book for a while, then banned it. Pozner also sued Fetzer for defamation and was awarded $450,000!

I would have avoided the subject, but then I discovered this article by Ron Unz: a gamechanger I recommend wholeheartedly! Even before finishing this! Go there! I’ll wait!

Cognitive Infiltration: What It Is, Why It Is Dangerous.

Unz cited an author not (yet) widely known: Michael Collins Piper, who wrote several books critical of U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. He specifically criticized the U.S.’s unconditional support for Israel. This made him powerful enemies, and he died in relative poverty in 2015. His posthumously published False Flags (2019) argues what seems to me a plausible thesis going something like this:

The IT Revolution, especially the Internet, made centralized control over information impossible. By the turn of the millennium we were in a period in which anyone could research anything and put the results on a website or blog available to anyone with a computer and an Internet connection. Then one could build an email list and distribute their information to a huge and expanding audience.

This was our Gutenberg moment. But it arrived with its own dangers. You could find sober commentary on real world effects of globalization that differed greatly from what George W. Bush’s court economists said. You could also find claims that the Bush administration answered to space aliens.

Piper put his finger on something that occurred to me long ago: how easy it would have been back then (maybe still is) for globalists to “seed” the Internet with bogus “conspiracy theories,” planting what were already called urban legends, then get them in front of the Alex Joneses of the world hoping they would excitedly latch onto them. Those whose critical thinking skills had not atrophied would turn away, thinking all claims of nefarious activity behind the scenes are the province of nutjobs.

The process is called cognitive infiltration.

I’ve happened upon conspiracy claims I can’t take seriously. Some sound credible until you think them through.

Surely we noticed that mixed in with sober analyses of whether jet fuel could burn hot enough to bring down the steel-reinforced Twin Towers into their own footprint on 9/11 are claims that there were no planes! Those were holograms! Directed energy weapons brought down the Towers!

This is one such claim. There are others.

And what bothered me about films like Loose Change, which contended that a missile, not a plane, struck the Pentagon, were two simple questions.

First, the approaching plane was seen/heard by hundreds of people in vehicles or on foot that morning. If a missile hit the Pentagon, what happened to the plane? How was it gotten out of Washington airspace without anyone seeing it, or tracking it on radar?

Second, where was the missile fired from? Answers to such queries (when addressed at all) left me dissatisfied. These elements of 9/11-was-an-inside-job claims seemed dubious — unlike very credible claims that the event was known about in advance because it was planned in advance, and that something other than burning jet fuel brought down the Towers. Not to mention the loopy idea that Congress pulled the 400-plus page USA Patriot Act out of their derrieres in just six weeks!

Were we seeing calculated efforts to destroy the credibility of all inside-job / false flag thinking about 9/11?

Is Cognitive Infiltration Making Us Crazy?

It is difficult to write from this perspective, because so many patriots are sold on claims that ultimately don’t make sense. These well-meaning folks appear to constitute a substantial audience.

Talk radio show hosts thus risk alienating listeners by being nuanced, by suggesting, “Wait a minute…. Let’s think carefully about this.”

Writers such as myself risk losing readers.

When I revealed my doubts about the-moon-landings-were-faked thinking a couple of years ago (here and here), I received hostile emails saying I’d destroyed my credibility, a few saying they’d never read anything I wrote ever again!

The problem: I just can’t envision tens of thousands of engineers being fooled in pretty much the same way seven straight times! Engineers are not stupid! Thus the envisioned scenario seems to me highly unlikely!

And: what about the upsurge of flat-earthism over the past few years?

I am unable to engage at all something so patently ridiculous. Once a flat-earther replied to my sole online comment on the subject with something like, “Newton led the Royal Society! The Royal Society was controlled by Freemasonry! Freemasonry serves Satan! Therefore Newton’s theory and globism [sic.] are Satanic! Gravity doesn’t exist! Show me some gravity! Things float in water, do they not? Where’s the gravity there?”

That wasn’t exactly it (I’m going from memory), but it’s in the ballpark. How do you answer a screed like that? You don’t. You do the only thing you can. You walk away.

If such things are credible — if Satan has deceived us all to that extent — then we might as well give up seeking knowledge about the world altogether. My convictions have long been that physical science is possible because God created us in His image, creating our intellects in such a way as to be able to grasp, with some effort, the fundamental physical workings of His Creation. This is aligned with a school of thought known as presuppositional apologetics, which sees God’s existence is a first premise. If the first premise is false, then not just physical science but technology (which relies on physics at every juncture) is inexplicable.

That’s a Christian epistemology (theory of knowledge). Secular epistemologies tend to begin with sense experience. They’ve had to struggle mightily to stave off skepticism. It’s a long story.

In any case, learning the truth can be very difficult, made worse if your efforts are confounded with conflicting messages and narratives, some absurd and introduced on purpose to throw you off track and possibly even make you slightly crazy. Flat-earthism tells me there is an element out there that’s gotten progressively crazier.

Cass Sunstein: Architect of Cognitive Infiltration. The “Crisis Actors” Con.

Ron Unz draws our attention to a federal operative whose efforts overlapped the Bush and Obama years: Cass Sunstein, author of books on various subjects — and of an article published in an obscure academic journal back in 2008 suggesting that “conspiracy theories” should be fought not directly but through the infiltration method, which tries to drive people away from them by making them look ridiculous.

What he advocated, and what may have already been underway: superelite infiltrators enter the conspiracy fray with outlandish theories to compete with those of serious researchers. Then, over time, they ratchet up the outlandishness.

Sadly, the superelite mindset gets a few things right. The masses are by nature followers. In a society the educational system of which has basically gone off the rails, and in a culture driven by constant titillation and excitement, it will be easy to lead a lot of people by their noses. Especially those encouraged, or who have encouraged each other, to see and believe they’ve been manipulated by hidden, malevolent forces disrupting their lives and livelihoods.

Piper suggested that Sandy Hook was the Sunstein strategy’s first major test. Unz quotes him:

The Sandy Hook affair was tailor-made for putting the Sunstein gang’s experiment in motion. It involved violence. It involved the explosive issue of gun control, inasmuch as the incident was said to have been a mass shooting. And it was another sensational school shooting — and one at a grade school, no less.

The dynamics were absolutely on target — no pun intended — for the Sunstein thesis to be put to the test.

And, quite predictably, the mass media — as a consequence of its typically reckless nature — played right into the scheme. The frenzied rush in the heat of the moment to get “the scoop” led to sloppy reporting and presumably otherwise honest mistakes by journalists.

And naturally, a lot of these errors were quickly the subject of discussion among emailers and those participating on Internet discussion forums who were concerned about the obvious push for further gun control that was accompanying the media reportage relating to the events at Sandy Hook.

At this point Ron Unz interjects:

Piper argued that a small group of establishment operatives successfully manipulated the conspiracy community on the Internet, promoting ideas that soon captured the imagination of these activists, many of whom were excitable and overly gullible:

Piper again:

One of the first and most outrageous of these Internet “revelations” that did so much to make sincere truth seekers look foolish was the oft-repeated theme that “Sandy Hook was a hoax” and that no children were even killed there…. Even the introduction of the word “hoax” was carefully calculated and with the mass media reporting that “conspiracy theorists” were using that term to describe the tragedy, many in the general public began to doubt the sanity of a lot of good people who were rightfully raising questions about what happened at Sandy Hook and the way that it was being exploited…

This was their first big “test tube” case and it was proving to be a success, perhaps beyond even their wildest dreams….

The Crisis Management Conspirators mesmerized and manipulated American patriots and other skeptics via a nonstop wave of Sandy Hook “factoids” that quickly spread like wildfire across the Internet. And patriot websites by the hundreds — by the thousands — were picking them up and reporting them. These legends — spawned by the Crisis Management folks — because the staple daily diet of email addicts who were eagerly helping distribute the latest Sandy Hook “revelations”….

Precisely because so much disinformation was being repeated by well-meaning and entirely innocent folks, a lot of good patriots concluded that something had to be amiss with the “official” Sandy Hook story or otherwise — they said — so many good patriots on so many websites and elsewhere wouldn’t be raising these questions.

As the saying goes (I’ve quoted it before), what tangled webs we weave….

The idea is that if you can’t defeat your opponent in open debate, furtively join them and sabotage them from within! It’s a species of fifth generation warfare, fought with misdirection and subterfuge.

I think this explains the false rabbit trails I’ve mentioned and probably others besides. At least we should think about it. Continuing:

[O]ne of the biggest cons of all perpetrated upon legitimate truth seekers was the legend of the “crisis actors” … that came to be an article of faith surrounding Sandy Hook….  As we’ve already noted (perhaps all too often) in the wake of Sandy Hook many people actually believed that there hadn’t even been any gunplay at all — that no children and no adults were shot that day, that it was all a big staged event, with the purported victims and their families (along with law enforcement) in on the deal….  And in many respects, it may have been one of the most ingenious scams ever pawned off on American patriots designed to misdirect their attention.

Notice how specific superelites can be credited with “anticipating” the coming of Captain Covid. The obvious example is Event 201, organized by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum, carried out at John Hopkins University on October 18, 2019. Another of those events that happened “in view,” i.e., not exactly hidden but not reported in corporate media. You had to seek it out, or you’d not know about it.

We find nothing of the sort with “crisis actors.” To the best of my knowledge no one has claimed credit for the idea. Someone will point out that we have seen ads for crisis actors. Yes, ads that could easily have been placed by agents of Piper’s/Unz’s Crisis Management Conspirators where patriots would see them.

If this line of reasoning is correct, it seems that Alex Jones — among those others we mentioned, and more besides — fell right into the trap the Sunstein crowd laid for them, and are paying the price.

What Might Have Happened at Sandy Hook.

Are there legitimate questions about Sandy Hook? Probably. But which of the following is more logical:

A subgroup within the superelite plan a hoaxed “mass shooting.” They recruit dozens of “crisis actors” to pretend to be parents of murdered children. They enlist local law enforcement as well as local media.

Now consider an alternative scenario … the elites just send in a trusted, trained professional killer, a bona fide psychopath, who possibly uses the Lanza kid as a patsy (akin to Oswald and JFK, or Sirhan and RFK). He does a job about which most of the after-the-fact reportage was essentially correct: twenty children and six teachers or administrators were shot to death by someone who knew exactly what he was doing.

We have a timeline indicating that the shooter got off a rough average of one shot every 13.8 seconds — do the math. Some shots were reportedly much closer together, meaning much less time between them. I know of no information on how many shots missed, the bullets lodged in walls, but that would reduce the average time between shots still more.

The former would have been a massive undertaking! Agents of the superelite would have to buy the silence of each one of the dozens of people “in the know,” or otherwise threaten them, and manage to fool hundreds of other local people, continuing the masquerade indefinitely. There would always be the risk of someone credible blowing the whistle.

An advantage of the latter scenario is that it could have been accomplished without involving anyone outside a tiny inner circle. It accuses no one of being a “crisis actor.” Parents, police, the media, etc., could have been kept in the dark. What happened to the real shooter? Some reports indicated a “second shooter” initially apprehended outside the school moments later. This person seems to have disappeared. Or the real shooter, having left his weapon(s) with the Lanza kid (who received the final bullet), could have found a place to quickly change clothes, then pose as a parent and simply walk out with everyone else exiting the building in a state of panic.

I can’t prove that this second scenario is what happened, of course. I wasn’t there, and I doubt you were either, gentle reader. But consider the old and venerable principle known as Occam’s Razor. Roughly stated, other things being equal: given two competing ideas or explanations for the same event, the one with the fewest moving parts or basic postulates — structurally the simplest — tends to be the right one.

This idea has worked time and time again.

(In a universe designed by a rational God, a cosmos in which the deepest truths are ultimately the simplest makes sense, does it not?)

What Really Matters: the Superelite and Their Goal of Global De Facto Totalitarianism.

My thesis has long been, and continues to be: a small group of humanity, fundamentally sociopathic and seeing themselves as most fit to rule, is obsessed with power and global domination. This group has been using financial systems, economies, and over the past two and a half years, the psychology of mass hysteria, to extend their control over the world. They want a world government that will further enrich their global corporations, while exercising de facto totalitarian control over populations. This group recruits other sociopaths out of general populations who show a willingness and readiness to kill for the cause. They now have the technology enabling them to shift this scheme into high gear, and are using it!

The evidence for this is literally overwhelming!

The superelite, or GloboCorp, will stop at nothing to get what they want. Constitutional patriots in the U.S., as well as nationalists and so-called populists in Europe and elsewhere — also Christians the world over — continue to stand in their way.

They suffered a setback when the Internet got away from them. They partly lost control of national and international narratives, and since 2016 have pulled out all stops to get their power back. They see figures like Trump and possibly Putin as existential threats to their plans for the world. These figures don’t do their bidding as did the Clinton’s and Biden. They can’t be controlled. And they’ve proven strong enough to stand up against the superelite while leading populations at the national level. Hence controlled corporate media demonizes them as “fascists” and “autocrats.” Hence also the campaigns of censorship by Corporate Media and Big Tech which began after Trump’s upset victory in 2016.

The superelite know they are running out of time, because of the number of people out here who know about them and are organizing to oppose them, or at least get free of them.

Hence, finally, the frantic effort to block a second Trump presidency, which would be a catastrophe … for them!

Conclusion.

These are the sorts of things that merit our focus. We should avoid going down false rabbit trails, often based on incidents like Sandy Hook that go off the beaten track. Alex Jones’s fate shows what can happen when both prominent voices and their followers fall victim to cognitive infiltration.

Imagine the pain felt by parents who really did lose children in a mass shooting that, yes, really did happen even if by some chance Adam Lanza wasn’t the shooter! How would you cope, when you were accused in public of being a “crisis actor”? What would you do?

The situation is worse. For the past several weeks I’ve not seen a single reference to Jones that did not demonize him with the conspiracy theorist label. Some authors go further, denouncing him as a liar, despicable, malicious, and so on. In the wake of Jones’s likely financial ruin, millions of people watching it all will conclude that pursuit of anything smacking of “conspiracy theory” is not just nutty but evidence of personal malice! They will avoid it like the plague, and thus never see what is really going on in the world.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

___________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

By Cliff Kincaid

August 16, 2022

Communism has come to America but the conservative and Republican establishments can’t admit it. They are afraid of being labeled McCarthyites.

An outfit called the Conservative Action Project, comprised of the conservative elite, just released a “Memo for the Movement” entitled “Garland and Wray Must Be Impeached,” referring to Attorney General Merrick Garland and FBI Director Christopher Wray. It’s too little too late. We can’t impeach our way out of this predicament.

Even abolition of the CIA and the FBI won’t be enough. The corruption is too deep.

As if the CIA and FBI were not enough, an additional 87,000 IRS agents will be unleashed on those who resist.

Some say the villains are Soros, Schwab, and their ilk. The immediate problem is that, building off 8 years of Obama, we are witnessing the creation of a communist regime in a free country that is designed to use the police powers of the state to destroy the working class through socialist economic policies and Cultural Marxism.

Their champion, President Donald J. Trump, must be destroyed as well.

Communist Jan Kozak’s blueprint, How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism, explains how a socialist one-party state can be accomplished through an electoral strategy. It is the Democratic Party’s playbook.

At this late date, conservatives must begin to identify the “progressives” as the communists they are and explain their tactics and strategy. Fearing the label of “McCarthyism” only confuses people about the need for congressional internal security committees to expose and identify communists and Islamists. Until that happens, Trevor Loudon has the best on-line encyclopedia, KeyWiki, to keep track of the “enemy within.” One current profile is of Senator Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), who was caught addressing the Connecticut Communist Party’s annual awards dinner on December 12, 2021.

Blumenthal is the tip-off that the Democratic Party is their chosen vehicle.

The key ally in Congress for Obama and Biden was and is House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, whose communist connections included Dr. Carlton Goodlett, a notorious communist associate of the communist Peoples Temple cult leader Jim Jones, whose more than 900 followers committed “revolutionary suicide” in Guyana in 1978. Goodlett, a Lenin Peace Prize winner, was a central figure in the Democratic Party in San Francisco. House Speaker Representative Nancy Pelosi praised Goodlett after his death as a civil rights leader.

Pelosi is a fellow traveler, to put it charitably.

The Deep State assault on Trump and his supporters demonstrates that, despite Hillary’s defeat in 2016, Obama’s personnel were occupying important positions of power and continue to do so. Our report at the time explained all of this.

But some of the key Trump aides didn’t understand or appreciate the work of Senator Joseph McCarthy and the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

And many still don’t get it. Stephen K. Bannon, who was fired by the former president, has just devoted hours of his “War Room” show on the America’s Voice network to Alex Jones, even though Jones is facing millions of dollars in jury and judicial fines over his ludicrous claim that the Sandy Hook school massacre was a hoax.

Jones will go down in history as a Texas-based radio/TV  host who made millions of dollars posturing as a “conservative” while making some of the most outrageous claims in the history of American media. Those backing or promoting him are playing into the hands of those seeking to discredit Trump and his supporters.

Jones’ claims also include:

• Muslim terrorists were not responsible for 9/11 and were patsies for the real villains.
• The Boston Bombing, carried out by two Muslims from Russia, was a “false flag” operation.
• NATO and Israel provoked the Russian invasion of its former republic of Georgia in 2008.

For those in the dark about Jones’ role as an agent provocateur in the conservative movement and an apologist for Vladimir Putin, I suggest subscribing to World Revolution Report.

I would also recommend my collection of a 500 anti-communist videos, except for the fact that YouTube has terminated them. The censorship was preceded by another smear of yours truly by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC).

Years before I was targeted by the SPLC and the Council on American-Islamic Relations, the communists demonized Senator Joe McCarthy, coining the term “McCarthyism.” On the eve of investigating communist infiltration of the CIA, as documented by J.C. Hawkins in the book Betrayal at Bethesda, McCarthy went in Bethesda Naval Hospital for a knee problem and came out in a body bag, dead from hepatitis.

Look at a few of the communist connections in our current predicament. Trump’s CIA director, Gina Haspel, had reportedly arranged the transfer of the phony Russia dossier (when she was London station chief) to the FBI to use against Trump. It was paid for by Hillary and used KGB sources. Haspel was mentored by Obama CIA Director John Brennan, who voted communist in college and rose briskly through the ranks of the agency.

Soviet/Russian moles in the CIA and FBI have included Aldrich Ames, Harold Nicholson, and Robert Hanssen. There are undoubtedly many more, especially of the Chinese Communist variety that are known backers of the California Democrats.

Officially, the record shows, communism came to America through Obama’s “fundamental transformation,” another euphemism.

No Administration was more important in U.S. history than that of President Barack Hussein Obama. A Marxist with Muslim sympathies, Obama deceived the people about his mentor, Communist Party operative Frank Marshall Davis, a member of the Soviet espionage apparatus in Hawaii who had been under investigation or surveillance for at least 19 years. We released his FBI file. The media attacked us for exposing Obama’s true loyalties, succeeding in terminating our YouTube channel and draining our organization of financial resources.

Our report at the time had explained how Obama made a series of personnel decisions to drive America in the direction of what we called in our book, Permanent Revolution.   This is a Marxist concept that involves constant “struggle” and “change” through a direct and unrelenting assault on the traditions – and traditional institutions — of our nation. Our two other books on Obama, Comrade Obama Unmasked and Red Star Rising, explain more of the significance of America’s first Marxist president, including his secret life and legacy.

As if to pay homage, Obama in November 2017 rushed over to Beijing to clink glasses with Chinese dictator Xi Jinping, General Secretary of the Communist Party of China. The Chinese media hailed the reunion as a meeting of “veteran cadre,” an extraordinary term that means the former U.S. President has been operating as a communist agent or operative.

Obama also worked with the Russians, when he was caught telling them he needed “more flexibility” to accommodate Vladimir Putin’s objectives.

Why didn’t conservatives call Obama a Marxist? They were scared of being called McCarthyites.

GOP strategist Karl Rove had been advising Republicans to avoid calling Obama a socialist or left-winger. His Republican opponents, John McCain and Mitt Romney, took his advice, failing to brand Obama the Marxist he was and is.

Meanwhile, it has now dawned on businessman John Mackey that “socialists are taking over” the country. The Whole Foods co-founder told Reason magazine, “They’re marching through the institutions — they’re taking everything over.”

Ominously, he added, “It looks like they’ve taken over the military.” That means that we don’t have the option they had in Chile.

Remember that Chile was once run by an associate of Fidel Castro, the communist Chilean President Salvador Allende, who seized power with only 36 percent of the vote.

The military responded with a coup against Allende and General Augusto Pinochet took power.

Faced with a popular rebellion against his communist policies, Allende shot himself with an AK-47 assault rifle given to him by Castro.

Pinochet saved Chile from communism, and presided over a transition to a free-market economy and democratic system that produced the greatest prosperity in Chilean history. He led a revolution in Chile that by communist standards was virtually bloodless. Some 3,000 people were killed by the military when they overthrew Salvador Allende. By contrast, in Russia and China, millions were slaughtered.

Pinochet stepped down from power voluntarily, giving the people of Chile a chance to chart their own future.

But if the U.S. military has indeed been taken over, as Mackey suggested, what option do the American people have?

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

August 15, 2022

• When parents accept government money to pay for their children’s schooling, it always comes with strings.
• What are the limits can a state place on where their tuition assistance go?
• Can a state single out religious or sectarian organizations to be denied the ability to participate in their programs?

When parents saw what their children were being taught during the COVID-19 school shutdowns, school choice has been a topic of increased interest. If government schools were going to substitute political theory for reading, writing, and arithmetic, parents wanted another choice. Most people cannot afford private schools, and others cannot dedicate the time to home schooling. Since the people pay for these government schools through their taxes, shouldn’t they be able to use that money for better options?

As the most rural state in the union, Maine is in a unique situation.

Maine’s Constitution provides that the State’s legislature shall “require . . . the several towns to make suitable provision, at their own expense, for the support and maintenance of public schools.”… In accordance with that command, the legislature has required that every school-age child in Maine “shall be provided an opportunity to receive the benefits of a free public education,”

Carson et al. v. Makin

While the Constitution of the State of Maine requires towns to provide for public schools, some districts do not have a secondary school. Maine enacted a program to allow parents in these districts to designate another secondary school for their children to attend, either in another district or a private school, and the state would send money to the school to help defray costs. Of course, with money comes strings, which two families got caught in.

David and Amy Carson sought tuition assistance to send their daughter to Bangor Christian Academy, while Troy and Angela Nelson sent their son to Temple Academy, but could not afford to also send their daughter. There was one problem for these two families though; since 1981, Maine has limited tuition assistance to “nonsectarian” schools. While both schools met the state’s requirement of being accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges (NEASC), the schools did not qualify as “nonsectarian”.

Petitioners sued the commissioner of the Maine Department of Education, alleging that the “nonsectarian” requirement violated the Free Exercise Clause and the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment, as well as the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. The District Court rejected petitioners’ constitutional claims and granted judgment to the commissioner. The First Circuit affirmed.

Carson et al. v. Makin

Let’s start with the complaint. As I’ve said more than a few times before, this cannot be a First Amendment issue because the law in question did not come from Congress.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

This detail didn’t seem to influence the Supreme Court’s opinion:

The Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment protects against “indirect coercion or penalties on the free exercise of religion, not just outright prohibitions.”

Carson et al. v. Makin

It’s worth noting that the court did not come to this opinion based on the language of the Constitution. Rather, they once again placed the opinions of previous courts above the supreme law of the land.

While this requirement cannot violate the First Amendment to the United States, it does violate the Constitution of the State of Maine.

All individuals have a natural and unalienable right to worship Almighty God according to the dictates of their own consciences, and no person shall be hurt, molested or restrained in that person’s liberty or estate for worshipping God in the manner and season most agreeable to the dictates of that person’s own conscience, nor for that person’s religious professions or sentiments, provided that that person does not disturb the public peace, nor obstruct others in their religious worship; 

Maine Constitution, Article I, Section 3

As the suit. alleges, Maine’s policy also violates the Fourteenth Amendment’s Equal Protection Clause.

nor shall any State … deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Does Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement violate the rights of its citizens to equal protection of the law?

The First Circuit held that the “nonsectarian” requirement was constitutional because the benefit was properly viewed not as tuition payments to be used at approved private schools but instead as funding for the “rough equivalent of the public school education that Maine may permissibly require to be secular.”

Carson et al. v. Makin

The First Circuit Court of Appeals thought the requirement was constitutional because, in their minds, the money wasn’t a tuition payment but school funding. Meanwhile I’m not quite sure what that has to do with the constitutionality of the requirement. Can the State of Maine create public schools that are required to be secular? Yes.

But the statute does not say anything like that. The benefit provided by statute is tuition at a public or private school, selected by the parent, with no suggestion that the “private school” must somehow provide a “public” education.

Carson et al. v. Makin

According to the First Circuit it’s OK to discriminate if the funding is for the equivalent of a public education, but not if it’s for tuition? Thankfully, the majority of the court did not agree.

Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement for its otherwise generally available tuition assistance payments violates the Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment. Regardless of how the benefit and restriction are described, the program operates to identify and exclude otherwise eligible schools on the basis of their religious exercise. The judgment of the Court of Appeals is reversed, and the case is remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

Carson et al. v. Makin

Dissent

Justice Breyer dissented with the opinion, and was joined by Justices Kagan and Sotomayor.

The First Amendment begins by forbidding the government from “mak[ing] [any] law respecting an establishment of religion.” It next forbids them to make any law “prohibiting the free exercise thereof.”

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

As I’ve already shown, the First Amendment forbids Congress, not “the government”; that came from the Supreme Court. Which makes the next quote even more disturbing.

The Court today pays almost no attention to the words in the first Clause while giving almost exclusive attention to the words in the second.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

Actually, the Supreme Court as a whole paid no attention to the words of the First Amendment, period. Like any good lawyer, Justice Breyer is good at playing with words to support his opinion.

The majority also fails to recognize the “ ‘play in the joints’ ” between the two Clauses. … That “play” gives States some degree of legislative leeway. It sometimes allows a State to further antiestablishment interests by withholding aid from religious institutions without violating the Constitution’s protections for the free exercise of religion.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

The Constitution doesn’t have any ‘joints’ to play with. The First Amendment strictly prohibits Congress (not the states), from abridging the people’s right to exercise their religion. What Justice Breyer refers to as “antiestablishment interests” seems more like anti-religious interests.

In my view, Maine’s nonsectarian requirement falls squarely within the scope of that constitutional leeway. I respectfully dissent.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

It should be no surprise that a justice of the Supreme Court placed their own preferences above the actual language of the law, and that is not the only place Justice Breyer got it wrong.

We have never previously held what the Court holds today, namely, that a State must (not may) use state funds to pay for religious education as part of a tuition program designed to ensure the provision of free statewide public school education.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

As the majority pointed out, nothing in their opinion claims the state must fund religious education.

The dissents are wrong to say that under our decision today Maine “must” fund religious education. … Maine chose to allow some parents to direct state tuition payments to private schools; that decision was not “forced upon” it. … The State retains a number of options: it could expand the reach of its public school system, increase the availability of transportation, provide some combination of tutoring, remote learning, and partial attendance, or even operate boarding schools of its own.

Carson et al. v. Makin

Conclusion

As I’ve already pointed out, the majority of the court sided with the parents. Yes, they claimed that Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement violated the First Amendment.

In particular, we have repeatedly held that a State violates the Free Exercise Clause when it excludes religious observers from otherwise available public benefits.

Carson et al. v. Makin

However, since the First Amendment specifically prohibits Congress from passing laws abridging the free exercise of religion, it appears once again the court got to the right answer, but for the wrong reasons. What Maine’s “nonsectarian” clause did by singling out religious schools for discrimination, was violate the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

So where does that leave this case?

Maine may provide a strictly secular education in its public schools. But BCS and Temple Academy—like numerous other recipients of Maine tuition assistance payments—are not public schools. In order to provide an education to children who live in certain parts of its far-flung State, Maine has decided not to operate schools of its own, but instead to offer tuition assistance that parents may direct to the public or private schools of their choice. Maine’s administration of that benefit is subject to the free exercise principles governing any such public benefit program—including the prohibition on denying the benefit based on a recipient’s religious exercise.

Carson et al. v. Makin

While we should take the win, I think constitutionally minded Americans should also learn from the court’s mistake. We may be happy with the outcome, but all it would take for the next group of parents to be discriminated against is a court with a couple of different justices on it.

The Establishment Clause does not require government to be hostile to religious observances or organizations. While there are plenty of government actors, including judges, who may disagree, the Establishment Clause does not require a secular government, it only prohibits a national church. Those who have stoked the fears of America becoming a theocracy have used the misinterpretation of Jefferson’s “separation of church and state” to effectively do what they claim to be avoiding: Establishing a national religion of secularism. This case is one small step for religious freedom in America. Hopefully, it will lead to a giant leap towards liberty for all.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By: Devvy

August 15, 2022

Last week there were a lot of headlines regarding the Internal Robbing Service hiring 87,000 new agents:  IRS Is Hiring New Employees — Including Armed and Fit Federal Agents “Willing to Use Deadly Force” …Update: IRS pulls Job Post, August 10, 2022

Nothing new for those not familiar with the IRS and their special agents armed to the teeth.  And, make no mistake about this:  Just as what happened a decade ago, these newly minted “public servants” will go after constitutional groups and non-profits fighting back against this in-your-face tyranny we are living in every day.

Now that the communists controlling Congress and Hussein Obama and his Comrades running the Red House on Pennsylvania Ave have passed another massive, unconstitutional spending bill called the Inflation Reduction Act, it’s time to finally kill off the middle class in this country.

Hundreds and hundreds of billions of BORROWED “dollars” to continue fleecing us to fund the great hoax called climate change.  Of course, if the Republicans take control of the House and Senate in November, come January they can pass a bill to stop funding this new rape.  Congress can and has overridden a legitimate president’s veto of a bill.  Think about that when you vote back the same incumbents who continue to cover up the big lie about the income tax.

The ONLY reason the Internal Robbing Service has been able to steal from We the People  this long is FEAR.  IRS freezes your bank accounts with no notice.  So many have killed themselves, families ruined.  Best to stick your head in the sand, reject the truth, accept your lot in life:  A slave to the banking cartels.  1913:  Unconstitutional “Federal” Reserve Banking Act, 16^th Amendment (income tax) to feed the thievery and the 17^th Amendment to destroy the rights of the states.  See here and you will see the truth.

The bottom line is the federal income tax DOES NOT APPLY TO DOMESTIC AMERICANS.  Period.  How many thousands of Americans have been thrown in prison to keep the big lie going?  Former IRS tax preparer, a wonderful human being and patriot, Sherry Jackson, dared to challenge the big fat lie about the income tax went to prison for speaking out.

Oh, well, you know, we all gotta pay our fair share and as the old saying goes:  Two things in life you can’t escape are death and taxes.  Let me tell you something as someone whose been educated on this for nearly 30 years (the “Fed” is what first drew my attention), there are a whole lot of U.S. Attorneys who prosecute people who know the truth but when it comes to truth vs lies, the Constitution vs lies, the truth and Constitution mean nothing.  It’s all about that paycheck and that includes federal judges in collusion with the IRS.

The liars in the prostitute media and members of Congress have been smearing those who’ve come forward – just like the doctors and scientists have over COVID-19 injections – using all the usual Soviet-style propaganda group-think language.  Over the decades we know (those of us in the trenches) many past members of Congress knew the truth about the income tax but remained silent.  After all, Congress (both parties) need to continue raping us to pay the private banking cartels as they put us further and further into double-digit TRILLIONS of dollars in unpayable debt.

I know someone who used to be one of those well-armed IRS Special Agents.  Your tax dollars trained him and he thought he was doing the right thing when presented an assignment regarding ‘tax cheats’.  His name is Joe Banister and I’ve been proud to call him friend for over 20 years.  A man’s man who when he found out the truth, Joe could no longer play their game and resigned from his high paying IRS job with a wife and two sons to support.

Let that sink in.  A good man with a heart of gold and the courage of a lion.  After leaving the IRS, Joe started doing radio and public appearances and then the federals went after Joe with a vengeance.

Can’t have former IRS Special Agents running around the country educating Americans on what the IRS Code actually says and means.  I attended his trial as it was held in Sacramento where I lived at the time in the big, new federal court house.  Thank God, Joe was acquitted.  This is my column on the trial:  The Agony, The Ecstasy, The Agony, June 25, 2005

Like so many others over the decades, I’ve written on this issue endlessly but probably 90% of Americans have zero understanding about the income tax – other than pay up or off to a federal cage; usually a minimum-security prison.

Don’t take my word for any of this, take the time to watch or listen to Joe and ask yourself:  Who’s telling the truth?  A man of integrity who gave up his paycheck to uphold his oath of office or the whores America continues to reelect – along with U.S. Prosecutors and federal judges who are in collusion with each other?

And let me tell you something else that is a FACT.  Expert witnesses like Joe Banister and other former IRS agents are barred from testifying at trials as well as submitting the factual truth:  The IRS deliberately misrepresents who is required to file income tax forms and pay the thieves.  Only by the grace of God was Joe and Tommy (below) acquitted by their juries who saw through the lies by U.S. Prosecutors.

This is a presentation speech Joe gave that should go viral.  WATCH IT – the first video.  You can enlarge screen.

Former IRS Special Agent EXPOSES Government Tax Scam – Video interview, 2013 (17:15) – You will be shocked at what Joe says in that interview.

This is Joe’s web site.  READ the truth.

Truth Frequency Radio (Interview)

Corruption in the IRS (Interview)

Tommy Cryer was a lawyer for over 35 years before he passed away on June 4, 2012, which broke my heart.  Tommy was a roaring lion about the IRS and they came after him; Tommy was indicted and tried just like Joe.  He was unanimously acquitted.  Tommy wrote a document titled The Memorandum.  If Americans take the time to read it, the rage across this country would make a sonic boom sound like a whisper.

It’s not necessary to abolish the IRS.  Just cut out the federal “income” tax.  The IRS would then be an agency that collects constitutional taxes like corporate taxes, excise taxes like cigarettes, alcohol, tobacco, gasoline, etc.

[Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00]]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Americans Love the IRS and the Income Tax , mine, April, 2012

Why an Income Tax is Not Necessary to Fund the U.S. Government (mine)

Steve Bannon UNLOADS at CPAC: The Federal Reserve Has Usurped the Power of the People and Must Be Ended (VIDEO)

ALERT: What’s Happening Is The Purchasing Power Of Our Paper Currencies In The West Is Collapsing, April 2, 2022 (Audio)

INFLATION HELL: US Fed Created 50% More Money Out Of Thin Air In 2 Years Than Ever Existed In The Previous 256 Years, August 7, 2022

Leo Hohmann: What is Biden administration trying to tell us with its recent violent actions against nonviolent Americans and hiring of 87K militarized IRS agents?, August 12, 2022

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 15, 2022

“A crowded society is a restrictive society; an overcrowded society becomes an authoritarian, repressive and murderous society.” ― Edward Abbey, Postcards from Ed: Dispatches and Salvos from an American Iconoclast

On August 3, 2022, in a McDonald’s burger joint, a 23 year old  white kid served another kid a bag of burgers, fries and soft drink.  Because the fries were too cold, the 20 year old customer, Michael Morgan, took out his gun and shot the cashier in the neck.  He later died. The shooter’s mother defended the shooting.

Lisa Fulmore, 40, told the New York Post that she, “Talked to my son with the cops” and that he, “Is just saying that he gotta do what he gotta do…and whatever happened, happened.’”

“History yields no examples of diversity creating stable societies.” —Richard Lamm, Governor of Colorado 1975-1987.

On August 7, 2022, three teen girls and a teen boy used their talents to hot wire via a USB port, a KIA automobile.  They drove off only to be tracked by the Minnesota helicopter police…then they crashed the car on the expressway…and then, fled.  Later arrested and now sitting in jail.

But what is totally disconcerting stems from the fact African-American youth are creating videos on how to steal cars, electronically.  I watched one on YouTube.  But there many getting more into the act.  It’s as if stealing a car is their “right” and that there is nothing wrong with their actions.

Let’s repeat this quote:

“A crowded society is a restrictive society; an overcrowded society becomes an authoritarian, repressive and murderous society.” ― Edward Abbey, Postcards from Ed: Dispatches and Salvos from an American Iconoclast

One look at the Chicago, Minneapolis, Detroit, LA, San Francisco and NYC weekend crime sprees should wake up the leaders of this nation that something with our youthful citizens is going terribly wrong.

We’ve got Somalian immigrants in Minneapolis ripping off the EBT cards into the millions of dollars.  Total anarchy.

“For five months, Fox9 investigated rampant welfare fraud by the Somali “refugees” and immigrant community in Minnesota, which cost the state’s taxpayers a whopping $100 million a year. Even worse, the millions defrauded were then wired to Muslim terrorists in Somali.” (Source: Investment Watch, 5/23/2018)

All of this has been set up by your two senators and House member to degrade your community.  Just ask anyone in Minneapolis, once the most pristine and beautiful city in the Midwest.

Whether it was $2 billion worth of burned down buildings, riots, killings and total anarchy during the Black Lives Matter, which VP Kamala Harris and many other leaders supported during 2020—you can’t help wondering what kind of minds would support such anarchy, and make sure none of the anarchists was arrested or prosecuted.

At the same time, the January 6^th hearings make a mockery of justice when our borders have been totally open to terrorists from any country in the world for the past 18 months…by the hand of our own Joe Biden.  He should be criminally charged with treason for actually doing everything in his power to usurp the U.S. Constitution.

Instead, Biden hired 87,000 IRS agents to tap into every Americans’ pocketbooks TO PAY for more than 25,000,000 illegal aliens living in our country in violation of our laws.

Do you realize that we continue to pay billions, upon billions, and in fact, into the trillions for illegals?  They tap into our schools, free lunches, medical, food stamps and much more.

For what this society once was after WWII, it’s almost beyond frightening as to what’s coming once the baby boomers die out.  There won’t be any moral, ethical or spiritual foundation left to carry on our way of life.  Why? Because the Constitution needs a responsible, educated, moral and ethical citizenry to continue.

I fear for the future. What about you?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

August 14, 2022

Many years ago, I was listening to a morning news, commentary, and opinion radio show when a man calling himself Davey called in to give his opinion on a news story covered by the show host. But it became clear very quickly that he was more interested in changing the subject to talk about his religious views. And since the radio show host was a strong advocate of free speech, even speech advocating ideas he personally abhorred, he allowed him to continue.

Davey had a great interest in bloodlines. He expressed his “Christian” belief that White people were the true descendants of Adam and that people of all other races were made beforehand on the fifth day of creation as the “beasts of the earth” mentioned in Genesis 1:24-25. He went on to say that White people were the true Israel, the chosen seed line superior to all other peoples, and heirs of the promises made to Abraham and his descendants.

According to Davey, Cain was the offspring of Eve and Satan (the serpent in the Garden of Eden), and that Cain and his descendants intermarried with the pre-Adamic races mentioned previously, resulting in a “serpent seed” race called the Jews. He believed in an Armageddon scenario he based on Genesis 3:15 that there was coming a final conflict between the woman’s seed and the serpent’s seed, where there would be a victorious war waged by the true Jews (Whites) against non-Whites, especially the “serpent seed race” (false Jews).

I was appalled at Davey’s racist views he tried to pass off as “Christian”. In the spirit of 1 Peter 3:15, which calls on Christians to be ready to make a defense respectfully and gently for their hope in Christ Jesus, I responded to his twisting of Scripture after his call was over, which the show host graciously broadcast on air.

What Davey was promoting was a belief system called Christian Identity, known for its hostility to non-Whites, especially Jews and Blacks. Its theory that all non-Whites are descended from a pre-Adamite race of human beings is contradicted by passages such as Genesis 1:27 and Acts 17:24-26, which teach that God created man in His image. “Man” in this passage includes people of all races and nations. The phrase “beasts of the earth” in Genesis 1:24-25 has always referred to land animals and never to humans of any ethnicity. Genesis 4:1 clearly describe Cain’s parents as Adam and Eve, not the serpent and Eve. Also, nowhere in the Bible is the final judgment of the wicked presented as a battle between peoples of different races.

The radio show host welcomed my well-reasoned and Biblical response and hoped that anyone else listening to the show who held such odious views would take heed.

Sadly, there are other religious groups claiming belief in Jesus who hold to similar kinds of views. Another such group is the Israelite Church of God in Jesus Christ. It is a religious group of those professing to be Black Hebrew Israelites. Based in New York City, it has congregations in several cities in the United States. This group teaches that the descendants of the Ten Lost Tribes and true biblical Jews are the Black Americans, West Indians, and the Native Americans of North and South America and those scattered throughout the world. The group claims that the “Black Israelites” have divine favor, inspiration and are superior to “Edomites” (White people) and all other non-Israelite people. They also hold strong apocalyptic views regarding the end times. They believe that Yahawashi (Jesus) is God’s divine Son and Messiah, and the redeemer for the sins of the Israelites and no other nation. They also believe that the Old and New Testaments and Apocrypha are inspired Scripture, but the group does not believe in the doctrine of the Trinity.

Sometimes the situation is not necessarily one ethnicity forming a religious group and declaring others of different skin color to be inferior or inherently evil. It can involve an attempt to remedy wrongs done by one group to another within the same religious organization.

On September 22, 1943, Lucille Byard was admitted in critical condition to the Washington Sanitarium and Hospital, a Seventh-day Adventist institution in Maryland. Mrs. Byard had fair skin, so the hospital staff did not realize at first that she was Black. But once this became known, they arranged to transport her to Freedman’s Hospital (now Howard University Hospital) six miles away in Washington, D.C. While these arrangements were being made, she was removed from her room and put in the hallway in a hospital gown. Although Mrs. Byard was admitted in critical condition, no one at the Washington Sanitarium examined or treated her before they attempted to transfer her. She was eventually discharged and transported by car, not being allowed to use the ambulance, to the Freedman’s Hospital. Thirty-eight days after being denied equal treatment at the Washington Sanitarium, Lucille Byard died at Freedman’s Hospital on October 30, 1943.

The word circulated among Black Seventh-day Adventists in the Washington, D.C. area about her treatment and it greatly angered them. They were not only upset about admittance to hospitals, but exclusion from certain Adventist colleges and facilities such as the Review and Herald cafeteria, and lack of employment or leadership opportunities in Adventist institutions generated much resentment.

This tragic situation eventually led to the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists creating in North America separate conferences where Black Adventists could have the employment, educational, and leadership opportunities not available to them in White conferences. This arrangement continues to this day.

An ideology that is gaining ground in many mainline and evangelical churches is Critical Race Theory (CRT). This theory, derived in part from Marxism, divides society based on race into oppressors and groups that are oppressed by them. In the context of American culture especially, it proposes that systematic racism instituted by White people (whether consciously or unconsciously) has been designed to suppress people of color throughout the major areas of society. Promoting the sentiment that racism is everywhere all the time, CRT becomes the standard by which virtually everything is viewed and judged.

Some of the results of CRT include the viewing of people as groups rather than individuals, and the attitude that all White people are guilty of racism merely for being White. As this ideology has grown in many mainline and evangelical churches, those formerly united by their faith in Jesus Christ have found themselves being polarized, with racial bias being promoted against brothers and sisters who happen to be White.

In Donna Fletcher Crow’s book, The Fields of Bannockburn: A Novel of Scotland from Origins to Independence, Margaret, a Saxon and English princess fled England after William the Conqueror, a Norman, defeated King Harold II at the Battle of Hastings in 1066 A.D. The sailing vessel meant to aid her escape back to continental Europe was blown north off course and shipwrecked in Scotland. She received refuge from King Malcolm III, whom she later married and became Queen of Scotland.

Queen Margaret was known for her pious devotion to Christ and charitable works serving the poor and orphans. She desired to build a great stone church in Scotland with the help of renowned architect Cyril de Vailly. But Cyril was viewed with deep suspicion by some in the Scottish court because he was a Norman, and King William was at war with the Saxons in England and with Scotland.

However, on one occasion Cyril saved the life of the Queen’s primary aide, Elswyth, while she was running to get help for the Queen who was in labor with her first child and heir to the throne. She slipped on a wet hillside path over a deep, would-be-fatal drop. But Cyril grabbed her hand just in time to prevent her from falling down the steep incline to her death. As result, not only was Elswyth saved, but also the Queen and her son.

On another occasion, the now toddler Prince Edward wandered off into a rushing stream near a waterfall. A large log was moving quickly toward him and would have hit him. If the log striking Edward did not kill him, it would have knocked him over the waterfall to his death. But Cyril leaped into the water and grabbed the child, taking the full blow of the log on his back. Though seriously injured, he managed to maintain his grip on the child and get him to shore.

While recovering on a bed, Cyril was confronted by Elswyth. She wanted to understand how a Norman, an enemy of her people, would risk his life to save a Scot and Saxon. Cyril expressed his sorrow for the Battle of Hastings and the Saxons who were slain there. But Elswyth added that thousands in the north of England died during King William’s scorched earth campaigns where whole towns were slaughtered.

Cyril said, “You are right. William is my king, but he has done much of which I disapprove. But I serve also a higher King, and He bids us to love one another. As His created ones, we are to be reconciled to Him and then to each other. In such there is no Norman or Saxon or Scot. That is why I build. I build places of worship to serve for reconciliation in a world where so much would tear men apart.”

Cyril de Vailly in this story seemed to have a better understanding of the gospel message than those described in the previous four situations. He looked beyond his ethnicity, his nation and king, to the King of Kings, Jesus Christ, the Creator of all humanity, the Mediator that reconciles to God all who trust in Him.

His words echoed that of Paul in Galatians 3:26-29,

“For you are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus. For all of you who were baptized into Christ have clothed yourselves with Christ. There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free man, there is neither male nor female; for you are all one in Christ Jesus. And if you belong to Christ, then you are Abraham’s descendants, heirs according to promise.”

The apostle Paul, in his gospel presentation to the Greeks at Mars’ Hill in Athens, pointed out the unity of humanity from the fact that God created from one man every nation and that in Him we have life and movement (Acts 17:22-31). This message he presented was for people of every nation, and not just for a particular ethnicity.

“The God who made the world and all things in it, since He is Lord of heaven and earth, does not dwell in temples made with hands; nor is He served by human hands, as though He needed anything, since He Himself gives to all people life and breath and all things; and He made from one man every nation of mankind to live on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed times and the boundaries of their habitation, that they would seek God, if perhaps they might grope for Him and find Him, though He is not far from each one of us; for in Him we live and move and exist, as even some of your own poets have said, ‘For we also are His children.’” (Acts 17:24-28)

The apostle Peter after his meeting with Cornelius, a Roman centurion, where he and his family believed the gospel message he brought and were saved, realized that God welcomes anyone from any nation who fears Him and seeks to do what is right (Acts 10:34-35). Being born again of the Spirit was for the Gentiles, too.

“While Peter was still speaking these words, the Holy Spirit fell upon all those who were listening to the message. All the circumcised believers who came with Peter were amazed, because the gift of the Holy Spirit had been poured out on the Gentiles also. For they were hearing them speaking with tongues and exalting God. Then Peter answered, ‘Surely no one can refuse the water for these to be baptized who have received the Holy Spirit just as we did, can he?’ And he ordered them to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then they asked him to stay on for a few days.” (Acts 10:44-48)

The apostle John in his first epistle to the church emphasized that hatred has no place in the life of a believer in Jesus. The one who loves his brother shows that he loves God who made him and walks in the light of Christ, while the one who does not is blinded by lies and walks in darkness (1 John 2:9-11).

“If someone says, ‘I love God,’ and hates his brother, he is a liar; for the one who does not love his brother whom he has seen, cannot love God whom he has not seen. And this commandment we have from Him, that the one who loves God should love his brother also.” (1 John 4:20-21)

Those involved with religious groups professing some belief in Jesus but are fixated on racial identity show that they have never truly embraced the gospel. Religious organizations that racially divide its adherents for what they believe are for reasons of equity, have also failed to embrace the gospel. Churches that adopt philosophies that divide people by skin color or ethnicity, have forgotten the good news of the new birth, redemption and reconciliation with God brought through the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ.

In the gospel of Christ, bloodlines, skin color, ethnicity, and national origin do not matter. Only the blood of Jesus shed on the cross for the forgiveness of all who trust in Him matters. In Christ, believers of all nations are united to each other in one body (Ephesians 4:1-6) in love of God and of each other.

“For even as the body is one and yet has many members, and all the members of the body, though they are many, are one body, so also is Christ. For by one Spirit we were all baptized into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slaves or free, and we were all made to drink of one Spirit.” (1 Corinthians 12:12-13)

During the opening ceremonies of the Olympic games, it is customary for the athletes of the many participating nations to march into the stadium under their own nations’ flags. This is in preparation for the national teams to compete against each other to gain glory for their respective countries. In contrast, during the closing ceremonies flag bearers of the nations proceed into the stadium together followed by the athletes from the countries those flags represent. The athletes come into the stadium as one body singing, dancing and celebrating their common bond that they participated in the Olympic games, no matter to what nation they belonged.

There is a greater unity the Lord grants all true believers from wherever they originate in the world. It is an unending bond of love and fellowship that continues into the greater celebration to come.

“After these things I looked, and behold, a great multitude which no one could count, from every nation and all tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before the Lamb, clothed in white robes, and palm branches were in their hands; and they cry out with a loud voice, saying, ‘Salvation to our God who sits on the throne, and to the Lamb.’ And all the angels were standing around the throne and around the elders and the four living creatures; and they fell on their faces before the throne and worshiped God, saying, ‘Amen, blessing and glory and wisdom and thanksgiving and honor and power and might, be to our God forever and ever. Amen.’ Then one of the elders answered, saying to me, ‘These who are clothed in the white robes, who are they, and where have they come from?’ I said to him, ‘My lord, you know.’ And he said to me, ‘These are the ones who come out of the great tribulation, and they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. For this reason, they are before the throne of God; and they serve Him day and night in His temple; and He who sits on the throne will spread His tabernacle over them. They will hunger no longer, nor thirst anymore; nor will the sun beat down on them, nor any heat; for the Lamb in the center of the throne will be their shepherd, and will guide them to springs of the water of life; and God will wipe every tear from their eyes.’” (Revelation 7:9-17)

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

August 14, 2022

I’m sure we have all heard about the upcoming food shortages and mothers are already experiencing shortages of baby formula for the last few months. This is not an accident. It is contrived by not just our government but our cooperation with the WEF to purposefully create the shortages so it will be easier to take control of the population. This is also the drive behind the Gren New Deal. Making fossil fuels so expensive that you have to use alternative energy sources even though fossil fuels are actually the best energy source we have.  Also, keep in mind that Klaus Schwab is a student of Nixon’s dirtbag Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger. Kissinger is a major proponent of the New World Order. He believes that the elites need to control everything. He has stated: “Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people.” US strategy deliberately destroyed family farming in the US and abroad and led to 95% of all grain reserves in the world being under the control of six multinational agribusiness corporations. He has been pushing this concept for decades and is even behind the vaccine mandates. In a speech to the WHO Council on Eugenics in February of 2009 he stated: “Once the herd accepts mandatory vaccinations, it’s game over.  They will accept anything – forcible blood or organ donation – “for the greater good”.  We can genetically modify children and sterilize them — “for the greater good”.  Control sheep minds and you control the herd.  Vaccine makers stand to make billions. And many of you in this room are investors. It’s a big win-win.  We thin out the herd and the herd pays us for extermination services”.  Remember I called him a dirtbag? That is the nicest thing I can say about him.

The Deep State is up to its eyebrows in the WEF. Many states have adopted the UN’s Agenda 2030. It is loaded with so-called ‘sustainable development goals’ that will do nothing but devastate our food supply and destroy our individual freedoms. The escalating regulatory attack on agricultural producers from Holland and the United States to Sri Lanka and beyond is closely tied to the United Nations’ “Agenda 2030” Sustainable Development Goals and the U.N.’s partners at the World Economic Forum (WEF), numerous experts told The Epoch Times.

Indeed, several of the U.N.’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are directly implicated in policies that are squeezing farmers, ranchers, and food supplies around the world.

High-level Chinese Communist Party (CCP) members within the U.N. system helped create the SDGs and are currently helping lead the organization’s implementation of the global plan, The Epoch Times has previously documented.

 If left unchecked, multiple experts said, the U.N.-backed sustainability policies on agriculture and food production would lead to economic devastation, shortages of critical goods, widespread famine, and a dramatic loss of individual freedoms.

 Already, millions of people worldwide are facing dangerous food shortages, and officials around the world say those are set to get worse as the year goes on. There is an agenda behind it all, experts told The Epoch Times.

Even private land ownership is in the crosshairs, as global food production and the world economy are transformed to meet the global sustainability goals.[1]

This Agenda 2030 is designed to eliminate all private land. They don’t believe you are smart enough to own your own property. The worse thing about this concept is our local governments and our federal government have signed on to this blatant violation of American principles and our Constitution. One of the earliest meetings defining the “sustainability” agenda was the U.N. Conference on Human Settlements known as Habitat I, which adopted the Vancouver Declaration.

The agreement stated that “land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset controlled by individuals” and that private land ownership is “a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth, therefore contributes to social injustice.”

“Public control of land use is therefore indispensable,” the U.N. declaration said, a prelude to the World Economic Forum’s now infamous “prediction” that by 2030, “you’ll own nothing.”

Numerous U.N. agencies and officials have outlined their vision of “sustainability” since then, including calls for drastic restrictions on energy, meat consumption, travel, living space, and material prosperity.

Experts interviewed by The Epoch Times say that some of the world’s wealthiest and most powerful corporate leaders are working with communists in China and elsewhere in an effort to centralize control over food production and crush independent farmers and ranchers.

The WEF, a network of major multinational businesses that collaborates closely with the CCP, is a “strategic partner” of the U.N. on Agenda 2030.[2] You can check out the ‘guidelines’ of what the UN believes should be done for living accommodations for the ‘useless eaters’, which is everybody but the elite, here.[3]

Don’t forget the wisdom of Dennis Prager who has stated on many occasions that “The left destroys everything it touches.” These elites can’t wrap their heads around the fact that the government that our Founders gave us has been the most successful government in the history of mankind. We don’t need anybody’s help to better it.  What we need is for the whole world to follow the lead of our Founders.  But this won’t happen because that would not allow the elites to control everything we do. They refuse to share the wealth a system like that would generate. They want it all to themselves.

Everything the WEF does towards agriculture is geared towards corporate ownership of all farmland. Bill Gates is buying up farmland and is the single biggest owner of farmland in the US.[4] China is buying up farmland in America and a lot of it is next to military bases, How could anything go wrong with that?[5], [6] We can’t allow this to continue. Americans should control America’s food supply not the UN and China shouldn’t be allowed to own any land in America. PERIOD!

For decades the American people have failed to pay attention to who they put in office.  Both parties have people in office that do not have the best interests of America or the American people in mind.  The Democrat party is the worst.  We can see that by the present administration that has done nothing for America since they took office.  Everything has been for the elites and for illegals and foreign nations. They voted against tuition funding for the children of our fallen soldiers but voted for giving illegals free tuition. If we intend on keeping America free, we have to replace who we send to DC. The ones that are there now are failing us miserably and getting rich in the process. We need more citizen involvement and term limits!

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://noqreport.com/2022/07/30/un-world-economic-forum-behind-global-war-on-farmers/
2. https://noqreport.com/2022/07/30/un-world-economic-forum-behind-global-war-on-farmers/
3. https://mirror.unhabitat.org/downloads/docs/TheVancouverDeclarationOnHumanSettlements.pdf
4. North Dakota-approves Bill Gates-major-farmland-purchase
5. https://nypost.com/2022/07/01/chinese-firm-bought-farm-near-us-air-force-drone-base-report/
6. Why-a-secretive-chinese-billionaire-bought-140000-acres-of-land-in-texas

By Rob Pue

August 14, 2022

As we continue to endure the tragic consequences in our nation of a country that has rejected God in favor of sin and “self,” the future of America has never been more bleak.  The bad news seems to be never-ending, and it’s blatantly obvious that everything our government officials are doing — and have been doing over the past several years — is designed to further a Leftist/Communist agenda that’s much, much bigger than most of us realize.  To say that those in power do not have the best interests of the country and our citizens in mind as they push their wicked plans forward, would be a most ridiculous understatement.

The United States is now controlled by the God-hating Left.  Perhaps, in their twisted, demented minds, they think they’re working toward an admirable goal.  Unfortunately, they are demonic — of their father, the devil — and it’s HIS work they’re doing, and his goals they’re working toward, and achieving.

The current illegitimate occupant of our White House now has the lowest poll numbers of anyone in history.  A recent Gallup Poll showed that only 13% of Americans now approve of Biden’s performance.  Yet the destruction continues.  This is the man who took an oath to “protect and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.”  Unfortunately, he himself is Enemy Number One domestically and he’s in strong allegiance with all our foreign enemies as well.  More unfortunate yet, it seems just about every politician has violated their oath of office as well.

This is to be expected, as our country has steadily sought to push God out of every institution and area of life.  We’ve rejected God’s laws and replaced them with those of depraved men and women.  The satanist Aleister Crowley stated “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”  And so we have, and so we have what we have today.

God gave us His Holy law — the Ten Commandments — for our benefit.  If we were to base our national laws on these ten, or even if we were simply to keep the first two, we would not, today, be in such desperate turmoil.  Instead, we did away with God’s Ten and replaced them with countless thousands of others, which only us poor people are bound to follow.  Our political “masters” are above the law, never held accountable, even when they’re caught red-handed.  There will be a Day of reckoning for them when they stand before the Holy, Almighty God, their Creator.  Until then, though, we seem to be at their mercy.

Perhaps this is the “justice” we deserve.  Not the justice we seek, but the justice we deserve, for allowing them to get away with it all for so long.  The righteous in America ceded their God-given authority to evil dictators, and so we understand what Proverbs 29 means, first-hand: “When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice, but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn.”

We’ve been moving steadily away from God and His Word for more than seventy years, and the further away we go the heavier the burden and the more we suffer as a nation.  And as we’ve left God behind, we’ve embraced all manner of sin and evil, selfish desires and lustful behaviors.  Perhaps you haven’t, but our nation has, as a whole, and so our whole nation will continue to suffer, unless and until there is national repentance.  But it’s going to take some serious repentance of Biblical proportions to stay the hand of God’s judgment now.

Abortion — the shedding of the most innocent of blood in the womb, has led to unbridled bloodshed in our streets.  Mass shootings, mob violence, and lawlessness.  As a youngster, I learned that “Jesus loves the little children.”  Indeed, and He’s serious about that.  For us to allow them to be murdered by the millions,under color of law for fifty years, seems unforgivable.  We’re also dealing with human trafficking, CHILD trafficking, pornography, drug and alcohol abuse,  unprecedented mental illness and suicides, and now we’re not only pridefully embracing sodomy, we’re teaching young children to embrace and celebrate it as well.

Speaking of child murder, on August 2nd, voters in Kansas had an opportunity to pass what was called the “Value Them Both Amendment,” which would have ended any questions regarding the legality of killing one’s own child.  The amendment failed, as 86% voted to make abortion a constitutional right in Kansas.

The organization Abolish Abortion Texas” recently shared a video posted on YouTube showing women how to build a “Do It Yourself Abortion Altar.”  This literally teaches women how to sacrifice their murdered unborn children on an ALTAR.  Yes, an altar.  The woman in the video built her abortion altar with crystals, candles, tarot card and incense.  She adds her abortion pills to the altar to “bless” them before she takes them.  She also recommends that women place their murdered child’s body in a container on the altar to “save for later when we find a way to properly dispose of the fetal remains in a way that gives reverence and respect and support to this ‘sacred abortion experience.’”  This is sick stuff, friends.

Meanwhile, we’re still facing the largest economic crisis since the Great Depression.  Hyper-inflation has already begun.  The cost of essentials, like energy and food will soon be beyond most people’s reach.  Studies show that the majority of Americans are only nine meals away from starvation.  What happens when the food in the stores becomes too expensive to purchase — or stops showing up in the stores altogether?

The housing market is crashing and burning even as mortgage interest rates continue to rise, making it impossible for first-time home buyers to qualify.  And as the economy slows to a snail’s pace, people lose jobs and credit cards are maxed out, it will be impossible for most to refinance their homes, so they’ll be out on the street.  We already have more homelessness in America than we had during the Great Depression.

Many places of business are no longer accepting cash for payment and the US dollar is poised to be phased out in favor of a World Digital Currency.  Meanwhile, Klous Schwab of the World Economic Forum recently stated that people should not be allowed to own their own cars any longer — cars should be shared with others or “rotated” between groups of people — but people should not be allowed to own their own cars.  This is their “build back better” plan.  It’s just the start of “you will own nothing and you’ll like it.”

Most are not aware that the Chinese military has been training in Mexico and Canada for several years now.  There are military bases in both those countries with thousands of Chinese troops.  Multiple high-level Chinese officials have stated openly that the purpose of these bases is for the coming invasion of the United States.  They’re not even trying to hide their intentions any longer.

Videos have shown ships owned by China loaded with weapons already nearby.  We’ve all seen the footage of all those container ships off our coastlines, backed up by the supply chain seige, waiting to unload their cargo to trucks and trains which can’t move anything  because there’s no diesel to run them.  But embedded among those cargo ships are highly sophisticated weapons systems built into the containers on the ships themselves.  Those containers actually contain high-powered missile launchers and we’ve seen live video footage of them being tested.  At the same time, even as China owns and operates multiple ports in Mexico, not to mention the Panama Canal, cruise ships have been converted into troop and weapons carriers.  They still look like normal cruise ships, but they’re loaded with Chinese tanks and troops.

But what are our politicians and so-called “leaders” now most concerned with?  Besides depopulating the earth of white Christian males, I mean…   Homosexual rights, “transgender” indoctrination, and brainwashing our children from the youngest of ages.  If you still don’t take this seriously, consider the Pennsylvania Department of Education.  They’re now claiming that children as young as three can identify as “transgender,” and the website for that department advises teachers to ask students before assuming what a student’s preferred pronouns might be.  According to Breitbart, “The department also advocates for teachers to celebrate a ‘gender-neutral day’ in which students are asked to pick ‘two to three ways they will reject gender stereotypes for the day.’”

Meanwhile, the San Diego Unified School District has just adopted a new K-12 “queer” curriculum.  It’s stated goal is “dismantling heteronormativity and promoting a constellation of new sexual identities such as ‘gender-queer,’ ‘non-binary,’ ‘pan-sexual’ and ‘two-spirit.’”   The curriculum vilifies straight people, especially straight WHITE people and especially straight WHITE MALES.  If you think this is just the state of Pennsylvania or the city of San Diego, you’d be absolutely, completely, totally wrong.  This stuff is being forced into every public school system, large and small and even charter and private schools are embracing it.

Remember when homosexuals said they just wanted to be treated “equally?”  I’ve dealt with these militant monsters on the streets, face to face, and they’re the most mean-spirited, violent, wicked people I’ve ever encountered.  It’s not equality they want.  They want  our blood, they want supremacy, and they especially want kids.

Their “lobby” is so all-encompassing and powerful, they now direct public discourse in everything from public schools to professional sports.  On July 19th the House of Representatives passed H.R. 8404, also known as the “Respect For Marriage Act.”  This codifies sodomite so-called “marriage” into federal law and forever smashes the Defense of Marriage Act.  The measure passed the House on a vote of 267-157 and now heads to the Senate, where it’s predicted to pass — if the Leftists can get just ten Republicans to vote “yes.”  You’d probably be stunned to know the Republicans who’ve said they’ll likely vote for it.  Our Wisconsin Senator Ron Johnson is among them, just so you’re aware.

And even as the veil is slowly being lifted on the scam-demic of the COVID STAB, we’re now being led by the rings in our noses into the “world-wide health emergency” known as Monkeypox.  This is a pestilence in which 98% of those who have caught it are men who have sex with other men, or bi-sexual men who have sex with men and then with women.  In a handful of reported cases, children have contracted Monkeypox — but in EVERY ONE of those cases, they were children who lived in sodomite homes.  I shudder to think what is going on behind those closed doors.  Even worse, if facts were brought to bear proving these poor children were being raped and sodomized, I doubt any court in the land would ever convict the perpetrators.

So now, even as we head into fall, and the November elections, we have another “world-wide health emergency” and a ready-made vaccine STAB that can easily be made mandatory.  The US Department of Defense already has the power to force it.  It’s not enough that fewer Americans than ever still trust the election system — now there will be a new thing for the sheeple to fear, new dictatorial powers within the health establishment, government and military, to keep the running joke of the elites running.  Now that they’ve tasted “power” they’re not giving it up without a fight, no matter how many of us die.

This is our country apart from God.  This is our country following Satan’s decree of “do what thou wilt.”  This is our country — once blessed by God as we reverenced and honored Him and His laws, established for our benefit; now cursed by God and given over to our depraved minds.

If there’s any hope left, it’s only in a true, deep repentance and humble return to Christ.   A return to the biblical precepts on which this nation was established so long ago, if such a thing is even possible at this late hour.  May we all grab a hold of the hem of His garment and beg His mercy — and may all who will go to Him, go to Him now.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 368.

Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

August 14, 2022

At the beginning of entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy’s book, Woke, Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam, Vivek relates a story about magic. He describes the art of distraction, sleight-of-hand, and deception. He links these smoke and mirror tactics to today’s version of woke capitalism and its vague, subjective, undefined, and unquantifiable progressive values that are advanced by stakeholders, at shareholder expense.

Vivek highlights that magic tricks consist of three parts. First, comes the Pledge, which is something you know and understand, like a deck of cards, a bunny or a girl. Second, comes the Turn, where something extraordinary happens to that which you know and understand, such as the bunny or the girl disappear. At this point people may gasp but there is no applause. The magician will need to bring the bunny or the girl back to get people cheering. This part is called the Prestige. The key to this discussion and what follows is there is no magic and there never has been any magic. The entire setup is a charade, sleight-of-hand, and trickery.

The same holds true in politics.

There is no magic that makes government spending better than private spending. There is no magic that makes government commissions and their assessments better than private party associations and their assessments. To wit, both may be biased in certain ways, but government power and funding has no parallel. To illustrate this point, think of the false claims regarding COVID, Global Warming, or inflation. Government has harnessed our tax dollars to further its own agenda with complete disregard for the citizens they are supposed to serve.

Here in Oregon, we can see the same large-scale charade taking place. Oregon’s Democrat legislators are simply keeping the con alive. They have amassed expansive power while keeping the game rolling along like a roulette wheel or magic show. However, their act is fast losing its “Prestige”.

This week my mailbox is filled with letters asking questions about SB 762. People want to know where it came from, how did it get passed, and what can be done about it?

For now, the so-called Wildfire Risk Assessment maps have been withdrawn by Oregon Department of Forestry (ODF) because they caused so much public outrage. But these maps are the least of our worries and they will be back, after all SB 762 was passed by legislators backed by the environmental left.

To set the stage, SB 762 was a 2021 Forest Policy bill requested by Governor Kate Brown and the Legislative Committee on Natural Resources and Wildfire Recovery. This committee chaired by Sen. Jeff Golden (D-Ashland) was formerly named the Environment and Natural Resource committee. I believe this committee was renamed to promote the illusion that wildfire is a concern for the environmental left and their legislative puppets.

This bill arose from Kate Brown’s unshakeable adherence to Rahm Emanuel’s advice, “You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I mean by that is an opportunity to do things that you think you could not do before.” Many of these never-thought-of-before ideas are absurd on their face but others have been pushed into the public domain by heedless fear-mongering and traitorous promises by government experts.

SB 762, like most leftist legislation, fantasizes that more government rules will magically solve significant problems, like the mismanagement of our forests. SB 762 arose after several devastating wildfire seasons and became a focal point after seeing the horror from the 2018 Paradise, California fire.

In that tragedy a regional electric utility provider, Pacific Gas and Electric, had neglected maintenance and upgrades to their utility lines. This led to sparks in a heavily forested area and ignited fires during a high-wind event. More than 100 lives were tragically lost, and PG&E was quickly bankrupted.

The CA PUC approved a Chapter 11 bankruptcy plan that paid $5.4 billion in initial funds and 22.19% of PG&E stock into a trust for victims of wildfires caused by its outdated equipment. As of today, most lawsuits have been settled with $13.5 billion earmarked for more than 80,000 people who lost family members, homes, businesses and other property in the fires. Of course, this will never fully compensate for lost lives, memories, histories, or belongings.

Oregon’s Democrat super-majority, not wanting to let a crisis go to waste, strategized on how to use this as the starting place for loading the bureaucratic state with more power while stripping property rights and common-sense from families, land owners, municipalities and corporate entities. The Pledge starts the trickery by setting the focus on the Electrical System:

At its heart though, it is focused on the rural landscapes throughout Oregon, regardless of proximity to transmission lines or electrical substations. The key question is, how will risks be assessed? If the assessment comes from “science,” what “science” will be used and where will that “science” come from? What are the trade-offs between risk and reward? How would our state’s bureaucracies determine an entirely subjective assessment about “risk”? Risky to whom?

Can the state weigh your unique situation, individual circumstances and capabilities? How well did the state do on their risk-based assessments for your health under the COVID-19 debacle?

Corruption at the highest levels of government defies level-headed analysis. SB 762’s tax and spend political goal is aimed squarely at those living outside the metro, Democrat controlled, municipalities. Note, there is no risk-based analysis for sub-stations or transmission lines within the smoldering ruins of downtown Portland. In SB 762, we see political exploitation in deviously hidden ways.

When the legislature puts more demands on an agency, the agency typically needs more personnel, more office space, more computers and resources. SB 762 places 122 increased demands on state agencies, commissions, and contractual relationships. Some of these are quite complicated and others, less so, but they are easy enough to find by looking for “shall” clauses in the bill. Each of these is a demand which gets tagged onto each citizen’s share of the social contract, meaning you and I will fund them, regardless.

How much will this cost? What are the budgetary limits? ORS 477.060 spells out considerations in determining cost of protection for ODF which may “include the special or additional cost of fire protection for property owners within a forestland-urban interface classification, including the special or unique costs of assessment processing and administration.” Additionally, these “special or additional costs may not exceed $25 annually for each real property lot.”

However, this limitation has been struck with laser-like precision and ODF is not bound by any form of cost constraint. This means that the costs, regardless of how atrocious, will get passed onto property owners because ORS 477.270 stays in place and the cost for “providing protection for privately owned forestland shall be a lien upon such property.” This means ODF now has enormous financial incentive to exert its power as a proportional claim on your property.

Additionally, ORS 477.270 specifies, these fees “shall be levied and collected by the governing body with the next taxes on the land in the same manner and with the same interest, penalty and cost charges as apply to ad valorem property taxes in this state. The governing body shall instruct the proper officer to extend the amounts on the assessment roll in a separate account, and the procedure provided by law for the collection of taxes and delinquent taxes shall apply.”

In essence, what started as periodic workshops for utility grid providers ends up allowing ODF to place annual liens on every property in Oregon based upon some arbitrary risk-assessment and the supposed costs associated with providing fire protection. Landowners will also bear increased costs as private insurance providers get pulled into the one-size-fits-all maze of capricious rules and assessments.

This is why I continually argue that those running the Democrat super-majority are actively moving us toward socialism. They consistently pursue the expansion of the regulatory machine while limiting entrepreneurship, actively curtailing competition, and inhibiting private property rights. “You will own nothing and be happy” is part three of the con, the Prestige, the final result of their smoke and mirror magic.

Earlier I mentioned that your response and outrage caused the withdrawal of the original assessment maps. Stay vigilant as we work together to bring common-sense back to forestry management.

© 2022 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

By Sidney Secular

August 12, 2022

THE ADENA: THE FIRST CIVILIZERS OF NORTH AMERICA

The pyramid-like structure was discovered 60 feet at the bottom of Rock Lake in Southern Wisconsin in 1991. Three thousand years ago, that same structure stood at the edge of the lake. Sea levels had risen since the end of the Ice Age, hiding the now submerged remnants of extinct civilizations in various locations around the globe.

Archeologists affected surprise that a structure of such intricacy requiring complex social organization, a hierarchy of labor, building technology, tool production and a uniform system of measurement existed in an area previously supposedly populated only by hunter-gatherer Indians at the turn of the First Millennium, BC, a time before even the bow and arrow were invented. The sunken structure, called the Temple of the Moon, was not an anomaly. Similar structures just as old had already been discovered/uncovered in many scattered areas east of the Mississippi River and near the Great Lakes but were more numerous in the Ohio Valley than elsewhere. Indeed, there may have been thousands of them extant at any one time. They were stumbled upon by settlers and pioneers moving west and were nearly all obliterated for use as building materials for wells and walls and to provide land for farms with little fanfare or efforts at preservation. These were the remnants of North America’s first civilization named by archeologists, the Adena from the name of a complex of such structures located at the plantation of Ohio’s sixth governor, Thomas Worthington of Chillicothe.

The civilization showed no signs of gradual development but seemed to appear full-blown around 1,000 BC. Radiocarbon dating showed that the civilization was long-lived, expiring about 700 AD having reached an apex of development about 300 BC and gradually declining after 400 AD. The people were called Allegwi, Alleg and Talligewi by their Indian neighbors, and later Allegheny. This is the derivation of the names Allegheny Mountains and the Allegheny River. There was a tradition there were “giants” among them, people of a larger size and stature than the Indians. They were robust and many were about 7 feet in height, both men and women. The Adena introduced artistically advanced pottery that the Indians copied. They also introduced copper and iron bracelets and necklaces having the talent, knowledge and capability to produce; they also produced beads of precious stones, chert axes and crescents.

All of their fabrications shared basic common features indicating that they were produced during the same time period and by the same people. Their burial mounds consisted of long trenches in which were laid varying numbers of their dead with burial accoutrements including copper ornaments, ceremonial daggers and impressive necklaces. For dwellings, stones were selected for size and heaped symmetrically into a tent-shaped structure resembling an elongated pyramid 102 feet long by 12 feet wide by 12 feet high oriented exactly to the compass points, north-south or east-west  and all without exception were built in close proximity to water, whether a stream, river, lake, or the seacoast. The few stone mounds that have survived were initially mistaken for heaps of rock left behind by retreating glaciers despite their organized appearance. In several locations, they also built gigantic geoglyphs representing natural subjects such as eagles and other animals. A particularly noteworthy example is located near Lake Pepin in Minnesota being comprised of thousands of white crystals, each the size of a baseball, carried to the site from all over the Adena’s far flung trading network. Over time the site was robbed of its crystals that were then replaced with ordinary rocks. These are laboriously washed each year by members of a Boy Scout troop to preserve a resemblance/remembrance of the original geoglyph.

Two nearly identical geoglyphs are found in Georgia. All three structures are 102 feet long and located on high ridges overlooking rivers. Adena ceremonial centers and gathering places were earthen or stone structures in the same typical somewhat pyramid-like configuration. The most prominent survivor of these is West Virginia’s Grave Creek Mound, the largest conical earthwork in the United States with a diameter of  295 feet and standing 69 feet high. It is believed that about 3 million basket loads of soil comprising some 57 tons in weight went into construction of that site. It was then encircled by a massive moat of water 40 feet wide and 5 feet deep. A causeway also ran around the structure’s perimeter.  One of the male skeletons found in the structure was accompanied by over 2,000 finely cut discs of seashell, 250 pieces of mica, 17 beads made of bone, together with a collection of copper bracelets and rings. These offerings came from such far-flung locations as the Gulf Coast, the Carolinas and the Upper Great Lakes.

Another mound, the Miamisburg Mound in Ohio, comes close to the stature of the West Virginia mound, it’s circumference being 877 feet with a height of 70 feet. 54,000 cubic yards of earth went into building that structure that was originally encased in stone. But “Alleg” accomplishments did not end with their prodigious mounds. They built prodigious walls, over 3 miles long that served not only as defensive ramparts but as enclosures for huge ceremonial centers. At least fifteen of these entities have been found in southern Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, and Tennessee located atop high bluffs overlooking rivers in thickly wooded areas. “Fort Ancient,” near Lebanon, Ohio, is the largest known structure of this type and has been incorporated into a state park of 764 acres featuring walking trails and 3.5 miles of wall left by the Adena. It is thought that about 12,000 people gathered there for special occasions.

Other complexes of a similar nature are found at “Indian Fort Mountain,” 3 miles east of Berea, Kentucky; and “Old Stone Fort” in Coffee County, Tennessee.  Clearly, North America’s so-called “Indian mounds” were not crude piles of dirt produced by primitive savages. Rather, they were expressions of applied geometry, skilled materials handling and structured design accomplished by an organized workforce with advanced skills able to create structures that would defy the passage of millennia, succumbing only to the greed and ignorance of modern man who discovered them.

The Adena also produced objects that can be characterized as representing the fine arts. Tablets of fine-grained sandstone, baked clay, and limestone were used as media to create complex designs exemplifying lively expressionism and abstract art. Paint pigments were produced from graphite, manganese oxide, red ochre and pulverized galena.

Materially, these were the first true farmers in the United States living in permanent settlements and cultivating a wide variety of plants including squash and corn usually associated with the Indians. They were in no way a “hunter-gatherer” civilization. Indeed, it is more than likely that the Indians copied Adena techniques for growing these crops rather than being their source as is still believed to this day. As would be expected from an advanced culture, the Adena hunted and fished for the great variety of fish and game plentiful in their primordial surroundings. Sadly, experts believe that less than one percent of their cultural artifacts remain and that the rest have either been destroyed or otherwise lost and so are not subject to further examination and analysis.

The Adenas’ sad fate was extermination at the hands of neighboring Indian tribes carried out in coordinated attacks in large numbers – although there is evidence of genetic and health problems that also decimated their numbers and weakened them physically over a period of centuries. Indeed, those very factors may have led to the above more directly hostile circumstances. As well, other factors may also have been involved in their disappearance, but more on that anon. And so, by the time the traders and pioneers from Europe had arrived, the Adena had long since vanished into local Indian lore leaving their actual existence to be considered nothing but “Indian lore.”

There are many enigmas associated with the Adena, and if you believe the conventional archeologists, their origin is one of them. They literally burst upon the scene over 3,000 years ago as public works engineers, astronomers, metalsmiths, and the land’s first farmers and potters, but today are only remembered as “the mound builders.” Pitifully few shreds of their material accomplishments remain and as their lineage had no commonalities with the woodland Indians, they are virtually considered mere folklore as noted. But if we look beyond – and outside – North America, we can trace their origins.

Of all the major events that transpired beyond the Americas circa 1,000 BC the most notable one was the simultaneous rise of the Celts. Having moved westward in massive waves from their primeval homelands in the steppes of Central Asia, thence to the bogs and swamps of Poland, then through Bavaria, southern Germany and Austria, and then into northern France and central Spain – where they were called “Gauls” – and then finally winding up for the most part in the British Isles, they were described as being  “tall of body, muscular, white of skin, and blond of hair.” They were given to fighting like frenzied beasts and were characterized as barbarians though they were admitted artists of consummate skill. They manufactured prodigious quantities of tools, weapons, luxury goods, and art objects (especially jewelry and metalwork) and they bartered throughout Europe and the Near East, engaging in far-flung commerce. They had extraordinary maritime abilities and built especially sturdy and seaworthy ships that were better than others extant including those of the Romans, whom they bested in a famous battle. As a group, their main fault was that they did not form cohesive military and political units better able to confront their adversaries. They acted as assemblies of individuals rather than a cohesive force fighting for group goals.

Without doubt, the Celts possessed deep water vessels capacious enough to ferry thousands of people across the Atlantic Ocean. As such, their sudden appearance into central and western Europe and their abrupt debut as the Adena into eastern North America at the same time should at least prompt an examination of the commonalities among them. Such an examination would show that the two groups were remarkably similar. The European Celts were above average in height and so too the Adena stood out from North America’s indigenous populations with larger skulls, higher and broader foreheads, prominent jaws, and more pronounced cheekbones. These characteristics were very similar to those of the European Celts. There are very few Adena skulls to work with so it is difficult to make definitive statements on the matter. Studies show the Adena entered America on the eastern seaboard and then moved into the heartland of the continent. The stone chambers found in New England, especially at “Mystery Hill” (dubbed “America’s Stonehenge”) in New Hampshire, are architecturally similar to those in Scotland and Ireland. Three stones at Mystery Hill have markings associated with Beltane, an annual pagan Irish festival. The aforementioned  fort-like Adena hilltop structures and mounds are remarkably similar to structures found in Europe in areas through which the Celts passed.

While the American pioneers were busy obliterating nearly all the Adena mounds, some of the earthworks near bogs revealed a surprise – a primitive kind of pit furnace used in the production of iron along with heaps of white ash, the result of high temperatures used in iron smelting. The local Indians claimed to know nothing about the “ancient race of white giants” who built the mounds and were responsible for “all kinds of strange magic.” The said furnaces were not properly identified as such until 1949. In Europe, Celtic life was centered around bogs where the same kind of smelters were found as in the Ohio Valley. In fact, the Celts were the ones who inaugurated the Iron Age producing weapons, tools, and various implements of the medal that replaced bronze as the primary one that had characterized the Bronze Age.

The Celts were also famous for painting their bodies with exotic colors and designs – as did the Adena. The Romans referred to the Scots as “Picts,” a term derived from a Latin root meaning “to paint.” The Romans also found that the Southern people of Britain, also painted themselves with woad. Among the most emblematic of symbols used by the Celts and Adena  was the swastika. A Celtic rendition known in Ireland as “Brigid’s Cross” is identical to that found on Adena artifacts. These crosses are still employed by superstitious Irish Catholic households to ward off fire and evil. Like all other swastikas, the Irish variant is used to symbolize the return of light and regeneration and is displayed on the first day of Spring. The swastika was and still is regarded as a sign of good luck by many Indian tribes – most famously by the Hopi – and the symbol’s origin appears to have been the Adena.

The Adena were great weavers excelling in complex patterns and techniques. Although rare, a few examples still exist to prove that the mound builders arrayed themselves in magnificent attire. Like the Adena, the Celts were master weavers, delighting in complex, colorful, expressionistic patterns that bordered on the abstract. Helmets of Celtic warriors were often adorned by representations of hawks or eagles, an image often stylized in artistic renderings of  unusual helmets and imitated by officers in the Imperial German Army during World War I. As well, both the Adena and Celts revered the wolf for its courage, worshipping animals in their spiritual lives, a practice that was passed to the American Indian and Eskimo. This belief was reflected in elaborate costumes and ceremonial artifacts. Adena shamans dressed as werewolves in their ceremonies.

It is amazing that no records or representations of the long-dead language of the Mound Builders are extant. However, Algonquian speech which once spread across a large swath of North America is peppered with Celtic cognates and loan words. Appropriately, a strong concentration of Algonquians was centered in the Ohio Valley, the Mound Builders’ heartland. The Algonquians themselves show some “whitish” traits, including being taller than the other Indian tribes. Stone tablets scattered throughout the Adenas’ area of settlement have been found inscribed with Celtic symbols.

What became of these North American Celts? Folk traditions of the Ottawa, Ojibwa and Pottawattamie relate that their ancestors formed an alliance to kill the “white giants.” Since their population had been dwindling, the Indians decided to “gang up” on them in their reduced circumstances. The Indian alliance proved irresistible and the “fair-skinned Giant Sorcerers” as they were called by the Tuscarora made a last stand below the rapids at “Sandy Island.” It was there that thousands of human skeletons were found by colonists well into the late 18th Century. It is also interesting to note that the Adenas were accused of cannibalism when it appears that it is more likely that they were its victims. That last stand was the finale of a war that ranged from the Atlantic Coast to the Mississippi River and beyond. Vast killing grounds have been uncovered near the junction of the Hart and Missouri Rivers. One is one-hundred acres in extent. The ground there was filled with trenches piled full of dead bodies of both man and beast and covered with several feet of earth. In many places, mounds from 8 to 10 feet high, some more than 100 feet in length have been thrown up and are filled with broken pottery, vases of bright colored flint and agates. The work shows great skill and a higher degree of civilization available from the Native Americans of the time. Some of the vast cemeteries have yet to be explored. Indian lore of the genocidal conflict is profuse.

In May 1773, a representative of Lord Dunmore, the governor of Colonial Virginia visited the town of Chillicothe in what was to become Ohio. Thomas Bullitt was seeking permission from the Shawnee for his fellow Virginians to settle in the area. Chief Black Fish told Bullitt that he was not able to authorize the Whites to settle in the lands involved, which were then part of Kentucky. The Chief said that “. . . we have never owned that land. It belongs to the ghosts of the murdered Azgens (Adena) – a white people from across the eastern sea. Their bones and their ghosts own and occupy every hill and valley of the country. Long ago our forebears killed off the Azgens, but we now fear the spirits of these people more than our forebears feared them when they were flesh.” It is amazing how the Indians were willing to acknowledge the existence of those whom their own people refuse to recognize.

The reason for the Adenas’ dwindling numbers, other than the Indian attacks, have never been fully ascertained, although disease is likely to have something to do with it. Their warrior and exploratory spirit and advanced weaponry would seem to militate against hostile activities leading to a sufficient decrease in numbers and geographical considerations seem unlikely as they were always ready to move from one place or another to meet their needs or their fancies. However, as with all past civilizations, it is possible that they might have been growing soft and too content with a growing materialism, a matter that has been the downfall of all civilizations to date.

There are some strange anomalies to be noted in all of this. For instance, not one example of the Celts’ most iconographic artifact – the torque – has been found in prehistoric America. The torque was a twisted ornament of precious or semi-precious metal worn around the wrist or neck. Although its significance is not understood, its far-flung reverence as a cult object is beyond question. Large numbers of torques were produced by the Celts in Europe for over 1,000 years until they were prohibited by the Christian Church. Even so, no mound builder grave has yielded a single specimen. Moreover, Celtic warriors were renowned for their silver ornaments and iron and steel weapons, but no such items have been found in Adena earthworks. Far less than 1% of the Adena cultural residue remains, but that doesn’t explain this lack of finds.

One problem or deficiency, if you will, of the Celts in general in Europe and with the Adena in North America in the early historical periods was that the Celts presented as a people vice as organized nations. They didn’t get beyond the tribe or clan level of organization. That phenomenon made them less politically united or militarily cohesive, and thus more prone to disunity and unable to present a united front against their enemies. This could have contributed to the downfall of the Adena, as each group of them could have been picked off, one by one. Still, it is all rather strange and disheartening that such an advanced race could disappear virtually without an understandable history. Today, basically all that remain are broken bones, the gaunt ruins of their grand but failed hill forts, a dwindling collection of their earthworks, fragmentary artifacts, and folk memories preserved by the descendants of their enemies. Thus, a lost White civilization of America remains lost.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

August 12, 2022

Joel Gilbert argues that Michelle Obama will replace Joe Biden as the Democratic Party presidential nominee in 2024. Whether it’s Michelle or somebody else, Barack Hussein Obama is running the show. His former vice-president, Biden, is clearly a front man, who nominated another front man, Attorney General Merrick Garland. His job is to keep Donald J. Trump out of the White House so that the Democratic Party can consolidate its power as the leading socialist/communist organization in the “Free World,” on the road to a global utopia through a process the Marxists call “Permanent Revolution.”

The report that a federal magistrate linked to Obama approved the raid on Trump’s home is just one more example of who’s calling the shots.

Don’t worry about Hunter’s “laptop from Hell.” This is the presidency from Hell, a third term for Barack Hussein Obama.

We wrote three books about this, Red Star Rising, Comrade Obama Unmasked, and Permanent Revolution, describing what we are living and suffering through.

Leave no doubt that America’s current predicament is the result of eight years of Obama, a Marxist student of Russian agent Frank Marshall Davis who met with Chinese Communist President Xi to plot the final phase of the world revolution. The Chinese press called it a meeting of “veteran cadre,” yet another indication that Obama’s Marxist experiment was being organized in cooperation with China and Russia. That meeting preceded the release of the China virus.

Remember that Senate Republican Leader Mitch McConnell stopped Obama’s nomination of Garland to the Supreme Court, then turned around and voted for his nomination as Biden’s Attorney General. Trump got three Supreme Court vacancies as a result, but is now in the crosshairs as he contemplates another presidential run. Garland is an agent of Obama and McConnell has to know it.

In addition to publishing three books on the political significance of the Obama presidency, my group America’s Survival, Inc. warned the Senate that Garland, then a federal judge, was implicated in a major cover-up involving a member of the Weather Underground, the terror group whose leaders Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn backed Obama for the presidency in 2008.

Before YouTube terminated my channel, eliminating 500 videos from public view, I had analyzed the issue of Merrick Garland’s involvement in a court case brought by the Obama Administration to drop terrorism charges against a communist by the name of Elizabeth Anna Duke. She was a member of a Weather Underground spin-off that specialized in terrorism, including bombing the U.S. Capitol in 1983, and fake IDs. Then-Judge Merrick Garland found no problem with a magistrate who arbitrarily dropped the charges against her, at the request of Obama’s Justice Department.

Obama was determined to get Merrick Garland on the Supreme Court but had to settle for the Attorney General position. As a result, numerous communist terrorists remain on the loose.

The issue is Obama, not Joe Biden or Hunter Biden. The Biden Crime Family is real but a distraction. Obama is the one behind the curtain.

For eight years we tried to warn Americans people about the lasting significance of the Obama presidency.

More relevant than ever before, America’s Survival, Inc. released a hard-to-find copy of the 1961 House Committee on Un-American Activities analysis of the book How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism. This is a how-to-book on how communists overthrow non-communist majorities and make democracies into dictatorships.  The author, Jan Kozak, historian of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia, outlined how a parliament or legislative body (such as the U.S. Congress) can be helpful in “transforming democratic nations” into communist countries. Hence, we see party line votes for more federal control over the U.S. economy, the latest being the “Inflation Reduction Act.”

For the doubters, consider Biden’s nominee, Lenin scholar Saule Omarova, as Comptroller of the Currency. Her thesis was titled, “Karl Marx’s Economic Analysis and the Theory of Revolution in The Capital.”

Can America be saved? We have to understand the history of communism and look at the examples of how Marxist regimes can be undermined and overthrown.

To begin with, let’s dispense with the terms “woke” and “cancel culture,” which mask the true nature of our predicament.

Meanwhile, Afghanistan has become a heavily-armed Islamic terrorist state, Democrat Nancy Pelosi is provoking a Chinese invasion of Republic of Free China on Taiwan, and when Biden showed his weakness by approving another Russian gas pipeline to Europe, Russia launched a war in Ukraine to demonstrate its economic power in Europe. It was President Bill Clinton who convinced Ukraine to give its nuclear weapons back to Moscow.

Biden’s response has been another no-win war.

Meanwhile, labeled by the media as the “Pink Tide,” we are witnessing the ominous advance of communism in the Western hemisphere. Even “60 Minutes” ran a story, too late to make a difference, about communist inroads in Central America.

When you hear about “The Worst Mass Migration Crisis in History,” understand the communist roots of this problem.

Vladimir Putin, speaking at the plenary session of the 25th St. Petersburg International Economic Forum, declared, “…Changes in the global economy, finances and international relations are unfolding at an ever-growing pace and scale. There is an increasingly pronounced trend in favor of a multipolar growth model in lieu of globalization. Of course, building and shaping a new world order is no easy task.”

As we educate the people, documenting global trends in our World Revolution Report, don’t fall into Putin’s trap. His “New World Order” spells the end of America. He wants the death of the dollar – and the death of America. His troops are now in Latin America.

We warned America many years in advance about the communist takeover of America. Trump’s presidency was a surprising pause in the consolidation of their power, after Republicans John McCain and Mitt Romney lost to the Marxist candidate.

Now Trump wants to take on these communists — again. He calls them “radical Left Democrats.” No, Mr. President. They are worse than that.

We saw what they intend to do with the arrest of the would-be assassin of Justice Kavanaugh. The psycho, probably on dope, turned himself in!

Forget the talk about “The Biden White House.” The Biden Administration is the spawn of Barack Hussein Obama. You can’t understand what’s happening now without an appreciation of Obama’s communist mentor and Obama’s relationship with China, Russia, and radical Islam.

The issue isn’t the “laptop from Hell.” It’s the presidency from Hell, in the form of a “former” president, Barack Hussein Obama, whose vice-president is now a figurehead president and his son, Hunter, a major distraction who will be handled with kid gloves.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Tom DeWeese

August 12, 2022

I have just returned from one of the most important speaking tours I have ever undertaken. In fact, it wasn’t really a speaking tour – I was barnstorming the state of Iowa. I was there to cause trouble and stir up the citizens – AND I DID IT!

You see, in Iowa, along with North and South Dakota, Minnesota, and Nebraska, the push is on to enforce a plan to capture CO2 and bury it in the ground. Of course, the excuse is to protect the earth from Climate Change!

In all of my years of fighting the lies and insane policies of the radical environmental movement, this is without doubt their DUMBEST plan ever – but it’s also one of the MOST DANGEROUS that we have ever faced.

Here’s the scheme. Thousands of acres of privately-owned, food-producing Midwest Corn Belt farmland are targeted for a new 1300-mile long-pipeline. But NOT a pipeline to bring us desperately needed fuel oil. No – the purpose of this pipeline is to capture carbon dioxide and TRANSPORT IT UNDER GROUND!!!!

Two main forces are pushing these Carbon Dioxide Pipelines. They are private companies named Summit Carbon Solutions and Navigator CO2 Ventures. These private companies have already sent out letters to farmers across Iowa, South Dakota, Minnesota, Nebraska, and North Dakota. Explaining the project, they are saying, “Navigator is proposing to build a large scale carbon capture pipeline system spanning more than 1300 miles across five states in the Midwest…” “The pipeline system… will capture carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from local facilities before these emissions reach the atmosphere and transport the CO2 safely via pipeline to a permanent and secure underground sequestration site in Illinois.” The letter goes on to explain that “the pipeline will materially reduce the participant’s carbon footprint and further the global goal of carbon neutrality.”

These are private companies. They are not public utilities. Yet, their letter to property owners contains this threat. “We intend to file a petition with the Iowa Utilities Board for permission to build the pipeline.” It goes on to say, “Our goal is to reach voluntary agreements with all landowners along the Project route, though if we are unable to do so, we may need to request the right of eminent domain (condemnation) from the Board.” So, the message is clear to property owners… be real nice and give up your land voluntarily, or we will just take it!

Just as I’ve been warning for over thirty years, all of this is part of the plot as called for in Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, The Green New Deal, and now the Great Reset. Clear back in 1992, when Agenda 21 was first introduced, its radical environmental promoters at the United Nations described it as “A blueprint for the reorganization of human society.”

Now, America’s farmers are on the front lines of the ground war to enforce that reorganization. And this is just the beginning to get it all started. As their land is confiscated, farmers won’t be allowed to grow food. No crops will be grown. The pipeline won’t be placed on the edges of the farm property — but will drive right through the middle, rendering much of the rest of the farm’s land useless. The first step in creating the pipeline will be to rip up the topsoil. Farmers are promised, if they will sign an easement agreement to voluntarily give up the land, in the first year they will be paid eighty percent of what they would have brought in for crop production. Sixty percent is promised for the second year, and forty percent for the third year. Little has been mentioned for what is to come after that.

As less and less farmland is available, the Great Reset scheme is to grow most of our food inside factories, providing only synthetic substitutes like the fake meat that is being marketed now. It’s interesting to note that, again, Bill Gates is right in the middle of this scheme. As he is busy buying up millions of acres of farmland, he’s also one of the biggest promoters of synthetic beef.

The Climate Change threat is a complete hoax, designed to create fear to get you to voluntarily give up your liberties. There is no scientific evidence whatsoever to back up the claims of man-made global warming.

Along with the drive for the carbon capture pipeline to eliminate CO2, there is a separate drive to lock away thousands more acres for wind and solar farms, in order to eliminate all oil and gas energy.

One plan calls for the locking way of seventeen million acres of solar farms in the Midwest to replace coal and gas power plants. It’s interesting to note that those coal and gas power plants take up only a few acres.

The solar panels use large amounts of plastic, which is made from oil. In addition, large amounts of copper are necessary for the wire infrastructure underneath. Plus, under those rows and rows of solar panels over thousand of acres is cement to cover the wires. Nothing grows under them – no grass or small animals. Valuable farmland destroyed.

In addition, plans also call for 250 million acres of wind farms. Wind turbines need huge amounts of oil in order to turn. They also need large amounts of copper, limestone, steel, aluminum, cobalt, and nickel to produce a single wind turbine. Some experts say that it will take more energy to produce a single wind turbine that it will create in its lifetime.

Wind and solar power are jokes – but they’re much worse than jokes to our environment. Picture 250 million acres of wind turbine forests. Gone will be scenic views, or peaceful land, and in the air, nothing will be flying as millions of birds, raptors, and endangered species will be destroyed. All in the name of protecting the environment.

Meanwhile, if the sun isn’t shining or the wind blowing, no energy is produced. In fact, if the goal is reached and all power is to come from wind and solar, it will supply only about four percent of the energy the nation needs.

Today, the same forces behind the wind and solar scheme are pushing the carbon capture pipeline. The most important food-producing farmland in the nation is about to be confiscated – all under the insane lie of environmental protection.

But here are some scientific facts that you won’t hear from these so-called science experts. Scientists, including Dr. Lee Merritt, an Iowa-based CO2 expert, reports that the earth is actually suffering from a CO2 shortage. The earth needs an average of 1,600 Parts Per Million (PPM) of CO2 in the atmosphere to support us. Currently, we have 410 PPM. In other words, nature is facing a CO2 starvation. Plants – including those we need to feed us — won’t be able to grow.

In addition, the massive deployment of wind and solar farms over thousands of acres may well create the beginnings of a new dust bowel that will destroy even more farmland.

And there is this shocking news. Carbon capture pipelines have now been proven to be major health hazards to people living close to them. A carbon capture pipeline in Mississippi ruptured near the small town of Satartia. A green cloud descended over the town, blocking oxygen and creating a fowl smell. Dozens of people became disoriented, nauseated, and dazed. Many collapsed in their homes. Even car engines shut off, because the also need oxygen to run. Months later, some people are still reporting mental fogginess. And first responders had no idea how to deal with it.

But the drive is on to build more of these dangerous, useless, and totally unnecessary carbon capture pipelines. Private companies like Summit Carbon Solutions and Navigator Co2 Ventures have no real reason to build them except that there is money in the Biden Infrastructure bill offering big bucks.

Opposition across Iowa and other affected states is strong. Public meetings designed to sell the idea are filled with citizens and property owners who stand opposed to the scheme. Many county supervisor boards have written letters to the Iowa Utilities Board (IUB) to express opposition. However, their commitment to a plan to stop it is weak. Some county officials have already surrendered to this tyranny, saying, “There’s not much we can do. It looks like it’s just going to happen.” One newspaper reported that “local governments have no legal power to stop carbon dioxide pipelines.” They are wrong!

And that’s why I went to Iowa and barnstormed the state. The good news is that no land has yet been taken. It’s still in the planning stage. I provided a series of plans on how citizens can organize and make this a very public issue. They don’t have to just accept it! Plus, I gave the elected officials a full game plan for fighting this in local and state government.

First, citizens and their elected representatives must understand that these companies behind the pipeline are private companies They don’t have the power to enforce eminent domain. They must have government force behind them. That’s why they are looking to the Iowa Utilities Board as their ace to give the power to take the land. I have a plan to stop that.

As I spoke directly to county supervisors, I didn’t pull any punches. Frankly, I was appalled that most of the county boards across the state have taken such a weak stand against the pipeline.

One county board had written a letter to the Iowa Utilities Board, pleading with them to not use the power of eminent domain. The letter ended by saying “…we respectfully ask that you refrain from utilizing eminent domain in your pursuits.”

I read that line to them in my public meeting and then shouted “This is how you represent your people? By pleading? Shameful!

I said, “YOU ARE THE BODY DIRECTLY ELECTED BY THE PEOPLE TO PROTECT THEIR RIGHTS…YOU MUST TAKE DIRECT ACTION TO DO THAT!”

I then outlined a plan to win. First, stop taking the coward’s way out by hiding behind an unelected, appointed board that doesn’t represent the people.

Second, I told them to prepare solid legislation that will protect the property rights of those in the path of the pipeline – Then I gave them several examples to choose from. I told them, “Declare your county protected from the pipeline.”

Third, I told them to now reach out to other county boards. Encourage them to take the same action in their county. Then, every county that takes the action must lock arms together and stand firm. In that way, they will create an impenetrable wall around their county and the state that these private companies and appointed boards cannot pierce.

One more piece to the puzzle will assure victory. If they have strong Constitutional Sheriffs that will enforce that property rights legislation, arrest any representatives of these private companies that come on private land to map it and pressure the landowners, that threat will end.

To assure these tactics are used, dedicated local citizens must demand that their elected representatives act. Then the citizens must organize to support them. Working together in that way, community by community, will result in this outrageous carbon capture pipeline never being built!

I must tell you, the response from my audiences was powerful. As I write this, they are now working to build the effective organization I called for. The citizens must do the work to convince their County Board of Supervisors to take these actions. I am now getting reports from the leaders I’ve been working with that this is starting to happen. Opposition is building.

In fact, after I returned home from the trip I was thrilled to receive a report that two counties in South Dakota (Brown and Spink) have just passed moratoriums, blocking any permits or construction on the pipeline!

This is what we can accomplish when we take a strong stand and refuse to buckle under.

© 2022 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese

by Lee Duigon

August 11, 2022

I didn’t have much contact with my high school guidance counselor, but I very much doubt he belonged to a criminal street gang. But if I were going to high school in Boston now, I wouldn’t be able to say that with any confidence.

An “academic dean” in the Boston Public School system has pleaded guilty to racketeering. One Shaun Harrison, 63 years old, shot a student. It turns out that Mr. Harrison belonged to the Latin Kings street gang and was using his position in the schools to recruit more members to the gang.

What? Did no one else in that school district know, or at least suspect, that this dean might be of a dubious character? Who interviewed him for the job? Who checked his record? Who voted to hire him? What in the world is a confessed racketeer doing, “helping problem students”? And was he the only one?

Yes, I know it’s a hard story to believe.

And here’s another one.

Inderkum High School, in Sacramento (we’re going coast to coast) had a “teacher” who bragged about having pledged allegiance to Antifa, displayed an Antifa flag in his classroom, along with posters of Mao Tse-tung and other communist all-stars, and proclaimed to the nooze media, “I have 180 days to turn them [his students] into revolutionaries.”

The school board that hired him has now paid him almost $200,000 to resign and go away without a lawsuit. Click the link—you’ve got to see the picture of this guy. *This* is a “teacher”? People go to work, pay their taxes… so they can have this wacko “teach” their children? Like, if Antifa is NOT a criminal or terrorist group, it’s not for want to trying. (Hint: Democrats protect them.)

What were they thinking when they hired him? What teachers’ college prepared him to get a teaching certificate? And they’ve paid him three years’ salary just to get lost!

We ask again: What do the public schools have to do to convince you that they want to break up your family and wreck your country? What have they left undone, that you persist in sending your children there? Ours is the costliest public education system in world history—and this is what it gives us?

And that’s without even mentioning Critical Race Theory, transgender propaganda, and an ongoing campaign by “educators” to groom children for aberrant sex. Here all they’re doing is hiring gangsters and communist fanatics to “educate” America’s children.

How did all these America-hating, family-hating, God-hating weirdos gain control of our education system? But they’ve been working at it for a long, long time. R.J. Rushdoony’s “The Messianic Character of American Education” uses the educators’ own words, and their own actions, to expose them as the termites that they are, gnawing away at the foundations of our country. A hundred years ago it was mostly ivory-tower theorists with crackpot notions—and they were opposed by, of all people, the teachers. But nowadays it’s not only theorists doing all the damage: it’s the teachers’ unions, teachers’ colleges, and state and local school boards, too. All together they’ve transformed our public education system into the travesty that it is today.

There’s no hope of repairing the damage. Our only meaningful response is to remove our children from the public schools. Homeschooling has never been more affordable, more effective, or more efficient than it is now; and it’s getting better all the time. Certainly better, by miles and miles, than anything that public education has to offer.

We don’t need our public education system anymore.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit… before they sic the FBI on us. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Lex Greene

August 11, 2022

The title is the first half of a statement made by President John F. Kennedy (D) at his Inaugural Address on January 20, 1961. The balance of this statement was – “ask what you can do for your country.”

That was sixty-one years ago, and my how things have changed since. Today, democrat voters only ask, even demand, what our government (taxpayers) can do for them. They care not about anything else…Freedom, liberty, and justice for all, be damned. Everything is strictly about voting themselves favors from the government, all of it paid for by taxpayers, and they are obviously willing to even use extreme Nazi-style measures to accomplish the darkest of any heart’s desires.

This anti-American movement, totally at odds with President Kennedy’s call to the people in 1961, was rooted in the USA at least as far back as the early 1900s under the Wilson administration (D) and firmly advanced under FDR (D) between 1933 and 1945. The Marxist ideologies were then adopted by the 60’s peacenik crowd while they were high, and supplanted into their children, later raised by the government in government controlled education. Those peaceniks are often called “professor” today.

There are a few of those old peacenik addicts still around, although they are dying fast from COVID vaccine injury these days. But their children are now one of the biggest problems facing our nation, those between 25-45 years old now. These are the children and grandchildren of the 60s global Marxist generation, led by the likes of Che Guevara and the Weather Underground. Today, these groups are now represented by democrat street militants, Black Lives Matter and ANTIFA.

So, after decades of these groups advancing the “what can the taxpayers do for me” agenda, Kennedy’s statement changes once again.

Instead of asking what our country can do for us, we must now ask…

WHAT CAN OUR COUNTRY DO TO US?

Americans of every political stripe need look no further than what our government has done to our country just since January 2020, with the Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and Kamala Harris Nazi regime and their maniacal psychos in every federal agency, including the US Military – via their purely evil GLOBAL COVID19 RESET.

But if that doesn’t make the hair raise on the neck of every American, the raid on the home of billionaire former President Trump should have you throwing up in your bathroom by now.

Ahead of that raid, the DOJ and FBI had already run numerous other fraudulent fake investigations working in concert with powerful democrats, trying to take down the most popular political figure on earth today, and everyone who supports him. January 6, 2021 rally goers remain in prison as nothing more than political prisoners today, except the two who have recently committed suicide.

Biden’s (Obama’s) DOJ and FBI waited for Trump to be out of town, gave the Trump’s Secret Service detail only 45-minutes advance notice, demanded that all Trump property security cameras be shut down and denied any Trump lawyers to be present during the raid – after Trump and his lawyers had been voluntarily cooperating with officials for month, which at this point, no citizens should ever do. All of this is unconstitutional, illegal, and never done before.

Within hours we find out that it was none other than former Jeffrey Epstein pedophile lawyer, now Federal Judge Bruce Reinhart, believed to have hastily signed off on the Trump raid warrant…likely a pedophile himself, truth be known.

It’s also coming to light that Liz Cheney’s husband is at the law firm defending Hunter Biden, which really pertains to Joe Biden’s international money laundering schemes, so far buried by the DOJ and FBI.

You just can’t make this kind of stuff up! The “swamp” is coming into crystal clear focus.

Now, I have watched as the mindless boobs who believe every lie the leftist politicians and their media ever tell, rage with excitement over what they just saw on their 24/7 anti-Trump TV screen and leftist social media platforms, even openly threatening violence towards the entire nation “if Trump isn’t indicted for something,” whether he has actually done anything illegal or not.

Part of me gets a real kick out of seeing idiot anti-gun folks openly threatening gun-enthusiasts in broad daylight on public social media. The other part of me knows that if any conservative or republican ever did that, Biden’s DOJ and FBI would raid their homes in minutes, as if it were the Trump compound in Florida.

Add to this the knowledge that democrats just rammed through (with no bipartisan support) another $1.3 Trillion spending bill disguised as some inflation reduction act, which includes $80 billion for 87,000 new IRS agents, (a 500% increase) on the heels of spending $700,000 for more IRS weapons and ammo a few weeks earlier, and you’d have to be deaf, dumb, and blind to miss the memo!

I think we can safely say, we get the message loud and clear. Remember what the leftists in power keep telling you? “No one needs weapons of war except the military.” – Except of course, Biden’s (Obama’s) gestapo, once proudly referred to as our US National Security agencies and US Military.

Clearly, the Biden (Obama) regime in power has rapidly and fully weaponized the entire federal authority against the American people…And since no one needs that kind of power unless they are going to war, they are going to war! This time, with us!

Indeed, it’s no longer “Ask not what your country can do for you” or “what you can do for your country” or even “what taxpayers can do for Marxist thugs,” – it’s now, WHAT CAN OUR COUNTRY DO TO US, every American?

Because Americans have been asleep at the wheel for so long and still not ready to make a united stand against tyranny, I suspect we will find out what they can do before November, when democrats are poised to lose political power from sea to sea and border to border.

Think there is anything they are unwilling to do? I don’t… Why would you?

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 11, 2022

In 2012, I wrote a 22-part series on “Islam in America” published by News With Views that foretold of honor killings and female genital mutilation in America. All of it occurring from Muslim immigrants that left their 6^th century Middle Eastern countries only to land in America.

Over 300,000 of them landed in Dearborn, Michigan.  More landed in Minneapolis, Minnesota as well as Miami, Florida.  Today, in excess of 4,000,000 of them penetrate every sector of American society where welfare offices feed, clothe and house them.

Today, according to Assistant District Attorney Ed O’Callaghan of the Department of Homeland Security at a White House press conference in October 2018, reported that there are, “…an average of 23 to 27 honor killings in the USA annually and over 500,000 cases of female genital mutilation.”

In other words, they migrated to America for a life of freedom, but continue to practice their 6^th century female killing rituals.  For the record, they practice FGM on girls younger than nine years old.  It’s assault and battery on a child.

Last week, a Muslim man in Texas went on trial for killing his two daughters over 10 years ago. His two sons hid him from police.  He took his two daughters out in his taxi and shot them with nine bullet holes in their bodies because they were dating young boys who weren’t Muslims.

The Daughters Call 911 As They Are Being Shot By Their Father

“In a 911 call presented to a Dallas courtroom this week in the trial against Yaser Abdel Said, who is accused of killing his two daughters in 2008, one of his daughters can be heard frantically telling police, “I’m dying.”

“Help. My dad shot me. I’m dying, I’m dying,” his youngest daughter, Sarah, says in the 911 call. “I’m dying, that’s what’s up.

“She can also be heard repeating, “Stop it, stop it, stop it,” toward the beginning of the call.

“Said, 65, is on trial for capital murder after spending 12 years on the run after allegedly murdering his 17-year-old and 18-year-old daughters in what prosecutors have described as “honor killings” because he did not like that they had boyfriends. He faces an automatic life sentence if convicted because prosecutors are not seeking the death penalty.” (Source: Audrey Conklin, Fox News, August 4, 2022)

If you read my 2009 series, I predicted endless honor killings and female genital mutilation.  Those deadly numbers continue to climb as more Muslims migrate to the USA.  We’ve got a mosque in my tiny town of Golden, CO.

What’s really disturbing stems from the fact that my series totally and completely reported the facts, the actions by Muslims and the deadly consequences. For my  reporting, the Southern Poverty Law Center made me a poster boy by character assassinating me, defamation and outright lies as to my character.  In other words, they wanted to drive me into a corner with fear with their name-calling.  In fact, I lost a paying job with www.CapsWeb.org in California, and the SPLC’s abuse has caused me much distress.  But there is no way to fight back against them. My only defense remains my integrity.

Ironically, the mainstream media will not report on honor killings or FGM here in America in 2022.  You won’t hear it on 60 Minutes, NPR or PBS. Terry Gross won’t touch it or Scott Simon.  It will never be reported on CNN, ABC, NBC or CBS.  Amazingly, you won’t ever hear about it from women’s rights groups.

Mark Twain called it “Silent Assertion” or the “mainstream lie” that everyone knows about, but no one will speak about.

Twain called it ‘the lie of silent assertion that there wasn’t anything going on in which humane and intelligent people were interested. Why should we help the nation lie the whole day long and then object to telling one little individual private lie in our own interest to go to bed on?  Just for the refreshment of it, I mean.  And to take the rancid taste out of our mouth.'”

Twain called it back in 1865, and I’m calling it in 2022.  It’s all a lie by the mainstream media.  They won’t touch it while it’s killing young girls at an average of 25 annually, and over 500,000 cases of FGM—here in the USA.  Even Muslim mothers travel to Detroit to get the procedure done on their daughters.  It’s pretty sickening, but it’s SO covered-up by Muslim families in Muslim-dominated areas like Detroit and Minneapolis.

If you don’t know what FGM entails, I can personally share with you that it is ugly, brutal, bloody, painful, razor blades, life-threatening, sepsis, and the child can never recover her cut-away genital parts. The procedure destroys any chance for a normal intimate life.   As for honor killings, brothers, fathers and uncles kill their women without an ounce of regret.  In fact, the United Nations reported that 20,000 honor killings occur annually in Muslim lands.

Muslims call it “Sharia Law” and for them, it supersedes America’s Constitutional Law.  They have no intention of ever becoming citizens of America, but in fact, expect to continue their conquest until we submit to their Sharia Law.  It’s creeping across America with every Muslim immigrant added.

So, what does that show for America?  Anyone in favor of more immigrants from such backward cultures?  What happens when it’s your daughter?  Why do I ask?  Well, that Muslim Said guy in Texas married an American woman…so it was her two daughters that the Islamic maniac killed.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Servando Gonzalez

August 10, 2022

[Warning: Political satire with a grain of salt. Not for the faint of heart!]

Evidently, conservative Republicans are losing the gender battle. Proof of it is that even conservative sites, radio commentators and media are calling this guy in a Russian jail a woman. Now, why are conservative Republicans losing this key battle? Well, I have a theory. Conservatives are losing this battle because they have no sense of humor. Proof of it is that I have to explicitly tell that this article is a satire for them to understand it.

Traditionally, humor have been the weapon of the underdog to fight tyranny. Why? Because tyrants hate humor, particularly when they are the but o f the jokes. Satire is the second best tool for fighting tyranny. Tyrants and heir sycophants lack a sense of humor.

This explains why tyrants, would-be tyrants and their followers hate and fear satire so much. It seems that the present crisis has awakened the dormant tyrant most of them carry in some hidden corner of their brains, so I hope this article will help you put them where they belong: in the dumpster of society.

One who recently acknowledged the power of humor is Monty Python veteran and award-winning film director Terry Gilliam. In a recent interview, he made fun of the gender-crazy activists and declared he could refer to himself as a “black lesbian.’[1]

So, I am proposing a similar way by which we can give the gender extremists in the U.S. government a taste of their medicine.

A few months ago I had to fill an application for the renewal of my U.S. passport. In accordance with the new norms set by the totalitarian-minded globalists at the U.N. and at home, it included even more personal information than previous applications in accordance to the coming global citizenship required for citizens of the New World Order.

To my utter surprise, however, there was an item of information that has not changed: sex. For the new real-id (whatever that means!) U.S. passport and driver’s license you still are either M (male) or F (female).

This obvious lack of consistency is totally out of sync with the new norms pushed down the throats of the American people by lefties and “progressives.” This lack of consistency must not be tolerated. We either have sex or gender, but not both. This dual standard is alien to the American spirit. One of the things guaranteed by the Constitution is equality for all —even (or particularly) for potential Democratic-voting illegal aliens.

The present state of things shows a total lack of respect for the prevalent mores and norms in today’s America. So, in order to be in tune with the current advances in equality, social justice and inclusiveness in this country, we the people must demand that, as soon as possible, we change the current retrograde, sexist system, an obvious remain of the times of slavery and white supremacism, and instead of sex, all official documents, birth and marriage certificates, driver’s licenses, passports, social security IDs, and all other forms of identification must show the person’s gender.[2]

So, instead of the pernicious, non-inclusive, M (male) or F (female), I propose using the more inclusive system I am detailing below:

HM (heterosexual male) / HF (heterosexual female)
MH (male homosexual) / MG (male gay)[3] / BG (butch gay) / FG (femme gay)
ML (male lesbian) / BL (butch lesbian) / FM (femme lesbian)
TM (transgender male) / TF (transgender female)
MB (male bisexual) / HB (homosexual bisexual) GB (gay bisexual)
FB (female bisexual) / BB (butch bisexual) /
MP (male pansexual) / FP (female pansexual)
MA (male asexual) / FA (female asexual)

I know that the system I am proposing may initially create some problems, but we need to advance with our new times. That is what progressivism is all about. Even more, there is an enormous practical advantage we will gain by switching to gender instead of the old-fashioned, reactionary sex classifications.

Currently, with our imperfect, out of date sexist system we are missing important statistical information that should be faithfully recorded. So, instead of the police reporting that the serial killer was a man, after the change to genders we will know that he was actually a BG. Or that the young woman who shot in cold blood her own parents because they didn’t approve her lifestyle was actually a ML. Or that some notorious serial killers were MG. Or that the woman who still is thinking about running again for the presidency of the United States is actually a BL. Or that two previous U.S. presidents were actually MH[4] and the wife of the second one is actually a TM.

The new innovative system of identification based on gender, not old-fashioned sex, will render many other advantages, Among them, we may know that most of the women marching on the streets in support of abortion rights are actually BL. We may discover also that, despite the fact that BL constitute less than 2 percent of the U.S. population, they represent close to 30 percent of the teachers in our public schools and close to 20 percent of the TSA screeners in U.S. airports.

If one is to believe the Me Too movement, all sexual harassers are HM. But, how if after applying the more inclusive classification I am proposing we discover that most sexual harassers are actually MG and BL?

We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in our police force, our military, the U.S. Congress and the Courts, including the Supreme Court. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in the U.S. mainstream media, in Hollywood and the music industry. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in organizations such as the Southern Poverty Law Center and the fascist Antifa. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL among members of the Council on Foreign Relatons.

In order to get the necessary information to support or deny the previous assumptions, the U.S. Census Bureau must change its current standards. The forthcoming U.S. Census must be changed to stop classifying individuals according to their sex and retrieve information according the new gender classifications.

In Orwell’s Animal Farm, all animals were equal, but some animals were more equal than others. We must not allow this to happen in today’s equalitarian, democratic, socialist America. We must demand equal treatment for all.

We must put the gendericists feet to the fire they themselves have created to drive us mad. Well, let’s see how they love it when we turn the fire against them. He who laughs later laughs the better.

Tell your Democratic friends to send letters or call their Democratic senators and representatives in Congress demanding this necessary change in America. The current system of dividing people into categories of sex, which is nothing but a social construct to favor the rich, the powerful and the reactionary conservatives, must be changed.

The sooner the better.

We, the American people deserve it!

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See “Cult Director Lambasts Cancel Culture,” Russia Today, August 5, 2022,

2. People must be reminded that lying about your personal information on an official form is a felony punishable by law. So, either we change this retrograde way of represent ourselves of many of us will be selected for a free trip to enjoy the beautiful beaches in Guantanamo Bay.

3. Contrary to what gay activists want us to think, gay and homosexual are not synonyms but denote two quite different things. This is perhaps the best-kept secret of the gay movement. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 236-241.

4. Obama’s sexual preferences are well known. For George W. Bush’s sexual preferences see Alang Stang, Not Holier Than Thou: How Queer is Bush?

By Bradlee Dean

August 10, 2022

“Anti-Fascist Action”

This last Friday, I preached in Tennessee where we were asked to be a part of OSA National Event “Foundations of Freedom” (Luke 24:47).

The following day, we were then asked to go to downtown Nashville to protest abortion at the capitol which we obliged (Matthew 3:2).

Upon arrival, there were those that were dressed up like a bunch of terrorists trying to do their best to intimidate everyone that they could.

I guess that they called themselves ANTIFA, the Anti-Fascist Action to which I am also opposed, but like so many of these groups, we know that it is not what they are truly standing against but just the opposite (Isaiah 5:20).

As a matter of fact, we know that many of these groups ANTIFA and Black Lives Matter groups are state sponsored or rather they are paid provocateurs.  They are the modern-day brown shirts sent in to create domestic insurrection and or browbeat their opposition. Well, friends, I was going to have none of it.

These are uneducated people playing into the hands of their oppressors and being used, in the end, to their own demise where they want to take everyone with them (Proverbs 14:12).

You are not to be afraid of these advocators of crime.  You are to confront them and to give them the knowledge of their sin both before God and our laws in hopes that they will repent (Psalm 94:16).

The short video below will show you the encounter, as well as the opportunity given unto me by the Lord in setting the record straight (Mark 1:3)!

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

August 9, 2022

The Associated Press (AP) has once again reported on “conclusive” evidence that Covid-19 occurred naturally in nature with the epicenter being the Wuhan fish market rather than being leaked from the Wuhan Institute of Virology lab in China. Apparently, it hasn’t occurred to them that someone from the lab could have leaked it in the Wuhan fish market. Even Wuhan’s Dr. Zhengli-Li Shi when the outbreak first occurred said she thought someone in the lab practicing poor sanitation accidentally transported the virus to the fish market. Do you think the AP is welcome by the always censoring Communist Chinese dictators in Beijing who have been constantly propagandizing against the lab leak theory?.

The biggest problem I have with people concerning Covid-19 is that they think the vaccines prevent infection like previous vaccines (e.g., polio vaccine). They don’t understand that the current vaccines do NOT prevent anyone from getting Covid-19 or from giving it to others. The result is that vaccinated people basically feel fine and go about their normal life, potentially becoming superspreaders if not masked!

According to “The Covid-19 Statistical Report” (a weekly report on Covid-19 published by Public Health of Scotland), the number of Covid-19 cases between last September 18 and October 25 were not-vaccinated 32,217, partly vaccinated 3971, and fully-vaccinated 37,992. This means that fully-vaccinated people accounted for 56% of the Covid-19 cases.

The new Omicron subvariant BA.5 accounts for more than half of the new Covid-19 cases in the U.S., and as of June, it has caused hospitalizations to slowly trend higher because it evades immunity. This immunity evasion could be why President Biden had a Covid-19 “rebound” after taking Paxlovid. In July, for the first time since May, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) predicted that the number of hospitalizations would continue to increase (currently about 6000 people are hospitalized each day). Of course, one really can’t completely trust the CDC. According to Grady McGregor in “New data suggests the CDC’s COVID guidance to isolate for 5 days after testing positive is wrong” (FORTUNE, July 27, 2022), one reads that “Scientists have questioned the scientific rationale behind the 5-day quarantine policy since the CDC introduced it last December….In two new preprints, scientists found that people infected with Covid-19 remained infectious after five days….Extending the isolation period from five to ten days could be more safe, according to the study at Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston.”

In June of this year, Dr. Anthony Fauci tested positive for Covid-19, and on July 22, White House Covid-19 response coordinator Dr. Ashish Jha said, “This virus is going to be with us forever.” Can you imagine the population control elitists’ response to this? For months before CBS News announced the success of breast cancer drug Sabizabulin in treating Covid-19, I was promoting it in an article which the press refused to publish. The same is true for my promoting Allocetra and EXO-CD24, which clinical trials in Israel have demonstrated can help even severely or critically ill Covid-19 patients. Why do you think the press/media refuse to let the public know of the success of these new treatments? For months, they also refused to print my promotion of hyperbaric oxygen therapy as reversing the signs of Alzheimer’s and Dementia, even though clinical trials in Israel have also proven its effectiveness?.

Another serious problem is at the hospital level. If you look at this, you will see that the FDA announced as far back as October 22, 2020 that regarding Veklury (Remdesivir), one needs to pay particular attention to low blood oxygen levels. A friend of mine, Jay Johnson, had Covid-19 and was in Rex/UNCHealthcare hospital with a doctor who kept giving him Remdesivir, saying it was “Protocol,” despite the fact that his blood oxygen level had declined to a life-threatening level of 50, and he had shortness of breath. Then due to his wife’s research of the FDA’s announcement, he refused to take any more Remdesivir, and his blood oxygen level increased miraculously the next day to 90. He and his nurses were amazed and thankful. To see his story, go to You Tube videos and search “Tragedy, Triumph and an Angel named BREAKTHROUGH.”

So, what is next? According to David Axe in “Scientists Fear We’re Not Ready for Nightmare New COVID Variant” (August 7, 2022): “…The SARS-CoV-2 virus is almost certainly here to stay. Another wave is all but inevitable as new variants and subvariants mutate, compete for dominance, and find new transmission pathways. How fast that wave comes, and how bad it gets, probably comes down to a genetic competition between different mutations of the novel coronavirus. If we get lucky, a mild form of the virus wins out—and buys us time to prepare for a worse form of the virus that’s almost certainly coming.”

© 2022 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

August 9, 2022

When you see that in order to produce, you need to obtain permission from men who produce nothing — When you see that money is flowing to those who deal, not in goods, but in favors – When you see that men get richer by graft and by pull than by work, and your laws don’t protect you against them, but protect them against you – When you see corruption being rewarded and honesty becoming a self-sacrifice – You may know that your society is doomed.  —Ayn Rand, Atlas Shrugged 1957

All tyrannies rule through fraud and force, but once the fraud is exposed, they must rely exclusively on force.  —George Orwell

If I were asked today to formulate as concisely as possible what was the main cause of the ruinous revolution that swallowed up some 60 million of our people, I could not put it more accurately than to repeat: ‘Men had forgotten God; that is why all this has happened.’  —Alexandre Solzhenitsyn

The founders of this country were brilliant men of letters and statesmen whose greatest desire was to endow the inhabitants of this glorious land with our God given freedoms.  As such, we the people, were to be guardians of our rights so that they would never become privileges.

Benjamin Franklin is thought of as “The First American.”  He was a member of the Continental Congress and helped to draft the Declaration of Independence.  Franklin was there as a member of the Constitutional Convention in 1787 and helped to draft our magnificent Constitution.  He was an inventor, an author and founder of the University of Pennsylvania along with America’s first hospital and public library.  He even identified lead poisoning and the charting of ocean currents.

Franklin stated, “Rebellion to tyrants is obedience to God,” and proposed it for the motto of the Great Seal of the United States.  He seemed to see into the future when he said, “Freedom of speech is a principal pillar of a free government; when this support is taken away, the constitution of a free society is dissolved, and tyranny is erected on its ruins. Republics…derive their strength and vigor from a popular examination into the action of the magistrates.”

Founding Father Franklin hoped that the love of liberty would spread throughout the world, but today we see a different future for our America, a future that is anything but bright and promising.  His love of liberty has certainly not spread worldwide despite the lives of our soldiers being sacrificed on foreign battlefields for freedom.

“The preservation of the sacred fire of liberty, and the destiny of the Republican model of Government, are justly considered as deeply, perhaps as finally staked, on the experiment entrusted to the hands of the American people.” – George Washington

Totalitarianism

On page 245 of The Origins of Totalitarianism, Holocaust survivor Hannah Arendt wrote the following words:

One of the most glaring differences between the old-fashioned rule by bureaucracy and the up-to-date totalitarian brand is that Russia’s and Austria’s pre-war rulers were content with an idle radiance of power and, satisfied to control its outward destinies, left the whole inner life of the soul intact.  Totalitarian bureaucracy, with a more complete understanding of the meaning of absolute power, intruded upon the private individual and his inner life with equal brutality.  The result of this radical efficiency has been that the inner spontaneity of people under its rule was killed along with their social and political activities, so that the merely political sterility under the older bureaucracies was followed by total sterility under totalitarian rule.

We are fast approaching the total sterility of totalitarian rule that Ms. Arendt spoke of 72 years ago.  Total enslavement is the despotic goal.

Over 157 years ago, a watershed event torpedoed the nation in a direction opposite of that which our founders intended.  What we’re living through today, is a massive disintegration of society, culture, human decency and liberty, leading us into feudalistic tyranny.

Collectivism/Marxism

Collectivism, i.e., communism is the subject matter of The Turning of the Tides, by former Congressman Paul W. Shafer and John Howland Snow.  It tells of how America’s teachers were indoctrinated with collectivism/Marxism, and through teachers’ unions, were taught to condition our children subtly and secretly toward a socialist America.

Listed on Page 145 are the rules of the collectivists: “does it serve our purpose?”  It will sound only too familiar, but was written in the 1940s.

“The Global State will at first finance itself by appropriating your earnings under the guise of taxes.  It will appropriate your savings by inflation—which is a progressive capital levy on all.  It will continue to shatter the value of those savings to ‘pay’ for its crusade—inflation’s sole and unique cause.

“Thus, financed into being, The Global State will substitute its collective love and wisdom for your own.

“The State will now ‘revalue’ its currency, and from this point it can permanently finance itself.  This it will do by fiat control of money.  It will take over every form of wealth—and substitute its collective ownership for your own.

“Unless the policy called internationalism is stopped, this is its course.  By no other means can the new internationalism perpetuate itself.

“And this reversion to feudalism is being called ‘social reconstruction’—as taught in the Nation’s schools.”

Our children are reared in the public schools and brought up according to the dictates of social scientists who are global in their sphere. They are experimenting on our youngsters to rid them of individuality, discipline, character, independence and other honorable qualities of a free and mature nature.  And what happens to the people and the wealth of the Nation?  It declines.  It is regressivism, i.e., collectivism and Marxism on a grand scale, and we are seeing the results in today’s youth.  Discipline in the classroom has so declined that teachers are afraid of their students.

All of this was planned over a century ago, and Klaus Schwab and his minions are just the latest generation in the effort to bring their final goals to fruition.  The left’s outcries of racism are simply a deflection of their true nature. They psychologically project on their enemies what their true goals entail. Enslavement!

Minions of the Great Reset

The latest so-called leader of this nightmare from hell is Klaus Schwab, but we know he is just another puppet, another player along the road of turning America into a communist nation.  Collectivism, regionalism, governance, public/private partnerships, the New World Order, the Great Reset, and ultimately United Nations Agenda 21/30 are all the same.  Changing the names is just part of the game.

Klaus Schwab was born in Ravensburg, Germany in 1938, but like many front men, his life has been white washed or silenced from public scrutiny.  No one knows if he has any religious beliefs but presume he is an atheist.

Let’s clear one thing up…Schwab is NOT related to the Rothschilds despite internet stories claiming otherwise.  The Rothschilds have referred this story to their defamation counsel in Basel. There are some wonderful members of this family who are generous philanthropists who do not agree with other factions of the family. Don’t bother to email me scurrilous anti-Semitic accounts of this wealthy banking family.

Johnny Vedmore’s article, Schwab Family Values contains what appears to be valid documentation of Klaus Schwab’s family being Nazi collaborators.  I can neither prove nor disprove Vedmore’s claims, but his research sounds plausible to me.

Schwab has sent his new Communist 3.0 Manifesto to every world leader and every governor/premier of every state and province around the world. His game is tyranny and enslavement.

Maurice Strong, father of global warming and United Nations Agenda 21, arguably the most significant and most secretive plan for global transformation, was Klaus Schwab’s friend and mentor.

He was an advocate of Global Governance via the United Nations, and Spiritual Governance via the cultish Temple of Understanding, which blends all religions, (in New York City next to UN) and Environmental-governance via The Earth Charter and the Ark of the Gaia Covenant.  When he left “Mother Earth” in 2015, Strong passed his sustainability mantel to none other than Klaus Schwab.

“I am deeply saddened that Maurice Strong passed away yesterday at the age of 86.” -Schwab, Nov. 29, 2015. “He was one of the most extraordinary personalities I ever met.

“He deeply incorporated the World Economic Forum’s mission of improving the state of the world into everything he did. He was a great visionary, always ahead of our times in his thinking. He was my mentor since the creation of the Forum: a great friend; an indispensable advisor; and, for many years, a member of our Foundation Board. Without him, the Forum would not have achieved its present significance.”

Strong’s intent for America was clear when he stated, “Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class…involving high meat intake, consumption of large amounts of frozen and convenience foods, ownership of motor vehicles, golf courses, small electric appliances, home and work place air-conditioning, and suburban housing are not sustainable… Isn’t the only hope for the planet that the industrialized civilizations collapse? Isn’t it our responsibility to bring this about?”

Not only will these elite control our food, but the World Economic Forum agenda (WEF) is calling for the end of private car ownership in the name of saving the world from climate change by reducing the need for green tech resources.  “We need a clean energy revolution, and we need it now,” the WEF begins its article.

One hundred years of gasoline vehicles hasn’t changed the environment, but the elite are hellbent on eliminating vehicles.  Bike trails and sidewalks are now the rage throughout “smart growth” America.  THE WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM A Partner in Shaping History, 1971 to 2020.

In 2009, George Kent wrote an article for the UN entitled, The Benefits of World Hunger.  When it went viral after several years, it was removed, but the Wayback Machine caught it.

The United Nations has also declared war on “Dangerous” Conspiracy Theories: ‘The World is Not Secretly Manipulated by Global Elite.’  More censorship and an attack on those who spread the truth.

While their friend and partner, Bill Gates, busies himself with developing a vaccine that spreads like a virus to inoculate everyone, Schwab is advocating that no one should buy or sell without a digital health certificate, and he advocates trans-humanism while insisting on lockdowns of even religion.

Henry Kissinger was another of Klaus Schwab’s mentors. German born, Kissinger served as Secretary of State under President Richard Nixon and National Security Advisor for President Gerald Ford.  He is a long-time member of the globalist Council on Foreign Relations.  Schwab met Kissinger over 50 years ago when he was at Harvard and Kissinger was a faculty member.  In 1980, Kissinger attended Davos for the first time and he was an invited guest speaker at the WEF in 2022.

Kissinger never could speak without mentioning the New World Order several times.  He was a devout promoter of the “Great Reset” along with his friend Nelson Rockefeller who became Vice President under Gerald Ford.  He was also very close to David Rockefeller and penned a love letter to the man at his death.  From Rockefellers to Kissinger to Schwab, all are depopulation proponents via United Nations Agenda 21/30.

The Rockefellers and the United Nations are joined together at the hip.

The Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research was established in New York in 1902 and by 1928 had received from John D. Rockefeller $65 million in endowment funds.

In contrast, as late as 1938, as little as $2.8 million in federal funding was budgeted for the entire U.S. Public Health Service.  Yet there was enough for the ungodly and evil Tuskegee Syphilis Experiment from 1932 to 1972.

In 2020, Kissinger joined with eugenicist and fellow depopulation promoter, Bill Gates in pushing mandatory vaccines, extended lockdowns and of course, “global governance.”

It is easy to see that the Rockefeller family investment in health science research predated, and far surpassed, even the federal governments. More than the New Deal, WWII created the greatest boom in federal government and private industry support for medical research.

Our POWs and MIAs were left behind in Vietnam because of Kissinger; he turned his back on a deal that would have brought them home.  Kiss the Boys Goodbye, How the United States Betrayed its Own POWS in Vietnam by Monika and William Stevenson, exposes the betrayal of our soldiers by the American government via Kissinger.

On page 42-43 of Henry Kissinger, Soviet Agent, author Frank Capell tells of Henry’s love of the communists.  The growth of China as a world power can be laid at the feet of Kissinger when he convinced President Nixon to open the door to China and visit Mao.  He made sure the communists stayed in power when he heard of a planned coup by the military to eliminate Mao Tse-tung and Chou En-lai in order to affect a military takeover of Red China.  Kissinger flew to China and his visit resulted in the execution of a group of top Chinese military men and a blackout of news from Red China.

On Page 21 of the same book, Henry Paolucci of St. John’s University, wrote a study about Kissinger which appeared in the Congressional Record of August 4, 1971, a portion of which states: “Henry Kissinger, too, expressed as recently as 1965 the conviction that the time was at hand for a surrender of nationhood because ‘institutions based on present concepts of national sovereignty are not enough.’  The goal of a supra-nationalist world community ‘will not come quickly; many intermediate stages must be traversed before it can be reached.  It is not too early, however, to prepare ourselves for this step beyond the nation-state.’”

These few men and others are the ones who, in our lifetimes, have planned the destruction of humanity, freedom and liberty.

Conclusion

At the center of this evil lies the United Nations and their promotion of depopulation, vaccines, world governments, and ultimately the arrival of the evil one.

We live in dark times.  Tyrannical despots seek total control.

In King David’s imprecatory psalms, he pleads with the Lord for help in destroying his enemies.  “Plead my cause, O Lord, with them that strive with me: fight against them that fight against me.” Psalm 35:1.  We need the Lord’s help!

Ben Franklin reminded us long ago that, “Freedom is not a gift bestowed upon us by other men, but a right that belongs to us by the laws of God and nature.”

We have failed to guard and preserve those God given freedoms from encroaching tyranny. It’s now or never to take a stand!

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Devvy

August 8, 2022

Flashback.  Due to my schedule and on the heels of my column last week, Global Depression is Already Underway, August 1, 2022, what needed to get done – permanent solutions – 12 years later still hasn’t and We the People are paying a horrible price with the worst yet to come.

Knowing the truth will allow people to plan and go for solutions instead of more Band Aids.  There’s been a few hick ups with the market but as I said in my Global Depression column, what’s underway will rock the world.

Some fool in the prostitute media blathered on last week about 538,00 new jobs and if the economy wasn’t booming, there wouldn’t be so many new jobs added.  What rubbish.  After my column above was posted, here’s even more of the “booming economy”:

SoundCloud Confirms Layoffs Impacting Nearly 20% of Its Workforce, August 3, 2022 // Mass Layoffs Coming This Month to CNN Parent Company Warner Bros. Discovery, August 1, 2022 // Very bad:  Blackstone Prepares A Record $50 Billion To Snap Up Real Estate During The Coming Crash, July 22,2022

Alert: US Pending Home Sales Decline Over 13x Expected Numbers, July 28, 2022 // PayPal joins the long list of American companies that are laying off staff, August 3, 2022  //  Winter is coming – American tech companies lay off workers, August 1, 2022:  “According to reports, as of July, American tech companies have laid off more than 30,000 employees.” List of companies including Tesla: “Tesla recruiter: “Without any warning, I feel like life is uprooted, but billionaires can save some money…Why layoffs? All so that billionaires can continue to save more money so they can stay afloat while uprooting thousands of lives.” No warning, either.

Walmart Reportedly Planning To Lay Off 200 Staff: Here Are The Major U.S. Job Cuts As Recession Fears Grow, August 2, 2022 //  Walmart’s Heirs Earn $11.6B in One Morning — and Their Net Worth Is Just as Jaw-Dropping – Of course during the bogus COVID lockdowns, private sector businesses selling the same products went bankrupt.  The “big box” stores flourished.  //  It’s Happening: Here Is A List Of 11 Big Companies That Have Announced Layoffs Within The Last 2 Weeks, August 5, 2022 – “#11 Geico has closed every single one of their offices in the state of California, and that will result in vast numbers of workers losing their jobs…

“GEICO, one of the largest insurance companies in the United States, reportedly closed all 38 of its California offices on Monday, resulting in hundreds of workers being laid off.”  This doesn’t even count the number of banks closing.  // Greyerz – This Fall Will See Riots, Food Shortages, Massive Inflation, Social Unrest, Higher Gold Prices And Collapsing Stock Markets, August 6, 2022 (Audio)  //  Walmart, Allbirds, StockX and Other Companies Laying Off Staff Amid the Economic Downturn, August 4, 2022, while Biden’s bimbo White House Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre flounders all over the place daily pushing nonsense about the economy.

Letter to 1100 State Legislators – sound money bill
By: Devvy
February 2, 2010

“Money is the most important subject intellectual persons can investigate and reflect upon. It is so important that our present civilization may collapse unless it is widely understood and its defects remedied very soon.” Robert H. Hemphill, former credit manager, Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

On January 18, 2010, I sent a letter [1] to 1100 state representatives and senators. I would like to thank all those who donated for the postage, printing, labels and envelopes to do these massive mailings (another one below).  All of those legislators either voted for (if given the opportunity) a Tenth Amendment Resolution bill in their state last year or is a strong supporter of the Tenth amendment. It was no easy task tracking them all down. I might have missed one or two names, but it is nonetheless a considerable number of lawmakers in more than three dozen states.

Not all 50 states had Tenth Amendment Resolutions. I find it remarkable that so many state legislators voted against an existing Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. I guess those state legislators don’t believe the U.S. Constitution is the supreme law of the land or more likely, they wish to ignore it in order to continuing receiving hot checks from Congress as they mismanage their state budgets. Too bad so many never headed these words:

“Madison, agreeing with the journal of the convention, records that the grant of power to emit bills of credit was refused by a majority of more than four to one. The evidence is perfect; no power to emit paper money was granted to the legislature of the United States.” George Bancroft, A Plea for the Constitution (1886)

The letter is self-explanatory, but the issue of the states establishing a parallel monetary system apart from the unconstitutional Federal Reserve is paramount and one of extreme urgency. As I write this column, “The Democratic-controlled Senate (dead link) has muscled through a plan to allow the government to go a whopping $1.9 trillion deeper in debt.” Obama/Soetoro has announced “his” new budget at an insane $3.8 TRILLION “dollars.”

The people’s treasury is overdrawn $12.2 TRILLION “dollars” in paper money. You, me, our children and grandchildren each now “owe” roughly $112,998.00 in debt run up by one Congress after another. What’s another $3.8 TRILLION when you’re in the hole over $12 TRILLION shoved down our throats by the same incumbents the American people continue to return to office election after election with the help of vote fraud and illegal aliens voting. If you have never seen the debt clock, look at it – this is UNSUSTAINABLE. Mark my words: Another massive financial tsunami is picking up speed and we will see more disaster very soon. The numbers don’t lie.

Some of this “money” is funneled back to the States of the Union. The states then dole it out for expenditures like education. But, wait just a minute! Citizens in all 50 states pay either a state income tax or for those states like mine that have no state personal income tax, revenues are raised through sales tax, property taxes, state gasoline taxes and so forth.

Here in Texas the tab for the dumbing down schools runs in the billions. The citizens of California are raped in personal state income taxes to fund their dumbing down, filth peddling government indoctrination centers they call schools. THEN, the feds steal more fruits of our labor via the federal “income” tax to fund education.

We are fleeced at the state level. The fruits of our labor are stolen again by the IRS allegedly to “fund” education at the federal level. That means the same money sucked out of us is then doled back to the states. Where is all that money going for what passes as education in this country since we are paying twice for the same service? Last year, California got $6 BILLION in federal funding (“stimulus”) for schools to supplement the tens of billions they were spending, but “fell short.”

That $6 BILLION comes from you and me because California’s State Legislature spends more than they take in and it never ends. Many states have done the same thing. In other words, the fruits of my labor and yours are stolen from us to reward incompetence by another state legislature. They’re all doing it and it’s wrong.

Only two states are in the black, the other 48 are in dire financial straits; ten on the verge of extreme financial meltdown. It is imperative that one understand our monetary system, the debauching of our currency and why the “dollar” isn’t worth a dollar to fully appreciate the situation the states face if they don’t pass into law an alternative system (based on gold) to pay their bills.

As you see in the letter to the state legislators, I set up a special page which educates on the issue of money; click here.  (2022:  Very important)

Now, it’s up to you to contact your state representative and senator. Today and everyday until this gets done. Make a copy of the letter [1] and include it with yours and smail mail it. Pile up their desks with this issue. Here is the list (dead link) of state reps and senators who received the letter; not all in alphabetical order. Constitutional Attorney, Larry Becraft, sent this link over with a comment: “Look at the attachment for latest news (today) of how the banks have been “authorized” to cook the books.” State legislatures must see what the rest of the world can see: Financial calamity staring them in the face and sticking with Federal Reserve “Notes” is a sure fire recipe for financial collapse. As I write this, the FDIC, whose own coffers are empty, (Dead link) have already seized 15 banks this month alone.

Let your state legislator know that the financial survival of your state rests upon getting a bill through the legislature before they go out of session (many states will close for the year as early as May) and signed into law. Let them know you stand by them and will lend your full support to this effort. If you only read Dr. Edwin’s testimony to the Montana State Legislature almost a year ago on the special web page cited above, you will fully understand why this is so important.

Our national sovereignty is unique, as is our currency to our republic. If we don’t return to an honest monetary system, we will end up getting destroyed by a resurrected, diabolical replacement called “Carbon Currency.” I absolutely shuttered when I read the fine details. I urge you to read these nine pages; I hope state legislators see the danger that is already in progress.  (2022:  Those nine pages are a must read as it’s underway with the “Great Reset.)

If you live in the great State of Indiana, visit the Indiana Honest Money web site to get involved. If you are in another state and get involved in this effort, send me the web site and I’ll send it out via my email alert system to let people know. Visit Committees of Safety’s web site (Dead link) as this is one of our top priorities. I know this issue is being worked in several states and I will keep everyone updated as I find out bill numbers.

Second letter to the same 1100 state lawmakers concerns the original structure of the U.S. Congress, Art. 1, Sec. 3: “The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each state, chosen by the legislature thereof, for six years; and each Senator shall have one vote.” This balance between equal rights for we the people (House of Representatives) and the states (U.S. Senate) was destroyed when the Seventeenth Amendment was announced ratified in 1913. From then on, the mobs began to elect corrupt individuals who promised them the largess of the people’s treasury.

“The rebellion has begun.” Robert the Bruce, Braveheart

This letter dealing with this critical issue [2] is also self-explanatory. The states can never regain their full sovereignty as long as the toxic Seventeenth Amendment is recognized as a valid amendment.

Again, I set up a special educational page on this issue; click here.

Last year I went to the National Archives in Washington, DC., and retrieved all the documents on the ratification of that amendment. They are court certified; there’s no question as to their authenticity. I started scanning them to post on the Internet, but due to a computer break down the file was corrupted, so I’ve started re-scanning them. In the meantime, I know there are many state lawmakers fed up with their U.S. Senators and their voting records. There is a lot of big talk about creating jobs, yet there is absolutely no talk or pledges from incumbent senators or candidates to get rid of NAFTA, CAFTA and GATT — ILLEGAL treaties that have destroyed MILLIONS of good paying jobs while Americans stand in unemployment lines.

The states also face another potential, huge tragedy with U.S. Senators like Juan McCain, who stands lock step with Marxist Obama/Soetoro in their pledge for another immoral amnesty for criminals (illegal aliens). The states are at the mercy of corrupt senators looking to appease special interest voting blocs (pro ILLEGALs) because they have no representation in Congress.

Haven’t the states and her citizens suffered enough because the U.S. Senate has refused to impeach federal judges legislating from the bench?

Haven’t the states and her citizens suffered enough because the U.S. Senate ratified unconstitutional treaties that have destroyed the rights of the states and shipped MILLIONS of good paying jobs overseas? [3][4][5]

Haven’t the states suffered enough spending hundreds of millions of dollars giving criminals (illegal aliens) free medical, education for their illegal children, food stamps, welfare and the cost of incarcerating the ones caught murdering, raping and robbing our citizens? In the bigger states, it’s BILLIONS every year. Not to mention the millions of jobs now held by illegals in all states depriving natural born and legally naturalized citizens of those jobs. Illegals have NO right to hold any job in America, period.

When will enough be enough for the states and their citizens? I said it was enough when I started pounding on this back in the mid-1990s. The only way this issue will become a priority is by doing the same as I explained above for sound money bills. Boots on the ground and stay focused on your state legislatures. They are the last line of defense to stop the insanity coming out of Washington, DC.

Stopping all of this will not come from those outlaws in Congress. It must be the state legislatures (and any governors who actually care about our republic) and we the people at the grass roots level. Will you do your part?

Legislators also need to go public with the sound money bill. Get on as much radio as possible. Have one of your volunteers contact the radio stations in your state and get you booked. State legislators all have office budgets. If ten or twenty of you pool resources, you can buy full page ads in the big state newspapers about the money bill, why it’s so important and what it means to the citizens of your state and ask them to get behind it. Ask for volunteers who supported your election to write letters to the editor for all the newspapers in the state. Get the bill number out there so the citizens of the state can then contact their rep and senator. He who shouts the loudest gets the attention.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes:

[1] Letter to State Legislators – Sound Money Bill
[2] Letter to State Legislators – Seventeenth Amendment
[3] Jurisdiction Questioned
[4] Treaties Empower Congress to Ignore States Rights
[5] FDA, DEA Find Basis in International Treaties
[6] Obama’s Executive Orders & the constitutional militia
[7] States’ rights rebellion over National Guard

Educational links on money:

1 – Memorandum of Law – The Money Issue
2 – Charles Weisman The Mint And Coinage Acts
Of The United States
3 – Be sure to get Dr. Edwin Vieira’s new and excellent publication: A Practical Guide to Gold Clauses

Sometime you might wish to read a speech I made several years ago. It clearly defines the same rot and corruption we have suffered from electing U.S. Senators; click here.

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 8, 2022

Last week, I listened to NPR’s Terry Gross interview Scott Higham, the author of American Cartel, the opioid death crisis overwhelming America in 2021 with 107,000 overdose deaths.  Please note that authorities expect another 100,000 deaths in 2022.

Writing for the Washington Post, Higham wrote a thoroughly terrifying book, American Cartel, showing how too many members of Congress facilitated the drug crisis by passing legislation to make sure that DEA agents could not shut down the distribution of drugs.  In other words, our own elected officials and medical doctors are as criminal as the criminals who bring the drugs into the USA from our southern border, as well as the drug stores that stock them across the USA.

In 2021, 150 BILLION Opioid Pills Distributed Throughout the USA

How do you wrap your mind around 150 billion pills?  Who could do that to THAT many people?  How could doctors prescribe such deadly drugs?

That’s 150 billion pills—that’s the figure Higham gave Terry Gross during the interview.  That’s why he titled the book: American Cartel.  The enemy lives right in our own backyard as pharmacists, U.S. senators, sales persons, President Joe Biden, Mexican drug cartels, MS-13 pushers in all major cities, and God only knows how many other elected officials who benefited from opioid drugs such as fentanyl, and the list grows.

At some point, Joe Biden should be impeached for his breaking of America’s laws by inviting drug cartels to completely and totally overwhelm our border with Mexico.  Joe Biden, by his own hand, invited this invasion of drugs across our borders.  His legacy will be the hundreds of thousands of lives that suffered and died at the hands of the drugs he allowed into the USA.

But then you start looking at the medical doctors that prescribed them!

It’s estimated that more than 107,000 people in the United States died due to opioid overdoses in 2021. Washington Post journalist Scott Higham notes it’s “…the equivalent of a 737 Boeing crashing and burning and killing everybody on board every single day of the year.”

“In the new book, American Cartel, Higham and co-author Sari Horwitz make the case that the pharmaceutical industry operated like a drug cartel, with manufacturers at the top; wholesalers in the middle; and pharmacies at the level of “street dealers.” What’s more, Higham says, the companies collaborated with each other — and with lawyers and lobbyists — to create legislation that protected their industry, even as they competed for market share.

“Most people think it’s the political parties that run the show or it’s the White House that runs the show, but it really is the companies that run the show,” Higham says. “People were dying by the thousands while these companies were lobbying members of Congress … to pass legislation and to lobby members of the Department of Justice and try to slow down the DEA enforcement efforts.” (Source: Terry Gross, August 2, 2022, NPR)

If even one of you reading this column suffered the loss of a child, parent, friend or neighbor, you must be furious upon knowing that Joe Biden and Congress along with your local doctors facilitated and engineered this drug epidemic. All for what?  Answer: money, and lots of it.

Higham says that big pharma fought to create legislation that would limit the DEA’s ability to go after drug wholesalers. The efforts were effective; more than 150 billion pills were manufactured, distributed and dispensed between 2006 and 2014, during the height of the opioid epidemic.

Meanwhile, both federal and state DEA agents are frustrated by the ways in which their enforcement efforts have been curtailed.

“If you talk to them, they’ll tell you that this didn’t need to happen,” Higham said. “The guardrails were in place to prevent an opioid epidemic. And those guardrails were removed by the drug industry, by its lobbyists, by its allies in Congress and its allies in the Justice Department.”

Higham said one DEA agent he spoke to put it stark terms, saying, ” ‘We didn’t get defeated by the drug cartels. We got defeated by the K Street cartel.’ ”

I implicitly add that Joe Biden may be deemed the ringleader.  I defy anyone to argue with that point.  He allowed over 2,000,000 illegal border crossers in 2021.  He allowed billions of dollars of drugs to cross over the border. He allowed MS 13 drug pushers to expand their territories into your town.   Without question, he’s one of the deadliest presidents in modern history.

We are living with the criminals within our ranks.

Higham said, “Johnson & Johnson and the big three drug distributors have settled for $26 billion, which sounds like a lot of money, and that money is going to go to drug treatment programs, etc., in some of these communities. But on the day that that settlement was announced, the share prices of all those companies rose by an average of 3%. So what does that tell you about how these fines and these settlements are affecting the bottom lines of these companies? It’s not having an impact.

“But when you talk to the families [of people who have died], they say: Where is the accountability? Where is the justice? This money, it’s almost like the cost of doing business and it’s not affecting them. They’ve not apologized. They’ve not said they’ve done anything wrong. And right now there are 40,000 Americans who are in jail on marijuana charges. And not one executive of a Fortune 500 company involved in the opioid trade has been charged with a crime.”

Money may be the biggest, most insipid, most prevalent criminal in America.  Look what it does.  Look at the gross inequities of drug addicts, the deaths and the misery from all who suffer at the hands of the CEO’s of Johnson & Johnson, Pfizer, et. al.

What does it show this journalist?  Answer: we’ve got a very sick society of those who lie, cheat and steal for money. We’ve got a very sick society of illiterate, miserable and decayed lives of people addicted to drugs.  Is it going to get better?  What’s your guess?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Rob Pue

August 7, 2022

Just about every week, I’m contacted by folks who are desperately searching for a church body in their area to be a part of, with a pastor who is unafraid and unashamed of preaching the whole counsel of God, regardless of who it may offend.  Unfortunately, I can offer little hope to them.  Churches like this seem to have gone the way of the horse and buggy. [See the DVD: Enemies Within the Church]

Some time ago, a friend shared with me his experience in visiting a new church, that he had hoped would be a good fit.  His experience went something like this: Upon entering the church, he was greeted by a coffee shop, replete with soft, cushiony couches, secular magazines, cable television and internet access. Nearby was the “auditorium” where the band was playing Bon Jovi on the “stage.” The auditorium was almost completely dark; only the stage was illuminated with theatrical lighting.

They passed the offering “bucket” not once, but twice, and then, just before the pastor dismissed the “crowd,” he had the ushers pass out his personal “wish list” of things he would like people to buy for him. When the “service” was over, the “pastor” didn’t greet people as they filed out, but instead, he sat in a corner and joked with a friend, completely ignoring his congregation.

Sadly, more churches than ever are now following this format in the misguided attempt to be more “seeker friendly.” Another friend told me a similar story of a church they had visited while out of town. The style and format was very similar, and my friend’s response was the same — they left with an empty feeling, wondering what had just happened, and what the purpose of the whole thing was supposed to be.

Often times, well meaning readers of Wisconsin Christian News ask for copies of our newspaper to place in their church.  Unfortunately, after 23 years of publishing, I must inform them that our newspaper is absolutely NOT welcome in 99% of churches.  You see, our newspaper takes a firm stand opposing abortion, we favor traditional marriage and family, and we work to uphold conservative Christian values — not to mention a literal interpretation of the Scriptures, with a simple belief that the Bible is actually true. (What a concept!) These churches could not take the chance that someone in their midst might take offense at such things, so even if the pastor will accept a few copies of the paper from one of his members, he throws them all in the trash the minute they walk out the door. The church leadership in these places walk on eggshells, being ever so careful to make sure everyone remains comfortably numb, everything is accepted and no lifestyle is perceived as wrong.

Much was made of the statistics, released a few years ago, that showed equal numbers of Christian marriages ending in divorce as non-Christian marriages. But this was just the tip of the iceberg. Today, “Christians” look so much like the “world,” that the two are virtually identical, and divorces among “Christian” couples now outnumber those of non-Christian couples.   Even worse, when last I checked, 76% of regular church going evangelicals now approve of so-called “same-sex marriage.”  One lost soul put it this way: “Christians are the same as we are, except Christians have a bunch of rules to follow, they live in guilt because they don’t keep the rules, can’t do anything ‘fun,’ and think they’re better than us. They’re a bunch of hypocrites.”

When you cater to the world, this is the result you end up with. Cowardly church leadership has tried so hard to be “seeker friendly” and look “cool” to the unsaved world, that they have now become as worldly as the world their forefathers once tried to reach with the Gospel. Some are simply misguided. Others are more guilty, because they’ve actively turned the faith into a money-making venture. “Seeker-friendly,” to them, is not a method of winning souls to Christ. It’s a business plan.

Repeatedly, Scripture tells us to sanctify ourselves, to be separate from the world, to not compromise, but rather to be set apart. In the Old Testament, we see that as the Israelites entered the Promised Land, the Lord told them NOT to compromise with the heathen inhabitants there. He did NOT say, “act like they act, be like them, and they will like you. Then you can teach them about Me.”  No, they were not to imitate them in any way. To do so would mean certain destruction.

In the New Testament, John tells us, “Do not love the world or anything in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him. For everything in the world — the cravings of sinful man, the lust of his eyes and the boasting of what he has and does — comes not from the Father but from the world.” (1 John 2:17).   We’re to be in the world, (as salt and light) but not OF the world. So why are more and more Christian leaders teaching that it’s ok to look like the world if, by doing so, we can add more people to the church?

To find the answer, we need to ask a deeper question: who are we building the church for? It’s obviously not for Christ and the Kingdom of God, because in compromising with the world, we negate the teaching of Scripture. Maybe we can get more people through the doors, but what is the purpose of that? Are we really trying to save souls? Or are we simply trying to increase our “market share?”

One pastor I spoke to boasted about the size of his church. “Yeah,” he said, “we worship about 3,000 people on a weekend here.” Oh, really? You “worship” about 3,000 people? And what is the result? How many of those 3,000 know Christ as their Savior? How many have fruitful, changed lives? Are they drawing closer to God? Or are they coming for the rock band, the comedian, the gourmet coffee? You call that worship of the Living God?

I’ve seen these churches, and the people there learn nothing of God. They come to church wearing T-shirts with vulgar sayings on them, because they truly don’t know any better. They couldn’t locate a Scripture reference if their lives depended on it (and, by the way, they do), and they cannot even explain the plan of salvation, much less tell you why Christ is the only way to heaven. There’s no reverence for God, no respect, just a feel-good pep rally.

The Christian life is not one of cushy comfort and ease. We’re specifically called to leave our personal comfort zones and impact the world.  Somehow in America today, we’ve managed to get it completely backwards. Satan delights in his success as he sees one church after another trying to out-entertain the next one. It’s a circus sideshow, described in Ephesians 4:18-19, “They are darkened in their understanding and separated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them due to the hardening of their hearts. Having lost all sensitivity, they have given themselves over to sensuality so as to indulge in every kind of impurity, with a continual lust for more.”

Isn’t it time we get past the entertainment culture, and embrace something more wholesome and spiritually nutritious?  It’s time we put away these foolish, childish things and embrace the substantial, the Holy. We can never “out-entertain” the secular entertainment world, nor should we ever try to.

Ephesians 5:15-17, “Be very careful, then, how you live – not as unwise but as wise, making the most of every opportunity, because the days are evil. Therefore, do not be foolish, but understand what the Lord’s will is.”

Have some respect for God. Have some respect for His house. Worship Him properly, with reverence and awe. Study His Word to learn His ways and His will for you. The Christian life is not restrictive and certainly not boring. But it is a higher path and a narrow gate, and it calls for godliness, righteousness, self control and self-denial. Those are just a few of the basics — and it’s time we get back to them.

Now, I realize it’s nearly impossible today to find a church body that even remotely attempts to follow the ways of the early Church that Christ built.  The Institutional Church is in the midst of the Great Falling Away.  But there’s nothing stopping you from starting your own Home Church.  This is the biblical model of the early disciples.  Maybe it’s just your own family at first, but as you take the responsibility of building yourself up for the work of the ministry, you’ll be emboldened by the Holy Spirit to invite others.  What an amazing opportunity to make disciples — and then train THEM up for the work of the ministry as well.

I also have a deep and great respect for the Mennonite people.  Perhaps you think you could never join such a serious and strict community.  They look different and they act different and you’re not used to that.  But let me remind you of 1 Peter 2:9, “But you are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, a holy nation, a peculiar people, that you should show forth the praises of Him who has called you out of darkness into His marvelous light.”

Yes, the Mennonites ARE a peculiar people — in a world gone insane with the Institutional Church leading the way.  Let’s also read a portion of 2 Corinthians 6, “Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers.  For what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness?  And what communion hath light with darkness?  And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols?  For you are the temple of the living God; as God has said, I will dwell in them and walk in them, and I will be their God and they shall be My people.  Wherefore, come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing, and I will receive you.”

Also from Jeremiah, 6:16, “Thus said the LORD, Stand in the ways, and see, and seek the old paths, where is the good way and walk therein, and you shall find rest for your souls.  But the people said, ‘We will not walk therein.’”

God’s calling us to be different from the carnal world around us.  He’s calling us to be a “peculiar people.”  He’s promised us rest for our souls if we follow the old paths.  Yet just as in Jeremiah’s day, the people still say, “We will not walk therein.”

Friends, I’ve learned that the Mennonite people do not crave the lustful things of this world.  Their clothing is plain and modest, rather than gaudy and shameful.  Their children are raised in loving homes where God is reverenced, their father is the “priest” in the home and together with their mother, the children are trained up in the way they should go.  They seek to walk in the “old paths” that our Creator designed for our benefit.

They also follow in the footsteps of the early disciples in that each learns a trade to provide for their families.  They’re not corrupted by the wicked public schools and colleges but still, most own their own businesses.  Young men begin as apprentices and eventually begin a business of their own.  There are Mennonite builders and construction workers and the craftsmanship  of their work is unrivaled.  Some are dentists or doctors.  Some own grocery stores.  Some are welders, mechanics or bakers.  They know how to raise their own food and don’t rely on government handouts.  And do you know why Mennonites were not so fearful of the ravages of COVID?  Because they don’t watch television!  But they ARE informed and very aware of current events — and they do read Wisconsin Christian News!

We can learn a lot from them.  Their church meetings are filled with reverence for God.  No rock bands — not even a church organ.  They sing acappella and if you’ve ever heard a Mennonite choir, you know it’s a truly awe-inspiring taste of heaven.  Many today are hurting in their souls and our modern churches and preachers are not helping, as they try to mix the carnal, worldly, lustful things of Satan with the Holy things of God.  It’s time to seek out the old paths, as peculiar people, set apart from the profane ways of this world.  There we WILL find rest for our souls.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Staff Writers from:
The North American Law Center

August 7, 2022

Like all political policy writers, we get a lot of reader mail, and almost all of it in recent times says the following – “I agree with everything you said and God Bless you for saying it! BUT…WHAT ARE THE SOLUTIONS?”

Meanwhile, every writer today has a burning question for YOU. Who is going to execute any real solutions presented? Because so far, “We the People” have seemed to be missing in action for well over a hundred years now.

If we give you just ONE solution to just ONE major problem, WILL YOU MAKE IT HAPPEN?

Trust us when we tell you, there is a real solution to every problem on earth. However, most don’t want the problems solved, while others wait for someone else to solve them. If you are a legal American Citizen, YOU are the person who has to solve every problem in the USA. You have to know how, and then you have to have the intelligence, determination, and courage to execute the solution, together. Otherwise, there is no viable solution to anything!

Rule #1 – “What you do, speaks so loudly, that what you say, I cannot hear.”

Americans are nothing at all if not the most opinionated people on earth. We want everyone to know what we think about everything. But when the time comes to transition from mere words into real action, “We the People” go missing really fast, as if they don’t even exist. Talk is only meaningful when it results in ACTION. If we had as many doers as we do talkers, we’d be writing about how great life in the USA is today.

Rule #2 – Every complex problem requires the simplest of solutions.

As this relates to election fraud, the cheating has taken place in so many ways on so many fronts for so many years, that people cannot fathom the notion that any solution to this critically fatal problem could possibly exist. Yet, it does…

Rule #3 – You have to work with the right group of others.

Everyone asks, “what can I do?” Alone, by yourself, NOTHING. Need we explain any further? “A house divided against itself, cannot stand.”

Rule #4 – Eliminate everything with a low or no chance of success.

Just as there is no shortage of opinions, there’s no shortage of suggested solutions, most of them, used to build databases of future donors, and they have little or no chance of success. In fact, most of the main solutions floated today are highly dangerous, as you will see in the Election Fraud Solution below.

Rule #5 – Quitters have 100% chance of losing.

Two types of people lose 100% of the time…Those who never leave the starting gate, and those who quit before they cross the finish line. In order to even have a chance of winning, you must START and FINISH.

If you agree with these five very basic rules of winning anything, then we can talk about the real solution to election fraud now. If you disagree, don’t bother reading any further, because no matter how right the solution may be, you are not able to be a productive part of any solution.

ELECTION FRAUD – THE REAL SOLUTION

NO MORE PAPER BALLOTS

We are well aware of how many Citizens have been trained to believe that paper balloting is the only solution to election fraud. They are 100% wrong! The opposite is true.

Election fraud has existed since long before machine voting. Those of us old enough and engaged enough to remember that history, know with certainty that paper balloting presents the easiest opportunities for fraud. Don’t believe us?

If there is no paper balloting, there can be no “mail-in elections,” no “ballot harvesting” and no flooding the machine with fake ballots dumped for hours and days after the election cutoff times, votes from dead people or “drop boxes” where numerous low-level people have already been arrested and charged with election fraud by these “paper ballot” methods.

In fact, most of the election fraud in 2020 and again in 2022, is being done via “paper ballots.” None of this form of cheating can happen if there are no paper ballots. Eliminating paper balloting altogether eliminates the many means of cheating with paper ballots. Only people alive and eligible to vote can show up to vote in person.

Still with us?

ELECTRONIC IN PERSON VOTING ONLY

We know, you have been trained to distrust and even hate electronic machine voting, even though you use electronics every day and believe you are secure. That’s because the people who love to cheat, control the machines, and need paper ballots to do it. They also need to count the millions of “paper” votes of those who can not show up to vote in person, because they are dead, already voted in another district, or are legally ineligible to vote.

In order to secure voting via an all-electronic voting system, the following things must be put in place.

• Make Election Day a National Holiday – so that every working Citizen can leave work to vote.
• All voters must prove they are legally eligible to vote in the USA, under the law.
• One way to do this is, one verified social security number, one vote, one district.
• 100% of voting must be done within the time allowed by law, no late votes after polls close.
• 100% in-person voting only. (see solution for true absentee voting)
• No voting eligibility for anyone who holds “dual citizenship” in another country.
• No internet connectivity on site at any voting location.
• Every voting location MUST have qualified independent computer technicians on site during election day to solve any glitches immediately, bonded, just in case fraud is found inside their machines.
• No more accepting and counting ballots minutes, hours, days, and weeks after the voting deadlines, with the exception of overseas military ballots, which must be counted whenever they arrive.
• Every voting machine must have a receipt printer (just like a credit card receipt) for every voter so that they can check that their ballot was registered properly before leaving the polling place. This is the only “paper” needed.
• Voters must keep their receipts in case of an election audit.
• End of day tabulations from each machine must be certified, locked, and stored on a hard drive with backups, accessible for review by any independent source, with receipt numbers for each voter accessible.
• Anytime a voter wants to check their vote as it was registered, they should be able to access it in a secure online portal, using their receipt number.

Now, while it is entirely impossible to control or even verify paper ballots today due to massive methods of paper ballot fraud, we must rely on newer technologies to make voting as easy and accurate as possible.

Eliminating all paper balloting eliminates all of the methods of cheating via paper ballots, all of them.

Before the doubter’s mention “disenfranchising voters” by these means, the only way to disenfranchise voters is to have more than one set of election rules and laws, designed to only suit some people. So long as election laws and rules are applied to everyone equally, available to all eligible voters evenly, no voter is disenfranchised.

In-person voting only, along with strict enforcement of voter eligibility, and stiff consequences for any effort to commit election fraud, will eliminate a lot of funny business from dead, duplicate, unverifiable or ineligible voters.

NO-EXCUSE ABSENTEE VOTING – NO MORE

As it concerns legitimate “absentee voting,” at present, 35 states and Washington, D.C., allow any qualified voter to vote by absentee/mail ballot without offering an excuse, and in the remaining states, an excuse is required. Some states offer a permanent absentee ballot list: once a voter asks to be added to the list, s/he will automatically receive an absentee ballot for all future elections.

The number one excuse given for absentee voting is “work.” This issue is easily solved by making every National Election Day a National Holiday. Time off work to vote in any primaries for national offices must also be allowed by every employer, by law, just like jury duty, except far more important.

Other secondary issues such as voting for elderly or sick, unable to go to a polling place in person, may use absentee voting options, so long as the options are secure, void of any influence over the voter and otherwise eligible to vote. These absentee ballots must be delivered to the polling place before the voting deadline, by someone who can authenticate who they are and what their relationship is to the voter.

Now, this may sound like a lot, but if you pay close attention and think about it for a few minutes, you will realize that this is the only way to stop election fraud in the USA. Although no matter the election method, there will always be those who seek to defraud that system…this solution makes cheating much more difficult and much easier to detect and prosecute.

Last, the US Constitution assigns all power to regulate elections to each State. The federal government is assigned no authority or power over election systems or processes whatsoever. So, this solution must be enacted within your State. The US Constitution grants all Rights and Powers concerning elections, to the States.

We will end where we started – If we give you just ONE solution to just ONE major problem, WILL YOU MAKE IT HAPPEN? If not, then there is no point to providing any other solutions for any other problem and we will sink into this abyss together…One Nation, without God, and no longer FREE! The future is ours to secure…will we?

NOTE: This is the first in a series of published solutions intended to teach Americans the truth and how they can play a critical role in ending the intentional destruction of our beloved country. Additional issue solution pieces will be released in order of importance, so long as we can confirm that people are paying attention and starting to properly engage. RESPOND HERE

© The North American Law Center  

By Roger Anghis

August 7, 2022

The main objective that I see for the WEF is its push for stopping climate change.  According to climate.gov: The long-term trend—change over the course of a century or more—is what defines “global warming,” not the change from year to year or even decade to decade. Rising emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases since the Industrial Revolution explain most of the overall warming trend over the past century, and the rate of emissions has not slowed significantly in the recent past. So what else has been going on in the climate system over the past decade that could account for the pause in Earth’s surface warming trend?

During the last decade, a longer than usual solar minimum cycle, several volcanic eruptions, and relatively low amounts of water vapor in the stratosphere may have helped cool the atmosphere temporarily. But recent research suggests that the Earth’s natural climate variability—natural, short-term fluctuations in the climate system that occur on a year-to-year basis or longer—may have played the most pivotal role of all by transferring excess heat from the Earth’s surface into the deep ocean.

One of the most well-known natural climate oscillations—the El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO) cycle—causes swings in sea surface temperatures in the tropical Pacific. Although ENSO originates in the equatorial Pacific Ocean, a strong El Niño or La Niña event is capable of bumping global temperatures upward or downward for a year or two. Since the last major El Niño event in 1997-1998, a series of La Niña events have dominated the tropical Pacific, resulting in a prolonged cooling of sea surface temperatures that has also likely stalled the rise in global temperatures.[1]

These are the figures from the federal government but when you get on the WeFwebsite you read the world is about to catch fire.  Wildfires, hurricanes, floods and droughts are some of the most common, and have already seen a noticeable uptick in occurrences over the last few decades. According to Bloomberg, scientists’ confidence in the direct relationship between catastrophic weather events and rising global temperatures continues to rise each year.

Ultimately, decades-old models from climate scientists across the world have been relatively accurate with how temperatures would increase by 2020. Carbon dioxide pollution has been one of the largest drivers of this rise, many scientists say, and even a swift cutback on emissions may prove ineffective in completely halting the rapid temperature increases.[2] Who are you supposed to listen to and believe? I think it’s simple.  Virtually all of the fools shouting climate change is our greatest threat are being paid to say that or they are making millions off of the so-called remedies.  The WEF site states that CO2 is the biggest cause of the rise of global temperatures but CO2 is only 3.8% of global warming gases. Most of that CO2 the earth itself produces through volcanos.  The more CO2 we have the oxygen trees make. Ahh, it’s a vicious cycle of Mother Nature solving her own problem.  Higher CO2 levels actually benefit the plants. They grow deeper roots accessing sub-soil water which will produce larger yields.[3], [4]

The WEF believes that geoengineering may be the only way to ‘save the planet’s ecosystem.  “Geoengineering might be our final and only option. Yet, most geoengineering proposals are earth-bound, which poses tremendous risks to our living ecosystem. Space-based solutions would be safer — for instance, if we deflect 1.8 percent of incident solar radiation before it hits our planet, we could fully reverse today’s global warming.”[5] Even the Biden administration is pushing the ‘need’ to do the switch to green energy eliminating the use of fossil fuels. Basically, the agenda has shifted fully to climate change as the narrative in Ukraine continues to become more problematic. It’s shaping up to be an election season chalked full of ‘climate disaster’, and, naturally, the resurgence of Covid. Wash, Rinse, Repeat.[6]

Now to go along with this mindset the WEF has made it a goal to convince us that we need an end to private car ownership. We are being too self-centered, not to mention greedy, to think that we should have the right to own a car. You have to remember everything about the WEF is ‘sustainability’.  “We need a clean energy revolution, and we need it now,” the WEF begins its article.

According to the WEF, critical metals, such as cobalt, lithium, and nickel — all of which are used in “clean energy technologies” — are in short supply. And while the WEF says recycling old tech that uses these metals could lessen the impact of shortages, it’s simply not enough.

“The complication is that we do not currently have enough metals in circulation, and even with recycling taken into consideration, mineral production is still forecasted to increase by nearly 500%. So how should we proceed?” the WEF asks.

Top of the list of solutions for how the WEF thinks we should proceed is to “Go from owning to using.”

Sound familiar?

“Be honest,” the WEF continues, “you likely have at least one old mobile phone tucked in the bottom of a drawer. Possibly an unused hard drive taking up space too. You aren’t alone. The average car or van in England is driven just 4% of the time… This is not at all resource efficient.[7]

Can you see where this is going? As can be predicted it will NOT be good for the average citizen. But I’m sure that the ‘elite’ will still have their cars, yachts, airplanes, and multiple houses so they can better control you.  The WEF adds that people should not only give up their ownership of everything from cars to smartphones but that technologies and civilization need to be redesigned to facilitate this transition.

“To enable a broader transition from ownership to usership, the way we design things and systems need to change too… A design process that focuses on fulfilling the underlying need instead of designing for product purchasing is fundamental to this transition. This is the mindset needed to redesign cities to reduce private vehicles and other usages.”[8]

The WEF seems to be concerned about saving democracy but thinks that the only way to preserve democracy is to battle against climate change. First, we should let democracy die.  It is a horrible governing system that has always ended in death and poverty for the people.  We have a constitutional republic that has been the most successful governing system in the world. Second, the threat of climate change is the only thing they have to make you believe that we have to depend on the elite to save us. It is a provable outright lie. The World Economic Forum released a position paper Monday that inexorably links two claimed global crises as one – “climate change” and the “decline of democracy.”

It says fighting the former can save the latter as long as consumers stop burning coal, oil, and gas in exchange for green renewables.

The WEF paper argues  for the past 15 years, democracy has been in decline worldwide. To protect and promote freedom, “leading democracies must strengthen their economies and safeguard liberty.”   

It goes on to say ignoring progress toward a “low-carbon economy could put democracies in greater economic peril, not less” while repeating the broader demand of environmental activists for companies to stop investing in fossil fuels.[9]

Their plan is control. Utter and total control. You will be here to do their bidding. Klaus Schwab stated by 2030 you will own nothing and you will be happy.  That prospect does not excite me. I will fight against it.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://www.climate.gov/news-features/climate-qa/why-did-earth%E2%80%99s-surface-temperature-stop-rising-past-decade
2. https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2021/01/global-warming-chart-average-temperatures-rising
3. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29902235/
4. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26929390/
5. https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2022/07/wef-releases-video-pushing-use-space-bubbles-block-sun-reduce-climate-change-video/?utm_source=Email&utm_medium=the-gateway-pundit&utm_campaign=dailyam&utm_content=2022-07-21
6. https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2022/07/wef-releases-video-pushing-use-space-bubbles-block-sun-reduce-climate-change-video/?utm_source=Email&utm_medium=the-gateway-pundit&utm_campaign=dailyam&utm_content=2022-07-21
7. https://thecountersignal.com/wef-calls-for-an-end-to-private-car-ownership/
8. https://thecountersignal.com/wef-calls-for-an-end-to-private-car-ownership/
9. world-economic-forum-says-democracy-is-dying-ditch-fossil-fuels-and-save-it/

By Sidney Secular

August 6, 2022

PAPER TIGERS: We used to call China a “paper tiger” but now that we have basically exported America’s industrial base to that nation, China is a real industrial and military tiger and we have become something considerably less than a tiger of any variety being now led by pencil pushing, cross-dressing Pentagon potentates more interested in “trans-gender” and “wokist” social conformity and “diversity,” than in military readiness! The US is unlikely to survive more than a few weeks of intense warfare against any major industrial power but it is also probable as just about everything and everyone is under the thrall of the New World Order’s Great Reset, as such a conflict would not be in the best interest of the “internationalists” such a war will not come to pass in the first place.

Sleepy Joe Biden boasts that he is significantly expanding NATO’s military presence on Europe’s eastern flank but it’s all a showy farce and both the Russians and the Chinese secretly chuckle over Pedoman’s “boast.” The US no longer has the industrial capacity to sustain a real war. We could not produce enough weapons, ammo, and heavy military hardware for such an effort. And God knows how many of our “warriors” would be pregnant or having pronoun problems or rendered helpless as a result of offensive “micro-aggressions.” As it is, the “Guvmint” is  finding it difficult to deal with mostly older MAGA-Trump supporters who offer no armed resistance at all.

On the other hand, even if we could field an “army,” America would run out of ammo for its guns within two weeks of any sustained, heavy conflict. Ditto for anti-tank projectiles, ballistic missiles, cruise missiles and other weaponry. Once these had been depleted, they could not be quickly and/or easily replaced given our current limited industrial base and a workforce that’s more of a farce than a resource. The US hardly produces anything anymore and has few to no assembly lines available for conversion to military applications.

CUCKOO CALIFORNICATION: Bizarrely, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) is taken to taking extreme liberties with its “daffynitions.” It recently filed a petition in a court denying that “men as a class” are defined and differentiated from “women as a class” by their “anatomy, genitalia, physical characteristics, and physiology.” In other words, the ACLU says that physical and anatomical differences between men and women do not exist. Thus, women prisoners in “LA-LA Land” (California) have been locked in cells with men who identify as women and repeatedly raped. So far, 300 male inmates in CA have sought to transfer to women’s facilities, one-third of whom are convicted sex offenders. The feminist group, Women’s Liberation Front (WOLF) is suing the state to end the policy of allowing men claiming to be women to be housed in women’s prisons. Of course, many if not most of these same “women” have no problems at all with the concept of trans-gender though women are the losers every time whether it is in prison or in sports!

SANCTIMONIOUS SANCTIONS ARE A SENSELESS BUT EASY SELL TO INSENSIBLE  SUCKERS: It’s been 5 months now since the Ukraine war began, and it’s now safe to say the unprecedented and sometimes demented sanctions imposed upon Russia by the West that are in and of themselves an unprovoked act of war, have failed to hurt Russia but have caused great economic harm to the West. Russia earned a record $94.7 billion in revenue from just the first 100 days of the war. That revenue exceeds what Russia is spending on its invasion of Ukraine. In addition, the Russian ruble is now at a five year high against the dollar.  As the Scottish poet Robert Burns once pointed out, “. . .the best laid plans . . .”

MARINE LE PEN BECOMES EUROPE’S LEADING NATIONALIST: In the June 19 parliamentary elections in France, a shock-wave went through the French political establishment when her National Rally Party won a whopping 89 seats in the National Assembly. Le Pen seemed headed for retirement only one year ago. French President Emmanuel Macron’s party lost its majority in the French parliament during the same elections. Who says there’s no such thing as karma?

REALISTIC SOUNDING RUMOR MAKING THE ROUNDS: The duncey duo of Biden and Harris will have to go well before their terms are up if the Dems are to have any chance of retaining the “Offal” office and the Senate and House – that is, if they don’t lose the latter two in 2022. Of course, this all is predicated on the hope by decent people everywhere that the same “fix” that took the 2020 election from Trump is not still in play! No amount of facts, truth and sanity can overcome a well-run coup!

However, if there is a modicum of honesty this time, the Dems will have to deal with the Biden/Harris embarrassment in D.C. There have been a number of very cogent “strategies” put forward to do this but the best one does not involve any true crime or an assault on the Constitution. It goes something like this: extremely ignorant, repugnant, and unpopular Harris will be offered a “golden parachute” to resign soon forcing Biden to choose a new Vice President. If you recall, this very thing happened during Nixon’s second term when Spiro Agnew was forced to resign. Nixon chose Gerald Ford. In Biden’s case, his likely choice would be former California Governor, Gavin Newsom who barely survived a recall referendum with the help of voter fraud. Newsom would be a big hit outside California because he hits all the “blue notes” in the Party’s songbook and wastes money as well as any other big-time Dem spender. Newsom  has been visiting the White House frequently even when Joe was overseas!  This is seen as the possibility of his being groomed as the next big Dem leader mostly because there isn’t anyone else who could excite the Left at present. Once Newsom is VP, Biden will step down for health reasons and Newsom would then become President without going through an election or having to earn any votes. Once installed, he would have the opportunity to run for – and possibly win! –  two consecutive terms in the Oval Office. It is believed that his period of “chosen President” would build his credibility with “Independents.” He also has the sex appeal to garner votes from the White women libbers who form the backbone of the Party. To top off this well-conceived plan, his running mate would be a Black woman or some other politically correct shibboleth whose presence would insure the other “dem-ographics” needed for  him to win two presidential elections – after which, no further such nonsense such as free elections would be necessary.

THE GREAT REPLACEMENT MEME GAINS MOMENTUM AND BECOMES MAINSTREAM: The immigration policies that are leading to the dispossession of the Historic American Nation are suddenly becoming noticed conspicuously by many who were heretofore oblivious to the issue. It is said Tucker Carlson had a role to play in this turnabout. The steely and steady troubadour for truth certainly was instrumental in it. Stridently calling the Great Replacement a myth and opposition to it racist, anti-Semitic, Islamophobic, xenophobic and “hateful” and all the dirty words the dirtbags and the usual suspects can dredge up, is losing its ability to arouse false guilt in patriots and garner “gelt” from the Left.

A majority of Trump voters and Republicans overall are saying immigrants (they mean third worlders) are having a negative effect on America. Ditto for what many voters think of racial diversity. These are no longer “fringe” ideas. Unfortunately, the lunatic fringe and their tech tyrant and deep state allies will use corporate and state power to crack down on those who dare mention or discuss these issues. This is especially true as such concepts as “hate speech” is being placed into law to the point at which voicing any rejection of the current “invasion” becomes a crime! So much for the First Amendment!

COVIDIOCY CALAMITY CONTINUES: A growing mountain of evidence indicates that the experimental “vaccines” not only don’t work but are killing and seriously injuring people in the millions. To obfuscate and hide the hideous happenings arising from the jab, a new medical term and malady called Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS)  has been conjured up to cover those cases where young, healthy athletes and entertainers suddenly die from heart attacks, strokes, and blood clots caused by the vaccines. Whereas these same things are happening to other young people, it’s very hard to hide the death of a well known athlete or actor. Nobody knows Jim Smith, but a dead soccer player lying on the field is hard to explain away!

It’s already been established that one in thirty-three people who receive the “clotshots” have developed blood clots. Some medical experts say such clots will take several years to fully eventuate. Celine Dion and Justin Bieber are two prominent personalities suffering paralysis from the shots. In Germany, the lunatics are readying legislation to require Germans to wear face masks every year henceforth during the winter months. Communist Canada has announced that Canadians will have to get the jab every nine months indefinitely. Governor Ron DeSantis, (R-FL), the admirable and apparently only sane governor has refused to comply with the fedgov’s recommendation that children under 5 years of age be jabbed, which means the other 49 sicko governors have ordered the injections.

NEW “BASICK” TRAINING FOR NAVY RECRUITS. The US Navy has expanded the customary 8 week basic training program to 10 weeks in order to cover the social “woke” issues that now consume the Pentagon brass such as sexual assault and harassment, racism, “trans-genderism” and political extremism – a/k/a patriotism. The brass would rather drown their recruits in drivel than teach them how to avoid drowning on the high seas. Actually, the Navy was the first branch of the Service that bought into the feminist mindset to the point at which the largest health issue aboard America’s naval vessels was pregnancy! Of course, an offshoot problem with this was the lives of the families of male sailors knowing that their husbands were sailing around the high seas with willing bunkmates in the most real and accurate sense!

POLITICAL COMMISSARIAT PILOT PROGRAM: A sneaky snitch and witch hunt program is being introduced at the Army’s Fort Jackson basic training facility at Columbia, SC. Recruits will be instructed to listen for and intervene when early signs of alleged harassment arise. It’s kind of a “say something if you see something” program on steroids; indeed, given the mind-set of our WOKE fellows, it will become more of a “say something whether you see or hear anything or not!” Your peer will constantly peer at you and be encouraged to tell you you’re out of line vice having to hear it from your drill sergeant or company commander.

Of course, this relates to racism, sexism, and political extremism and all the “isms” that are not politically correct. Your friends will be expected to shut you up when your speech in social settings is problematic, especially when you and your buddies hit the bars and bordellos when your unit is on leave. This will more effectively isolate and atomize you, making you more fearful rather than would have been the case had it come down from higher authority. You will thus shut up and go with the flow, even if the flow is headed down the toilet.

And, of course, we must remember that we have a couple of generations of people who can’t wait to be “virtue signaling” Karens and Kevins. Because of this need, they will have to have something to report – or fail in their “duty” to make everyone’s life totally miserable. Great way to encourage morale in the armed forces, doncha think?!

MILITARY RECRUITING FALLING FAR SHORT OF GOALS: The Obama/Biden Pentagon is having frequent meetings to figure out what to do because sufficient cannon fodder cannot be accumulated to conduct the worldwide wars and operate the worldwide military bases of the American empire. The typical inducements for joining the military are falling on deaf ears for many reasons especially those revolving around the fact that  patriotism is flat-lining. The new weird woke agenda and the military’s callous attitudes regarding the COVID vaccination program are especially scaring people away or, in the alternative, there are still enough relatively intelligent people to realize that dying not in war but in vaccine programs is not a good way to go!

At present there are 250 “disqualifiers” regarding military service but many important ones are going to have to be dropped to augment the lower number – and lower quality – of new recruits. The Army’s problems are the worst, with their recruiting only 40% of the numbers desired for fiscal year 2022. The requirements for high school diplomas or GED certificates are about to be dropped. The Army is thinking the unthinkable of having to reduce its size. Only 9% of young Americans eligible to serve in the military have any inclination to do so. More than half of the young Americans surveyed believe they would encounter emotional or psychological problems in the military which is understandable when these same people can be offended and frightened by a motto and/or meme! Meanwhile, nearly half think they presently have physical problems or such would develop if they had to extend themselves past texting.

National pride is at an all-time low because of the constant denigration of the country and its history. Of course, given what’s going on in this country today, I can’t say as I could work up any desire to “protect” our “way of life” as it now exists. The disastrous withdrawal from Afghanistan has caused many to question the competency and conscientiousness of the military. The Left wing and woke narratives being heartily adopted by the military are scaring many normal people and not just those who could serve! The riots of 2020 especially demonized Whites and the South, the sources that traditionally supply the most recruits for the military. Why should Southerners support a military that allows the debasement of its heroes? These population segments are rightfully questioning why they would want to be part of the establishment that is engaging in that demonization. Over 40% of the 18-24 year-old men that are the Army’s target demographic have refused the COVID vaxxes – those are the smart ones!

The military’s dismissal of the very large number that have refused the vaxx has demonstrated how little the military cares for its members. Most citizens don’t want to die for the present extreme left agenda and those who embrace that agenda don’t see the need for them to pay for its continuance with their lives! The US military no longer exemplifies the peak of physical fitness and culture that once was a special attraction for joining. In addition to lowering educational requirements, the Army has boosted bonuses, offering more flexible contracts and duty stations of choice – all to no avail. It is well to remember that no nation remained free when its own troops were replaced by mercenaries. Furthermore, beating the war drums relentlessly over a potential war with a powerful entity like Russia also scares away what few potential recruits do exist!

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Gerard P. Keenan, USN Retired

August 5, 2022

Let’s start at the beginning – 1865. A Confederate general and Democrat, Nathan Bedford Forest, founded the Ku Klux Klan. From its beginning this racist, anti-Christian, anti-Semetic organization terrorized and murdered not only blacks in the South, but Catholics, other Christians, and Jews.

Fast forward to 07 December, 1941. The US President was Democrat Franklin Delano Roosevelt. Japan had attacked the US at Pearl harbor and left thousands dead. This was certainly a black day for America, but it was soon to become blacker. On February 19, 1942, President Roosevelt signed Executive Order 9066 establishing the Japanese-American internment camps under the Secretary of War.

On December 8, 1941, the US declared war on Japan which prompted Germany to declare war on the US, followed by the US declaring war on Germany on 11 December. Yet only Japanese-Americans were interned during the war. No German-Americans were ever interned. In fact, German-Americans were inducted into the armed forces to fight against both Japan and Germany – but the only Japanese brought into the armed forces were those known as the 442nd Regimental Combat Team and they were sent to Europe to fight the Germans. The government, under Roosevelt, felt these Japanese-American soldiers might turn against the Americans. Yet the 442nd proved to be one of the most highly decorated combat units of the entire war. This raises the question – why is it that no German-Americans were interned? Is it because they were white, while the Japanese-Americans were obviously different?

Roosevelt died in April, 1945, just weeks before Germany surrendered. After hi death another Democrat, Harry S. Truman, took over as president. It was he who authorized the dropping of the only two atomic/nuclear bombs ever used – to date.

So here we have blatant racism under Roosevelt, and cowardice under Truman who ordered the bombs dropped even though he could have thrown the entire might of the US military against Japan which could not have withstood the onslaught because the troops previously engaged in Europe were now free to be thrown into the Pacific fray. But he chose the bomb.

Then along came Korea, another war under Democrat president Harry Truman. Gen. Douglas MacArthur was the commander of UN forces in Korea but, because of his alleged ‘insubordination,’ Truman relieved MacArthur of his command on 11 April, 1951.

Truman considered MacArthur ‘insubordinate’ mainly because he was opposed to a limited war and wanted to cross the 38th parallel into North Korea. Would we have the problems with North Korea that we have today if he had done so? That question will probably never be answered. But because Truman was too cautious MacArthur was bound to hold at the 38th parallel.

In 1944, 1948 and 1952 the GOP tried to get MacArthur to accept the party’s nomination for president. He turned it down every time because he had no interest in politics after his experiences with Truman.

In July, 1953, hostilities ended in an armistice; a truce, not a peace treaty. This means that today we are still technically at war with North Korea. But even this truce was made possible by Dwight D. Eisenhower – a Republican.

During the 1952 presidential campaign Eisenhower constantly criticized Truman’s inability to end the conflict. When challenged by Truman, Ike responded that if elected he would personally visit Korea to try to bring about an end to the war and shortly after being elected he made good on his pledge and actually visited Korea to assess the situation himself. On 27 July, 1953, China and North Korea signed the armistice ending the shooting war.

Vietnam saw a rapid escalation following JFK’s assassination and throughout Lyndon Johnson’s presidency with the resulting loss of over 58,000 American lives.

Throughout the Johnson and Nixon administrations the war raged. The election of 1974 saw Gerald Ford, Republican, take office in 1975. During his administration he managed to bring the war to an end.

Then came Jimmy Carter, a Democrat, in 1977. In 1979 the US Embassy in Tehran was attacked by Iranian “students” and they took many embassy personnel hostage. Thirteen hostages were soon released but the Ayatollah Khomeini held 52 hostages.

Before Reagan took office in 1981, Carter authorized Operation Eagle Claw in a failed attempt to rescue the hostages. Part of the operation was launched from the carrier USS Nimitz CVN-68. The day she got her sailing orders for the Gulf was the same day I transferred off Nimitz. The rescue mission was a disaster and failed miserably with the loss of five USAF personnel and three Marines killed, three of the eight helicopters were destroyed, and a C-130 exploded following a collision with one of the helos. The mission had to be abandoned leaving behind all eight dead servicemen, the three helicopters and the remains of the C-130 and nearly all of their equipment and the disbursement of the hostages to various locations throughout Iran to prevent a second rescue attempt.

Ronald Reagan was inaugurated on 20 January, 1981 and within minutes the hostages were released.

During Republican George H. W. Bush’s presidency Iraq invaded Kuwait sparking the Gulf War. This war was, arguably, the first success by the American military since 1945.

Then came President Bill Clinton. Another Democrat with no military experience or knowledge (and, in fact, a draft dodger during the Vietnam War). He got us involved in Somalia where Somali forces shot down two of our Black Hawk helicopters with several American casualties. Following this battle (Mogadishu) Clinton decided to turn tail and run and pulled our forces out of Somalia deserting our allies (sound familiar?). Just after this battle the Somalis dragged the bodies of dead American soldiers through the streets and filmed it. Shortly thereafter the film was shown on American TV. It was pure fear that Clinton unceremoniously pulled out of Somalia – setting the precedent for Biden’s cowardly run from Afghanistan.

My wife was serving in the Active Navy Reserve at this time and when told she was up for a selection board for a potential promotion she didn’t even think about it but turned it down saying she refused to serve another day under President Clinton and submitted her retirement papers.

Following Clinton came George W. Bush, another Republican. On his watch we had 9/11 and he responded, in my opinion, correctly. Unfortunately the war in Afghanistan dragged on for years.

In December 2009, with less than one year in office, Obama authorized a troop “surge” of more than 30,000 troops, ostensibly due to the escalation in sectarian violence. This continued throughout his presidency with short, random periods of calm.

When Trump took office in 2017 he worked out a plan and began the orderly withdrawal of US troops from Afghanistan leaving approximately 2,500 troops. When he left office there had been no military deaths for his last 18 months in office.

Then along came Joe Biden and his crime family. I won’t waste time on the events leading up to Biden’s cowardly retreat from Afghanistan resulting in the deaths of 13 US service men and women and the loss of unknown numbers of American and Afghan Visa holders that were left behind at the mercy of the Taliban, many of whom were subsequently executed. Not to mention the billions of dollars of military equipment left behind in Biden’s cowardly retreat. Much of that equipment contained highly classified technology.

One thing is certain, however, and has been made very clear by Biden and his crime family, they have been true to the very core of the Democrat Party – warmongering, cowardice and racism.

[BIO: Gerard P. Keenan is a native of Paterson, NJ, graduating from St. Bonaventure’s R.C. High School in that city. He also received an Associate of Arts degree from the Univ. of Maryland with a three-year major in Behavioral Science. He is a retired 20-year USN Navy veteran (Telecommunications Specialist) who served in numerous capacities; primarily overseas and aboard forward-deployed staffs (Commander US Sixth Fleet aboard the guided missile cruiser USS Little Rock, home ported in Gaeta, Italy and on the staff of Commander Battle Force Sixth Fleet aboard the aircraft carriers USS Saratoga, Forestall, Independence, John F. Kennedy, Nimitz and Dwight D. Eisenhower home ported in Naples, Italy).

After living in Europe for approximately 23 years and working throughout Europe, North Africa, the Middle East, and occasional trips to the Caribbean and several states, he returned to the US and provided military and terrorism research to private investigators, security firms, government agencies, film companies and radio/TV news to private investigators, security firms and attorneys across the US, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom and taught Private Investigation for 11 years at three locations on Long Island; concurrently.]

© 2022 Gerard P. Keenan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Gerard P. Keenan: gpkeen@outlook.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 4, 2022

The famous automobile maker Henry Ford said, “If you think you can or can’t, you’re right.”

Almost everything in your life boils down to how you think, speak and act.

High thinking creates high vibrations in your mind and body.  Such “thinking” loads the body with “oxytocin” that creates love bonding, higher purpose and more energy.  While thinking “love” thoughts, the body floods with “serotonin” that turns every consideration to the positive side of living.

Positive speaking creates mental and intellectual chemistry within the body akin to “joy” on a verbal level.  Notice people who speak highly of everyone else enjoy the adulation of one and all in their realm.

Third in line, action toward a possible or impossible objective creates a certain kind of “spiritual” dynamic that interplays with every cell in a person’s body, especially in his or her mind.  Obviously, Henry Ford understood that dynamic as well as Thomas Edison who created over 100 inventions.  Often they weren’t his inventions, but the result of his inspiring his cadre of creative thinkers.

In Bruce Lipton’s book, The Honeymoon Effect, he pointed out negative programing that causes individuals to surrender to the “I can’t do that” side of the equation.  He emphatically charged that anyone could reprogram their childhood to think in greater perspectives and possibilities.

Easy?  One must engage awareness, mental grit and emotional fortitude.

Seinfeld comic George Costanza lamented, “My life is the exact opposite of everything I wanted it to be.”

Many children grow up with parents said, “You won’t amount to anything…you’re not so smart…you can’t do that. “ That includes a litany of negative emotional training.

Afflicted Individuals make assumptions that if things fail to go their way, they may fall into:

• Gossip and complaints
• Talk about others
• Compare themselves to others
• They dive into discouragement
• They entertain impossible thinking
• They let the world define their limitations

Do you make an agreement daily, weekly or annually with failure?  How’s it working?  Your job sucks so you return home daily to watch television at the American average of 4.5 hours daily, seven days a week.   It’s called the 40, 40, 40 equation.  Forty hours a week, for 40 years so you can reach your stated goal: retirement.

Why perpetuate such a life-journey when you can change it toward a fulfilling, robust and dynamic life?

How to change your life path toward your chosen destiny:

Proceed toward your highest and best.  Move toward the activities that sustain you.  Move toward work that fills you with passion.   Your greatest trump card: Law of Attraction.

Court positive energy people.  Where?  Today, you may attend www.meetup.com groups around the country.  Those people pedal, climb, run, swim and hike in the out-of-doors.  They express their spiritual dynamics with others during those outings.  Such energy soaks into anyone joining them. It soaks into you.

Court positive people at church, civic clubs, classes, swim meets, ski slopes, bicycle rides and other activities you find interesting.  That could be a macramé group, sewing circle, painting club, pottery class, poetry reading club, writer’s club and just about everything else under the sun. If you’re interested in some activity or topic, countless others share your passion.

Can you dribble a basketball?  Yes, very easy for just about every kid and adult in America!  Can you dribble a football?  Some things may be more challenging than others, so pick your opportunities.   Start easy and work your way up.

Learn to actively transform your conditions:

*Cheer yourself and travel with others that support you on your journey.
*Spend time in contemplative thought daily away from the noisy world. Pick your spot to gather your spirit.
*Remember and cherish all your triumphs, victories and successes by pictures, awards and pins.
*Resonate in the mental and emotional energy of the possible.

Remember that “life” responds and resonates to your positive energy, your positive thoughts, and your choices that move you forward.  Transcend your mind toward possibilities that inspire you.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Sidney Secular

August 3, 2022

There’s little doubt that the Historical American Nation is about done. Even without the draconian directives of Big Brother about to crash down upon us, cash has been gradually elbowed out to make the change seem less drastic even as our pocket change dwindles. Cash transactions now only account for 15% of all retail sales in terms of value, and it has been widely speculated and predicted that physical cash and the accompanying pocket change would become redundant by just examining the trends. Personal check usage in retail outlets has virtually been checked although it remains a major means of sending payments via the “post.”

One of the objectives of the pandemic pandemonium was to make contactless payments the preferred – and eventually the only way to exchange currency for services and products. Future lockdowns accompanying the next big virus bugaboo will permanently lock in contactless payments as well. The current availability of physical cash, although diminishing in use, allows the effects of the system’s staged gradual collapse to be less noticeable and therefore less frightening much as is the case with our gradual loss of freedoms! These are not causing any revolutions because the losses have been done in stages just as the frog in the pot of water adjusts to the gradually heating of that water before it reaches a boil and kills him. It all boils down to the fact that conservatives will have very little left to conserve by that time and what is left will hardly seem worth the effort by then.

Increasingly, consumers and customers carry credit cards vice cash as it is more convenient, safe, and just feels like less of a loss. All kinds of inducements are offered for use of the cards such as cash and travel “rewards”, special insurance coverage, and the ability to better dispute fraudulent charges. Some businesses resist use of the cards for payment because of the service charges they thus incur, but the trend is to accept these charges as a cost of doing business, and pass the additional costs on to customers by charging higher prices. All the problems associated with the digital dysphoria such as the reality of cyber hack attacks, “phishing” and all manner of identity theft and scams are accepted as just one of those things one is supposed to accept as an accepted reality with advancing technology. All of this presents no worry to the controllers who are wont to make us feel the squeeze of unease and worry in order to better squeeze us into the small-minded paradigm boxes they have prepared for us. All credit card transactions are traceable within the banking system, but using cash allows for discreet donations to the charities and causes dear to our patriotic/nationalist hearts, so restricting use of cash will put a big damper on our support of, and philanthropy towards our favored groups and causes.

All of this is only the beginning of the woes associated with the woeful system presaged by the Biblical sages. The new system will be accompanied by a control of all money transactions by the GovMint as all your accounts will be consolidated into one big account whereby all your politically incorrect or questionable transactions that run afoul of phony “community standards” or politically correct viewpoints will be rejected as if you used an incorrect password to access your account. You may also be denied access if your “social credit” score is too low. Such scores will replace the current purely financially oriented current scores presently extant. You will be forced to use mobile or cell phones to function under the new system, whether you like it or not, or you may wind up in a cell or some other form of social purgatory. That will be a prerequisite to get to first base under the new system.

Currencies will become “digital currencies” and this transition is already in the process of occurring in various stages in the West. It has been fully adopted in China –  a communist tyranny that the rest of the world is becoming tethered to economically – so it will be soon be universal.  The digital yuan was introduced in China last February during the Winter Olympics. They required patrons to pay  for meals, hotels, transportation, etc. using funny looking square “QR” codes on their mobile phones that linked to their digital yuan accounts. Nine countries have already launched systems in line with this lunacy.  A digital euro is being tested right now. The US has been lagging but with the Chinese now in control – at least unofficially! – we are catching up fast. The Fed is presently studying implementation of this system and though the dollar will remain the dollar, it will not exist in its present physical form. It will become digital and ownership will be recorded on a ledger maintained by a central bank.

Banks and credit card companies as well as Pay Pal and similar payment systems will be phased out. The result of all of this “advancement?” The GovMint will have control of your money and will have the ability to place you under constant surveillance.  Under the NWO, the GovMint will know every purchase you make, every transaction you conduct, and even your physical whereabouts at the point of purchase. It is a short step from there to “negative” interest rates, account freezes, tax withholdings from your account and the ability to place you under government investigation if you vote for the wrong candidate or give donations to the wrong political party – always assuming that any such will remain in our Brave New World. If that sounds like a stretch, be advised that it is not. The system will be used to deny travel and educational opportunities to political dissidents. Canada seized the bank accounts and even the crypto accounts of the non-violent trucker protestors last winter. This kind of oppression will be easy to conduct once the new system is fully in place.

There will be only two ways to counter this tyranny short of a revolution. There is only one non-digital, non-traceable, non-hackable form of money you will be able to use and that is physical gold and probably silver. However, for these to work, there has to be an “underground economy” that will support its use. At present, these can be purchased in a certain manner to avoid this tyranny. Throughout recorded history, precious metals have always been the form of money of last resort that have been universally accepted in the toughest of times. But remember, FDR confiscated Americans’ gold reserves with the blessings of our “democracy.” In the assumption that first, an underground economy does exist and second, Americans are able to obtain and keep such “precious metals, the form called “junk silver” is the easiest modality to use in such situations, especially in everyday small transactions. Junk silver are US dimes, quarters, and half-dollars minted before 1965 when these coins actually contained 90% real silver.  They are sold in bags of $1,000 face value. Such bags are currently worth over $20,000 and their value will further skyrocket as conditions deteriorate! If this is the way you are going to go, it is imperative that you get started on a program to accumulate these assets right away if you have no program of “hard” money accumulation now.  It might pay to take some money you have in the bank or under your mattress and accumulate some junk silver with it now. More details on this strategy will be explored in future editions of the Freedom Movement Action Newsletter in articles labelled “Prepperism”. We have already posted two articles on prepperism in past issues of this newsletter.

The other option to survive in the coming cashless society will be to create local currencies enabled by a local trading system a/k/a: LETS – as in let’s do it! This type of system was used and was very popular in Canada at one time. LETS allows members to obtain goods and services through their local currency which is accepted by local retailers who are enrolled in the system. Members who provide goods and services are able to earn credits in the local currency which are expended within the local system. This type of system could not replace the conventional economy in its entirety, of course, but it would make living under the dictatorship bearable especially for those in more rural areas. This system is not to be confused with barter systems which are much more limited in applicability. This type of system is one that patriots should have been employing for generations now to help form viable and strong local communities based on shared values or important commonalities such as race, religion or ethnic group, such as what the Mennonites and Mormons employ to some extent now.  The potential for the state to break up or proscribe such groups is a real challenge but its efforts would be greatly lessened by the cohesiveness of such groups. However, the other day, it was reported that an Amish farmer has been fined many thousands of dollars as a result of his efforts to sell his produce. Never put anything mean, rotten, criminal and downright despicable as being beyond our political and social “leaders.”

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

August 3, 2022

“Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword.” -Matthew 10:34

Just the other day, someone had put out a fleece calling on theologians to step up to the plate and tell them why it is so important for us to have our guns, which are protected under the 2nd Amendment.

Let’s take this in a couple of steps.

In 1 Samuel 13:22, Scripture tells us: “So it came to pass in the day of battle, that there was neither sword nor spear found in the hand of any of the people that were with Saul and Jonathan: but with Saul and with Jonathan his son was there found.”

In other words, their oppressors ruled over them by disarming them of their weapons.

[Rumble Video]

Jesus said, “When a strong man armed keepeth his palace, his goods are in peace:  But when a stronger than he shall come upon him, and overcome him, he taketh from him all his armour wherein he trusted, and divideth his spoils” (Luke 11:21-22).

If you haven’t read the Hanover Resolves, you might want to take the time to do so.

Our forefathers, when fighting off the tyrant across the pond that would not be ruled by God, said:  “Our cause we leave to heaven and our rifles.”

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed. -2nd Amendment of the Bill of Rights

[Rumble Video]

Not good enough? Let me take you to Barnes and his commentary on the subject from Luke 22:36.

“Then said he unto them, But now, he that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip: and he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment, and buy one.”

But now – The Saviour says the times are changed. “Before,” he sent them out only for a little time. They were in their own country. Their journeys would be short, and there was no need that they should make preparation for a long absence, or for encountering great dangers. But “now” they were to go into the wide world, among strangers, trials, dangers, and wants. And as the time was near; as he was about to die; as these dangers pressed on, it was proper that they should make provision for what was before them.

Adam Clarke said:

“Judea was at this time, as we have already noticed, much infested by robbers: while our Lord was with his disciples, they were perfectly safe, being shielded by his miraculous power.

Shortly they must go into every part of the land, and will need weapons to defend themselves against wild beasts, and to intimidate wicked men, who, if they found them totally defenseless, would not hesitate to make them their prey, or take away their life.

However, the matter may be understood, we may rest satisfied that these swords were neither to be considered as offensive weapons, nor instruments to propagate the truth.

The genius and spirit of the Christian religion is equally against both.

Perhaps, in this counsel of our Lord, he refers to the contention about supremacy: as if he had said, Instead of contending among yourselves about who shall be the greatest, ye have more need to unite yourselves against the common enemy, who are now at hand.”

Amen!

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 2, 2022

The “People’s” Republic of China is an Illegitimate Dictatorship

This is easy to prove.

All dictatorships are illegitimate because all dictatorships deny and crush the most essential traits of human beings: free will, creativity, and love.

The Chinese Communist Party (CCP), as is typical of all dictatorships, excels at the destruction of the human soul and freedom. The CCP has done its best to make the world afraid of its power, but one tiny country recently said “no.”

Kudos to Lithuania for recognizing Taiwan and standing up to the Chinese Communist Party. Lithuania is confronting a bully at great risk to its prosperity and well-being, while much larger countries slink away. Accommodating totalitarians never works. Thugs and criminals who murdered tens of millions of innocent civilians have no conscience and will not change their behavior unless they are forced to do so by a stronger opponent.

Communist China demands that the world acknowledge that the real China is Communist China and that Taiwan has no validity as a separate country. They rattle their sabers and snarl threats to anyone who dares to question their narrative about Taiwan. Companies and individuals who want to profit from trade with Mainland China meekly apologize and move on, kicking Taiwan to the curb. To those who make millions of dollars from the Communist Chinese while abandoning Taiwan, one might suggest that they remember the words of Jesus in Mark 8:36: “For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul?”

But let’s consider for a moment the moral status of Taiwan compared to the CCP. And I say “CCP”—not “Mainland China”—because the communists in China are a minority of fascists who have enslaved their citizens and do not represent the hearts and minds of their people.

Slavery is the dividing line. The CCP might say that they don’t practice slavery, but enslaving an entire society under a totalitarian system of oppression fits the bill. It’s not just China, of course. North Korea, Iran, Saudi Arabia, Cuba, Venezuela, and every other repressive regime in the world can be succinctly labeled as a country of “illegitimate slavers.”

Someone might point to the long history of conquest in the world and excuse the CCP as the military victor in an internal conflict. Mao Zedong won the war and to the victor go the spoils. Hasn’t that happened everywhere in the world, throughout history? Look at Britain: the Angles, Saxons, and Jutes occupied England and became “the rightful rulers,” and then the Normans conquered the Anglo-Saxons. Such is life, and such is history.

And slavery? It has existed almost everywhere, throughout antiquity. It was just “normal.” But it’s not normal anymore, or at least it shouldn’t be. The Hard-Left will say that whites were the worst slavers of all (ignoring every other race that had slaves and ignoring that millions of whites were also enslaved).

The truth is that in the 1800s, mostly white, Judeo-Christian abolitionists in Britain and America publicly spoke and acted in defense of all humans of every race as sacred creations of God and initiated an enormous change in the world with their victorious battle against slavery. The fact that over 300,000 white men gave their lives in the American Civil War to free the slaves was not a trivial matter. It was an extraordinary and unprecedented sacrifice for a noble cause.

Very few people in the world today, either from the Left, the Right, or anywhere else, will publicly defend slavery—the owning of another human being. Criminals engage in it, and certain Islamic countries like Mauritania surreptitiously allow it, but it’s not publicly supported.

It has become a gray area, however, when one examines the quality of freedom versus slavery in a citizen’s relationship to government.

In China, slaves are not triumphantly paraded in chains past the doors of the palaces, as was common in the Roman empire. No, in China, the entire populace is enslaved. Citizens are monitored constantly, and they are not free to conduct their affairs as they wish.

Some will quibble and state that Chinese citizens can run their businesses and make millions, ignoring the fact that if those millionaires speak out against the CCP, they’ll be “disappeared.”

Thus, totalitarian governments that oppress their citizens become slavers by default. Life in North Korea, a society that might be closest to the horrors of the novel 1984, is simply not free at all. Their example should give pause to Western citizens who have already begun to lose their freedoms in the last two years of the China-initiated Covid pandemic.

The 1.4 billion citizens of Communist China are enslaved by a minority gang of power-hungry, well-fed slavers who look at their citizens with contempt. Their current slaver in chief is President Xi Jinping.

From famous actresses like Zhao Wei, who “disappear,” to the mass imprisonment of Muslim Uyghurs, the CCP rules with implacable tyranny. Their military buildup, fueled by Western trade dollars and the theft of Western technology, threatens the world and threatens Taiwan in the short term.

If Mao Zedong had created a free and democratic society after he came to power, China might have the moral standing to declare that it’s the “real China.” If democracy had flourished, Taiwan might never have been established. All would be well in China, at least relatively speaking.

But today, in the twenty-first century, when slavery is almost universally condemned, slavery by government still exists and is growing worse. Mainland China is its largest purveyor. Oppression of populations marks the difference between dictatorships and the free countries of the world.

Even though most countries of the world have problematic histories of conquest, countries like England and America that supported the growth of freedom gained a new ethical credibility and the moral right to exist that the communist government of China does not share.

Taiwan has held the line and has demonstrated that the Chinese people are better than the CCP and do indeed value democracy and freedom.

Taiwan has firmly established that its small island nation is the Real China. The mainland Communist Chinese are Illegitimate Slavers who, if left unchecked, will continue to enslave their unfortunate population and will do their utmost to enslave Taiwan and as much of the world as they possibly can.

The CCP has no moral standing. Their 1.4 billion citizens deserve to be free.

Map of China and Taiwan: Public Domain. Modified and illustrated by the author.

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

by Kat Stansell

August 2, 2022

“Incredulous”, of course, means disbelieving. Incredulity is a state of mind in which we find ourselves more and more. Our country is completely off its rocker, it seems, and we have a hard time believing it all.

We are confused and adrift because our moral guideposts have gone missing, ripped out from under us by the Marxists calling themselves the “Great Reset”. Every parameter of our morals and values, things we have learned in our churches, schools and at our parents’ knees – literally, everything we have held dear – is being destroyed. History is being rewritten. Our bedrock is crumbling into shifting sands, and we are responding with either anger or denial. It’s no wonder we feel like we’re going nuts.

Evil has invaded our country. We see incredible hostility on a daily basis. There is so much hate-filled rhetoric on the news and among acquaintances and family, that we tend to turn it off and back away. People you know are uttering things you never thought you’d hear them say, and they can’t/won’t explain themselves in a rational way. If you asked them to defend their argument, they can’t. They just spew a mantra of learned derangement, if they answer at all.

The media hypes stories of theft and robbery, killings and maimings 24/7. This seems to get worse, more frequent, not better every day. Have another dose of horror with your coffee.

We are the bad guys for denying the existence of 58 genders; it makes US the haters, we are told. What happened to “follow the science”?? That little mantra also goes out the window when we are demanded to believe that men can give birth and provide all that is physically necessary therein. Whatever.

It is un-American for the Census to count how many American citizens live here, but the 2020 count made sure to catch as many illegals as possible. Russian interference in elections is bad, but voting by illegals is good. Border security ($5 billion) is too expensive, but free health care and housing for illegals ($1.5 trillion+) is just fine.

Our illegitimate government showers the Fascist dictator of Ukraine with trillions, but denies our own military what they need, to fight AND to live through their life-altering injuries sustained in our service.

Bidens (and Clintons AND Obamas) went to bed with the crooked Ukraine government, financed bio-weapon labs there, blackmailed its leader and that is somehow ignored (or accepted??), all day every day. Let Trump place a phone call the Ukraine president and ASK about those offenses, and it is worthy of impeachment. Daily, it seems, the current ‘resident and his Congress perform impeachable offenses but, since Trump left office, the word has not been whispered in those hallowed halls.

The party that says there is no such thing as gender, and whose SCOTUS nominee cannot define a “woman”, demands female candidates for public office and special healthcare “rights” (murder of the unborn) for women. Our children are being physically and chemically castrated in our own public schools, and parents are not even in the loop! This is pure Luciferian construct. Incredible! Unbelievable! We are utterly incredulous. Again.

Illegal aliens are welcomed into our country by the millions, carrying every kind of disease known to man. (Of course, we don’t know what they are. Yet.) But Americans lose jobs and freedoms if they do not submit to an untested treatment, which has proven to be killing millions. “My body, my choice”, anyone?” Let’s not even mention the incredible amounts of lethal drugs like Fentanyl gushing into every state, while American citizens are prohibited from buying tested and effective remedies such as Ivermectyn.

People are being held responsible for things they never did, stuff that happened before they were born – like slavery – but those committing crimes every day are being held responsible for nothing, notwithstanding video and/or eyewitness evidence of their crimes.

On this note, while it is NOT OK to execute murderers, it’s just fine when they kill innocent Americans. Attempted murder doesn’t even rate temporary incarceration or a trial. The entire act of a deranged Leftist trying to kill Congressman Lee Zeldin was caught on camera, but the perp was out of custody in two hours. Don’t forget, too, that under this New World Order, killing babies is somehow a human right, a necessary part of a woman’s (pardon me, “baby-maker person’s”) health care freedom.

And, oh, yes. Those evil law enforcement professionals are labeled fascists for trying to stop the anarchy, because, somehow, being arrested and held accountable violates the rights of the
criminal. Insanity.

Our Constitution and its body of law, on which we have depended to enjoy the finest form of government in history, has been thrown out. We are staring totalitarianism in its Luciferian face. Those forms of governance (socialism, Marxism, Communism, whatever) have killed millions around the world, but the Globalists want to try again. After decades of undercover efforts to bring us to this point, we are facing the demise of our country. Now it is visible, the rot is all around us, and many of still can’t bring ourselves to believe, OR to work against it.

OK. I am somehow “racist” for pointing all this out. Heck…I’m in good company: Calling Covid the Chinese flu after its country of origin is racist, too. (“French” fries? “Italian” seasoning? “Greek” pastry? How far is this going? If I like all of the above, am I a hater??)

This insanity is invading every aspect of our lives. It is making us incredulous. We want to hide or run, or just deny. We just want it to go away, but it won’t, unless we acknowledge it, and realize what this turmoil is doing to us and our country.

Acceptance must precede knowledge which precedes the power to stand and fight. If we are going to be able to deal effectively to get our republic back, I repeat, we must act.

Many don’t want to get involved in activism because what is out there is just too crazy to believe, and too frightening to consider.

However, if you value your freedoms, IF YOU WANT TO ENJOY THE BLESSINGS OF LIVING IN A FREE COUNTRY, you will open your mind to reality, take a deep breath, and jump in. The water’s NOT fine, but it is navigable, and the only danger comes from NOT swimming with your pack. We do not have a choice.

Take heart. WE are far more numerous than THEY, because WE are the Constitutionalists, who want to save our freedoms. “Our pack” is no longer defined by a party label, “R”, “D”, “I” or any other.

If you approach members of your community with the simple choice of which they support – the Constitution or Communism – you will raise the flaps of the tent, and expand your group to include a great many who have been frustrated, trying to find their old party allegiances. WE, who believe in our Constitution and the blessed life it has given us, ARE a vastly larger group than those who crave totalitarian control.

There are local action groups in counties and towns across the country, doing great work. They consist of members of all former political parties. More groups are forming every day, in every state. Join arms with your friends and neighbors and get involved. Form a Freedom Pod and learn what is happening in your own town. You might be surprised, but you will be armed for action, with understanding. Knowledge is power.

First priority, secure the November 2022 elections. Without that, we will be at a serious, perhaps fatal, disadvantage.

The venom of Evil – which is everywhere today – paralyzes the moral mind. Lucifer and his gang know this, and hope you will become so tangled in the web of utter disbelief, and terrified of the dark shadows you see everywhere, that you will become powerless to act. Don’t let yourself become their victim. Stand strong for what you know is right.

The venom of Evil – which is everywhere today – paralyzes the moral mind. Lucifer and his gang know this, and hope you will become so tangled in the web of utter disbelief, and terrified of the dark shadows you see everywhere, that you will become powerless to act. Don’t let yourself become their victim. Stand strong for what you know is right.

Get off the couch and out the door. We have a country to save.

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Lex Greene

August 1, 2022

Are you one of millions asking for solutions to our catastrophic circumstances? They have been sitting right in your lap the entire time!

Contrary to modern intentional misrepresentations concerning the U.S. Bill of Rights, these amendments to the U.S. Constitution are NOT an enumeration of “the people’s Rights.” They are an enumeration of additional restrictions on federal authority, listing a number of things that the government is prohibited from doing.

The Following “Rights of the People” SHALL NOT BE INFRINGED

1. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Right of the People to freely exercise our Religion, Speech, Press, Public Assembly, and Petition public officials for redress of grievances.
2. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Right of the People To keep (possess) and bear (carry) arms.
3. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, by the forcible housing of military personnel in a citizen’s home during peacetime and requires the process to be “prescribed by law” in times of war.
4. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, enforcing the reality that “each man’s home is his castle”, secure from unreasonable searches and seizures of private property by the government.
5. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People relevant to both criminal and civil legal proceedings. In criminal cases, the Fifth Amendment guarantees the right to a grand jury, forbids “double jeopardy,” and protects against self-incrimination.  It also requires that “due process of law” be part of any proceeding that denies a citizen “life, liberty or property” and requires the government to compensate citizens when it takes private property for public use.
6. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People and guarantees the rights of criminal defendants, including the right to a public trial without unnecessary delay, the right to a lawyer, the right to an impartial jury, and the right to know who your accusers are and the nature of the charges and evidence against you.
7. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, continuing a practice from English common law of distinguishing civil claims which must be tried before a jury from claims and issues that may be heard by a judge alone. It only governs federal civil courts and has no application to civil courts set up by the states when those courts are hearing only disputes of state law.
8. Prohibits the government from infringing upon the Rights of the People, excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted.
9. Prohibits the government from infringing upon any Natural Rights of the People, the enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights of government, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.
10. Prohibits the government from infringing upon any Natural Rights of the People and their States, the powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the states respectively, or to the people.

Now, since the Bill of Rights is an enumeration of things the federal government CANNOT DO, or “infringe,” it’s critical to know what the legal definition of “infringe” is…

INFRINGE

VERB

1. actively break the terms of (a law, agreement, etc.):

synonyms:

contravene · violate · transgress · break · breach · disobey · defy · flout · fly in the face of · ride roughshod over · kick against · fail to comply with · fail to observe · disregard · take no notice of · ignore · neglect · go beyond · overstep · exceed · infract undermine · erode · diminish · weaken · impair · damage · compromise · limit · curb · check

No matter which issue addressed in the Bill of Rights, ALL of them forbid the federal government from “infringing” upon the items enumerated in the Bill, based upon all the different ways and means they have used in the past to infringe upon all of it! The Rights of the People have been grossly infringed over many years, simply because too many Citizens don’t know their Rights, or the proper interpretation of the Charters of Freedom and Liberty. Millions more failed to be “forever vigilant” in our protection and preservation thereof…

Examples of the U.S. Supreme Court finally getting it right when they upheld the Constitution and Bill of Rights in two recent cases.

The Right of the People to Keep and Bear Arms – “shall not be infringed”

In response to this ruling, the Democrat controlled House just passed a new “infringement” bill in “Assault Weapons Ban of 2022, H.R. 1808,” by a narrow 217-213 four vote margin. Seven House democrats broke ranks with Pelosi, but two House Republicans broke ranks to vote with Pelosi, against the Constitution and Bill of Rights. NOTE: Brian Fitzpatrick of Pennsylvania and Chris Jacobs of New York

Had Fitzpatrick and Jacobs voted nay, the unconstitutional bill would have stalled at a 215-215 vote in the House. The US Senate is expected to kill the bill in their chamber. But we will be able to see how each Senator votes.

Even if it passes the Senate and is signed by temporary resident Biden, it still won’t be “law.”

“A law repugnant to the Constitution is void.  An act of Congress repugnant to the Constitution cannot become a law.  The Constitution supersedes all other laws and the individual’s rights shall be liberally enforced in favor of him, the clearly intended and expressly designated beneficiary.” – Marbury v. Madison, 5 U.S. 137 (1803)

The U.S. Supreme Court vacated Woe v. Wade

Contrary to insane pro-death democrat rhetoric, the high court didn’t issue a ruling “making abortion illegal.” It “vacated” the Roe v. Wade court decision on the basis that the decision was “unconstitutional.” The court is right, that decision was unconstitutional, in a number of ways. But the top reason is that the federal government, any of the three branches, has no authority on the subject whatsoever. The court returned the issue to the States, where it has always belonged under the Tenth Amendment.

No one can protect, defend, or preserve for future generations, any foundations of freedom and liberty with which they are unfamiliar. American Citizens simply must know the proper foundations of freedom and liberty, or they will soon have neither.

Last, anyone who thinks the Charters of Freedom need to be amended today, either don’t know the foundations that already exist, or seek to undermine those foundations.

The road to freedom, liberty, and justice in the USA is the firm enforcement of foundations that already exist. Any focus on rewriting those foundations, is a suicide mission. Further…

Any American who seeks to alter, undermine, overthrow, or eliminate the foundations of freedom, is guilty of Conspiracy against Rights, a form of treason.

“If two or more persons conspire to injure, oppress, threaten, or intimidate any person in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States, or because of his having so exercised the same; or

If two or more persons go in disguise on the highway, or on the premises of another, with intent to prevent or hinder his free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege so secured—

They shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both; and if death results from the acts committed in violation of this section or if such acts include kidnapping or an attempt to kidnap, aggravated sexual abuse or an attempt to commit aggravated sexual abuse, or an attempt to kill, they shall be fined under this title or imprisoned for any term of years or for life, or both, or may be sentenced to death.” – 18 U.S. Code § 241

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Paul Engel

August 1, 2022

• A case of a praying high-school coach has put another nail in the coffin of a terrible precedent known as the “Lemon Test”.
• What does it take for a government actor to establish a religion?
• What are the limits of government employers controlling the speech and actions of their employees?

A high-school coach was denied his freedom of religion and speech based on a nothing more than 50 year old lemon of a court opinion. In the case Lemon v. Kurtzman, the Supreme Court claimed that your right to freely speak and exercise your religion must yield to the government’s “interest” in avoiding a violation of the establishment clause. But the “Lemon Test” puts the government’s interest above your rights protected by the Constitution. In this years case, Kennedy v. Bremerton School District, the court took this Lemon and turned it into lemonade.

Joseph Kennedy lost his job as a high school football coach because he repeatedly knelt at midfield after games to offer a quiet prayer. He then sued in federal district court claiming the Bremerton School District violated his free speech and free exercise rights protected under the First Amendment. He also asked the court to issue a preliminary injunction to get his job back. Both the District and Circuit courts denied the motion. The District Court found that the sole reason for the school district’s decision was the risk of constitutional liability under the Establishment Clause. Both the District and Circuit Courts found in favor of the school district. Several of those who dissented at the Circuit Court level agreed that the court had applied a flawed understanding of the Establishment Clause based on the 1971 Supreme Court cases Lemon v. Kurtzman.

The Lemon Test

The District, like the Ninth Circuit below, insists Mr. Kennedy’s rights to religious exercise and free speech must yield to the District’s interest in avoiding an Establishment Clause violation under Lemon and its progeny. The Lemon approach called for an examination of a law’s purposes, effects, and potential for entanglement with religion. … In time, that approach also came to involve estimations about whether a “reasonable observer” would consider the government’s challenged action an “endorsement” of religion. … But—given the apparent “shortcomings” associated with Lemon’s “ambitiou[s],” abstract, and ahistorical approach to the Establishment Clause—this Court long ago abandoned Lemon and its endorsement test offshoot. …

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

How do you determine when a government entity is establishing a religion? Noah Webster defined “establish” as:

To enact or decree by authority and for permanence; to ordain; to appoint; as, to establish laws, regulations, institutions, rules, ordinances, etc.

Establish – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

According to the Supreme Court in 1971, the only way to determine if an act establishes a religion was to determine if the purpose or effect of the law had potential entanglement with religion. Over time this morphed into a question of what a “reasonable observer” would consider the government action was an endorsement of religion. But what defines a reasonable observer? What one reasonable person thinks is an endorsement of religion another thinks is the free exercise of such. This effectively turned into a “heckler’s veto”, where all it would take is one reasonable person making the case that the law or action entangled government with some religious action, and a person’s rights, protected under the First Amendment, became meaningless.

In place of Lemon and the endorsement test, this Court has instructed that the Establishment Clause must be interpreted by “‘reference to historical practices and understandings.’ ” … A natural reading of the First Amendment suggests that the Clauses have “complementary” purposes, not warring ones where one Clause is always sure to prevail over the others. … An analysis focused on original meaning and history, this Court has stressed, has long represented the rule rather than some “‘exception’” within the “Court’s Establishment Clause jurisprudence.” … The District and the Ninth Circuit erred by failing to heed this guidance.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

The Supreme Court had previously instructed the lower courts to drop the Lemon test and instead to look at historical practices and understandings of the question of establishment. The court also noted that the establishment and exercise clauses were not meant to be either/or, where if one clause won then the other must lose. The Supreme Court found that the District and Circuit Courts were wrong by applying the Lemon test to this case.

Coercion

The District next attempts to justify its suppression of Mr. Kennedy’s religious activity by arguing that doing otherwise would coerce students to pray. The Ninth Circuit did not adopt this theory in proceedings below and evidence of coercion in this record is absent. The District suggests that any visible religious conduct by a teacher or coach should be deemed—without more and as a matter of law—im- permissibly coercive on students. A rule that the only acceptable government role models for students are those who eschew any visible religious expression would undermine a long constitutional tradition in which learning how to tolerate diverse expressive activities has always been “part of learning how to live in a pluralistic society.” … No historically sound understanding of the Establishment Clause begins to “mak[e] it necessary for government to be hostile to religion” in this way.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

The District Court suggested that merely seeing religious acts by a coach or teacher would coerce students to join in. While the court found nothing that required government to be hostile to religion, isn’t the hostility itself an attempt to enact or decree that only a secular view of religion was allowed?

There is no conflict between the constitutional commands of the First Amendment in this case. There is only the “mere shadow” of a conflict, a false choice premised on a misconstruction of the Establishment Clause. … A government entity’s concerns about phantom constitutional violations do not justify actual violations of an individual’s First Amendment rights.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

In other words, a government actor cannot use its concerns about a violation of the Constitution to actually violate someone’s rights protected by that Constitution.

Proof of Infringement

The next question is, did Mr. Kennedy demonstrate that his rights were infringed?

A plaintiff must demonstrate an infringement of his rights under the Free Exercise and Free Speech Clauses. If the plaintiff carries his or her burden, the defendant must show that its actions were nonetheless justified and appropriately tailored. …

Mr. Kennedy discharged his burden under the Free Exercise Clause. The Court’s precedents permit a plaintiff to demonstrate a free exercise violation multiple ways, including by showing that a government entity has burdened his sincere religious practice pursuant to a policy that is not “neutral” or “generally applicable.” … Failing either the neutrality or general applicability test is sufficient to trigger strict scrutiny, under which the government must demonstrate its course was justified by a compelling state interest and was narrowly tailored in pursuit of that interest.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

All Mr. Kennedy had to show was that the school district burdened his sincere religious practice in a way that was not neutral or generally applicable. Then the school district would have to show their actions were justified by a compelling government interest (a standard not supported by the Constitution of the United States). The school district’s policy was obviously neither neutral nor generally applicable, since it was applied solely to Mr. Kennedy’s praying.

Here, no one questions that Mr. Kennedy seeks to engage in a sincerely motivated religious exercise involving giving “thanks through prayer” briefly “on the playing field” at the conclusion of each game he coaches. … The contested exercise here does not involve leading prayers with the team; the District disciplined Mr. Kennedy only for his decision to persist in praying quietly without his students after three games in October 2015. In forbidding Mr. Kennedy’s brief prayer, the District’s challenged policies were neither neutral nor generally applicable. By its own admission, the District sought to restrict Mr. Kennedy’s actions at least in part because of their religious character. Prohibiting a religious practice was thus the District’s unquestioned “object.” The District explained that it could not allow an on-duty employee to engage in religious conduct even though it allowed other on-duty employees to engage in personal secular conduct. The District’s performance evaluation after the 2015 football season also advised against rehiring Mr. Kennedy on the ground that he failed to supervise student-athletes after games, but any sort of postgame supervisory requirement was not applied in an evenhanded way. … The District thus conceded that its policies were neither neutral nor generally applicable.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

When Mr. Kennedy offered his prayers, was he acting as a private citizen or a government official?

When Mr. Kennedy uttered the three prayers that resulted in his suspension, he was not engaged in speech “ordinarily within the scope” of his duties as a coach. … He did not speak pursuant to government policy and was not seeking to convey a government-created message. He was not instructing players, discussing strategy, encouraging better on-field performance, or engaged in any other speech the District paid him to produce as a coach. Simply put: Mr. Kennedy’s prayers did not “ow[e their] existence” to Mr. Kennedy’s responsibilities as a public employee. … The timing and circumstances of Mr. Kennedy’s prayers—during the postgame period when coaches were free to attend briefly to personal matters and students were engaged in other activities—confirms that Mr. Kennedy did not offer his prayers while acting within the scope of his duties as a coach. It is not dispositive that Coach Kennedy served as a role model and remained on duty after games. To hold otherwise is to posit an “excessively broad job descriptio[n]” by treating everything teachers and coaches say in the work-place as government speech subject to government control. … That Mr. Kennedy used available time to pray does not transform his speech into government speech. Acknowledging that Mr. Kennedy’s prayers represented his own private speech means he has carried his threshold burden.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

For these reasons, the court came to the following conclusion.

Held: The Free Exercise and Free Speech Clauses of the First Amendment protect an individual engaging in a personal religious observance from government reprisal; the Constitution neither mandates nor permits the government to suppress such religious expression.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

Conclusion

What can we conclude from this case? First, while this case was brought under the First Amendment, this cannot be a First Amendment case.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

I found nothing in the opinion that claimed the Bremerton School District was acting under the authority of Congress. This was a violation of Mr. Kennedy’s Freedoms of Speech and and Religion under the Article I of the Constitution of the State of Washington. The only violation of the United States Constitution is the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

No State shall make … deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Second, while the court has set aside the “Lemon Test”, they still adhere to the standards of scrutiny. The Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, does not say your rights exist unless the government has a compelling interest. It says your right shall not be abridged or infringed, making the scrutiny standard unconstitutional and illegal. While the school districts case fell apart before the need for scrutiny came about, the court still brought it up as part of their Establishment Clause jurisprudence.

As a free country, we must respect the religious expressions of others, especially those we disagree with.

Respect for religious expressions is indispensable to life in a free and diverse Republic. Here, a government entity sought to punish an individual for engaging in a personal religious observance, based on a mistaken view that it has a duty to suppress religious observances even as it allows comparable secular speech. The Constitution neither mandates nor tolerates that kind of discrimination. Mr. Kennedy is entitled to summary judgment on his religious exercise and free speech claims.

Kennedy V. Bremerton School District

Since 2014 the court replaced the flawed “Lemon Test” with a more constitutionally sound methodology. While, the District and Circuit Courts didn’t recognize this fact, the Supreme Court did. Will this new opinion help the lower courts recognize that a person’s right to freedom of religion isn’t subject to the government’s fear that someone may see it and think it’s an endorsement? Only time will tell. Is this a case of turning the Lemon Test into lemonade? While it may not be my favorite drink, it certainly improves on what we had before.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By: Devvy

August 1, 2022

And, it can’t be stopped.  Patrick Henry said in his “Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death’ speech at the Second Virginia Revolutionary Convention meeting at St. John’s Church, Richmond, March 23, 1775, “I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided and that is the lamp of experience.”

Americans either didn’t listen back in 2005 right up to the collapse in 2008, or didn’t understand the problem – and neither did most of the corrupt scoundrels in Congress:  “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Now deceased, Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008

Joe Manchin was the news last week when he reached a deal to further RAPE the American people with more debt in cahoots with career crook, Chuckie Schumer [D-NY] regarding the globalist robber baron’s bill.  Biden is in the first stages of Altzheimer’s disease so you can forget anything coming out of his mouth as coming from any original thought.  At this point in time, Biden can’t even read the teleprompters, tries to shake hands with someone not there, needs to be led off a stage and is simply mentally gone.  Not to mention his repeated “positive” COVID tests.

As a matter of fact, someone sent me a TikTok segment of a radio interview I found quite interesting:  The next president without casting a vote.

Hypothesis: Gavin Newsom, protected (allegedly he beat the recall) political royalty and tyrant California governor was at the White House on July 12^th for a ‘series of meetings’ as reported by Breitbart.  Those big money interests who control the Democrat/Communist Party USA know Kamala Harris is as popular as a rectal exam.  She’s not only ignorant on any issue, her cackling at the worst moments during public appearances is as grading as the other cackling hen, Hildebeast Clinton.  No one – except ignorant, stupid females who are equally as dumb – want Harris in the Offal Office.

So, what do the globalists pulling strings of the marionettes do?  The gentleman giving the interview (whose name I didn’t hear) brings up Newsom’s visit to the WH.  Need to get rid of the Kamel, offer her a train load of money and some prestigious position someplace else, good bye, Harris.  (My note: Assuming she’s her normal greedy self and the quietly “it’s in your best interests if you want to take your next breath”, Harris is gone.)  Puppet Biden appoints Newsom as VP.

After that, and who knows the timeline, but one might conclude before January, though many think something will happen right after the November selections (er, elections), old Uncle Joe has to tell the nation that for the good of America, he has to step down.  Newsom goes into the WH without a single vote being cast and the DemonRats would then have their 2024 candidate to promote.  Makes perfect sense to me but we’ll just have to see how the real power behind the curtain play this one out.

Let me ask you a question:  If your checkbook was overdrawn $31 TRILLION dollars – all borrowed debt, how is it you can then write a check for $880 BILLION dollars that will all be borrowed from the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve and America’s biggest enemy:  Communist China?

Bidenomics: Joe Biden Says Latest $700 Billion Green New Deal Spending Spree will “Reduce” Deficit, July 28,  2022

Of course, Biden was lying even though he has no idea what’s going on because such a statement is idiocy.  Climate change, formerly global warming, is one of the most horrendous lies ever sold to the people on this planet.

Lawmakers react after Manchin, Schumer agree to reconciliation deal: ‘Build Back Broke’, July 27, 2022 – “Democrats have already crushed American families with historic inflation. Now they want to pile on giant tax hikes that will hammer workers and kill many thousands of American jobs. First they killed your family’s budget. Now they want to kill your job too,” McConnell wrote.”

What the DemonRats will do is raise taxes choking the middle class even worse and this so- called spending will end up being the same as we’ve seen in the past:  A GIGANTIC WASTE OF MONEY THAT DISPPEARS INTO BLACK HOLES.  How many of these so-called renewable energy companies funded during dirty traitor, Hussein Obama’s illegitimate occupation of the Offal Office went bankrupt?  Too many, but just use a search engine.

Democrats Unveil Plan to Raise Taxes As Economy Slips Into Recession, July 29, 2022

Tax the rich who create jobs will cause unemployment something that’s never wandered into AOC’s minimal brain power.  The article above vomits about all the wonderful borrowed money that will go towards fighting the fictional climate change hoax – a plan hatched by the Communist International to kill capitalism.  Jeri Lynn Ball, 2000, excerpt from her book, Masters of Seduction – Beguiling Americans Into Slavery and Self-destruction:

“At the Sixth Party Congress held in Moscow in 1928, Communists wrote and approved “The Program” to bring in the New World Order. What most Americans don’t know is the real nature of this diabolical criminal scheme. The Program of the Third International called for a global environmental program and for the transformation of all human beings on earth to accept the New World Order. These and other facts are brought to light by General Benton Partin in his videotape, Globalism: The Program.[1] The Communists planned to use the global environmental program as a means of eradicating national sovereignty and creating a world dictatorship.

“All nations, nationalities, and national boundaries were to be replaced by an omnipotent, one-world government and regional governances. The Communists did not want the American approach to liberty, with individual God-given rights protected by a government with limited powers. The Communists did not want the American concept of rule of law.

“They wanted unrestrained despotic government, power without limit, a world without laws—a brutal, terror-inspiring global totalitarian police state which could smash all laws of justice, launch campaigns of enslavement and mass murder, and eliminate opponents of the New World Order. Twenty delegates from the U.S. voted for the 1928 Program of the Third International.”  Jeri is a deep researcher although I don’t know what she does today as few were interested in her research back then.  The World Economic Forum WEF is implementing the plan full time and in YOUR face.   World Economic Forum Annual Meeting – List of Confirmed Public Figures

Of course, when the new second quarter numbers came out last week, oh my God! we are heading for a recession!  Why, all the ‘experts’ inside the beltway, gas bags on the boob tube and Internet are saying it now as if the American people – you know, the peasants who actually have to do their own grocery shopping and put gas in their car – haven’t been struggling badly for most of 2022.  Americans are now resorting to using their savings, retirement accounts and credit cards just to buy food.

Fed rate hike to unleash AVALANCHE of home foreclosures and market drops while still doing little to halt skyrocketing INFLATION, July 28, 2022 – “According to DSnews.com’s reporting on the Black Knight Mortgage Monitor Report, us foreclosure “starts” (i.e. new foreclosures) have risen 440% from last year (June 2022 vs June 2021). July numbers aren’t yet reported, but it is near certain they will also show large increases in foreclosures.” We aren’t alone:  Following Sri Lanka, Panama becomes next nation to collapse amid global recessionary pressures and unrelenting inflation, July 29, 2022

Treasonous Biden and the Green Agenda is Shipping Gas OUT of the United States – War on the American People, July 26, 2022 //  219 Dems Vote to Allow US Oil Reserves to Be Sold to China

The cancer wasn’t cut out in 2008 and now it’s going to kill us just as it did the PIGS countries back then only this time, what’s being called the Greatest Depression in the history of the world, cannot be stopped.  All by design by some of the most evil people on this planet.

What continues to get over looked – except by those who understand the money issue – is the head of the beast which causes inflation, depressions, recessions, hyperinflation, stagnation – the “Fed”.  The magical money machine now backed into a corner with incompetent Jerome Powell at the control panel.

The ballistic missile already launched can’t be stopped, it will only explode and We the People are going to suffer far beyond what happened in 2008.  I know all about stress.  I know this truth can cause depression for Americans.  Americans were broadsided in 2007 which finally blew up in late August 2008.  Hopefully, the information in this column will help in getting people informed so they can make the right financial decisions – especially business owners – so everyone isn’t caught off guard again and thrown into financial ruin.

In 2007, former Congressman Ron Paul introduced a bill to kill the cancer:  H.R. 2755 (110^th): Federal Reserve Board Abolition Act. “To abolish the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal reserve banks, to repeal the Federal Reserve Act, and for other purposes.”  NOT ONE CO-SPONSOR. 

Why?  Because without the endless printing of worthless currency, the ignorant, the crooks and whores in Congress would not be able to continue borrowing for massive unconstitutional spending and endless wars of carnage and suffering.  Using debt to create more spending debt and all of us, including our children and grandchildren will remain slaves to the banking cartels, but disaster is already hitting:

The State Of The US Consumer: AT&T Crashes As Americans Can’t Afford To Pay Their Phone Bills, July 21, 2022 // REAL GDP SAYS: “Get Real! Trust not the Fed, economists or the president. The REAL economy is collapsing all around you!”

There are certain individuals I’ve been following for decades who actually know and fully understand what happens when you debase the currency, the death to a country using fiat currency, world markets and so on.  Every morning I hit on King World News as they have some of the very best, most experienced individuals who’ve been in the financial world for decades and most importantly:  Spot on regarding trends and the economy.

Even though the giant red flags were being waved in front of the American people back in 2006, because our economy is so huge, it took nearly two years for the explosion.  Well, conditions today are even more dire due to the COVID tyranny shutting down states and destroying businesses.

Below is a collection from Egon von Greyerz who knows this issue inside and out; he’s been so accurate over the decades.  Yes, it is a lot of reading but your future and everything you’ve ever worked for is on the line and that’s not hyperbole.  Many of them are audio interviews so you can listen on whatever devices you use.

King World News:  “The man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals told King World News that people need to prepare themselves because this global crisis is going to get much worse than what we’re seeing today.”

Greyerz – Get Prepared For The Greatest Crisis In History That Is About To Be Unleashed, Oct. 31, 2021 – “Let’s start with the Head of the Fed Powell:  “We need to watch and watch carefully and see if the economy is evolving consistent with our expectations and adapt policy accordingly.”

“Hmmm!!! The Fed’s official expectations have consistently been wrong for at least 34 years since Greenspan became chairman. They have never forecast any major event and not even minor ones. They have never seen a crash coming and have always waited with any action until well after the event.

“And once they take action, they will always overreact and stimulate the economy with free money and low interest rates even though it has no effect in the end. But it will have consequences, and dramatic ones since the explosion of the massive bubble they now create will lead to an implosion for the world economy…”

Greyerz – BUCKLE UP: This Global Crisis Is Going To Get Much Worse Than What We’re Seeing Today, Oct. 17, 2021 (And he was right as usual.)  //  Greyerz – The World Has Now Entered The First Of Four Major Phases Of Chaos And Financial Destruction, Dec. 19, 2021

Greyerz Just Warned We Are Entering A Global Depression And The Real Inflation Rate Is 20%-30%, May 21, 2022  //  Greyerz – We Are Witnessing The Bursting Of A $3 Quadrillion Global Bubble, May 29, 2022

Greyerz – We Are Headed Into Final Collapse Ludwig Von Mises Warned Us Would Take Place, July 11, 2022  //  Fund Managers Worried About 2008-Style Collapse. Greyerz Warns Damage To Global Financial System Can No Longer Be Concealed, July 19, 2022

Dr. Edwin Vieira, Ph.D., J.D., has written so many columns on the disabilities of our currency (which the traitorous scum out there want to replace with digital currency).  I’ve selected a few that I feel are absolutely critical in understanding why the Greatest Depression (greatest meaning in scope) is underway.  It’s been building a long time while the bought and paid for crooks in Congress, instead of cutting out the cancer, have allowed this cancer to bring us to the brink of absolute financial ruin.  It won’t be long before raw reality drowns the American people.

The DemonRats – especially with this new bill just passed and now endorsed by another sell-out, Joe Manchin – are simply repeating what FDR did and the end result will be the same.  This is an absolute must read – not by Edwin, but I must include it:  Great Myths of the Great Depression, by Lawrence Reed

In each of Dr. Edwin Vieira’s columns below he explains not only the problem with fiat currency, but the only solution left because it will NEVER come from Congress.  He starts in 2009 when the national debt bubble was $11.9 TRILLION. Today thanks to massive, unconstitutional spending by both parties it is $31 TRILLION.  The only reason the whole rotten scheme of the robber barons hasn’t exploded before now is the “Fed” continuing to print worthless paper.  Well, world-wide, the banking cartels and the corrupt who keep them going know the gig is about up.

A “Missouri Plan” to Contract the Debt Bubble, Jan. 12, 2009 //  A Cross of Gold, May 10, 2011 //  The U.S. Monetary System and Descent Into Fascism, Aug. 2, 2011  – “The beauty of the constitutional system is, we have these intermediate political bodies called the state governments that have certain reserved constitutional authority.”  // A Cross of Debt, Feb. 10, 2012 and this one:  A Monetary Litmus Test for Mr. Trump, Jan. 10, 2017

Now, you might think since some of those columns/articles are dated they’re not what’s happening now. Oh, but they are and the only option left is what Edwin wrote regarding states of the Union and sound money.  There is no other solution because of the grotesque corrupt gaggle of politicians infesting Congress in both parties.

Efforts to enact into law sound money policy in many states has been going on for decades as elected members of state legislatures have either turned a blind eye or passed watered down bills.  They’re all going to regret not protecting their state and people.  Here in Texas we have the Texas Gold Depository:  Texas Demands Gold from Fed, March 28, 2013 //  The Texas Bullion Depository has been operating for several years now for both state and private gold storage.

But, nothing has been done for when the roof finally crashes on the state capitol to save the massive suffering which will accompany it.  Yes, Texas is flush with cash because of the huge number of people who’ve located here, but when that “cash” is worth a penny on the dollar, well, look out.  Weimar Regime (Germany), Venezuela.

Many ask me how much time before it gets really bad?  Some believe it will only take a real jolt of some kind and boom! or going into first quarter of next year it’s going to be VERY ugly.  America’s middle class and lower economic rung are already in dire straits.  Please share this column so we can get as many Americans to understand they’re being lied to about “a recession” is this or that or it isn’t happening and all the other lies.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnote [1]  Video presentation by my dear friend who went to Heaven on Dec. 20, 2019, Brigadier General (Ret.) Ben Partin at an event I put on in No. Calif., in 1998 when Larry Becraft and I had the Wallace Institute.  Well worth watching.  While Ben discusses OKC & WACO, he also discusses world communism and their plan.  Ben’s bio.

Related: 

Warning About the “Best Economy in Fifty Years”, Jan. 6, 2020 (Mine).  January 6^th.  And, here we are.

Audio – This Crisis Will Get Much Worse Than 2008 And It’s Already Started, July 30, 2022

A Terrifying Lehman-Style Banking Crisis Is About To Be Unleashed, July 28, 2022

Leaked Bank of America Memo:  “We hope” conditions for American workers will get worse, July 29, 2022  (Put my money in their bank?  When pigs fly.)

Ron Paul: What We’re Facing Today ‘a Lot Worse’ than the Depression, Recent Downturns, July 5, 2022

Biden Was Fed Pills to Function During Campaign, Supervised by Dr. Jill; Before Dosing Biden Was ‘Like a Small Child’: Tucker Carlson Source, July 16, 2022

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 1, 2022

Gossip remains the mainstay of social media, sewing clubs and emails worldwide.  Humans love talking about someone else more than the weather.  They choose rumor, tattle-tales, speculation and allegation over facts, truth and reality.

(Sandi Wooldridge, Daniel Loffler riding through the redwoods, CA.)

Gossip may be called “The devil’s radio” for lack of a better metaphor.  You’ve heard, “The devil is in the details…the devil made me do it.”  We somehow use the “devil” to sidestep our own culpability.   Aristotle, Socrates and Kant realized that the “devil” in all of human foibles remains our own choices.

Let’s define gossip:

• It reveals passive aggressive behavior
• It serves as social grooming
• Ironically, it builds a sense of community with shared interests with those who partake
• It reinforces personal bias
• It provides person-to-person dissemination of truths, lies and bias

In one term, it may be understood as “backbiting” or eating the flesh of another.

When it happens in the office realm or even in social groups, it causes stressful problems for victims and negative consequences for everyone:

• Erosion of trust and morale
• Anxiety among employees or friends
• One statement may become hyperbole after passed around a few times
• Gossip causes divisions among those who like a person and others who despise that person
• It hurts others’ feelings
• When acid environment pervades a workplace or group, healthy people evacuate

What does this information have to do with you?  Do you see yourself in the definitions of gossipers?  How does it feel?  Have you ever been the victim of gossip?

Years ago, I gossiped to myself with judgments of other peoples’ financial condition such as a beggar on the streets of my city.  I made comments to myself as to the condition of another person’s obesity.  I muttered comments to myself as to a stranger’s garb, as if it made any difference to the world or to me.  I look back on it as passive-aggressive gossip.  At the minimum, I only hurt myself with my negative “thoughts” that created negative mental and body frequencies that harmed my balance as a human being.

Along my life path, I heard many a “rumor” started by someone where I taught school. I watched teenagers create rumors to ruin a girl’s reputation.  I watched how bullies made a mockery of another person.

Along my journey, I discovered that self-actualized people, people with passion and a path toward their self-chosen destiny—eschew silly drama comments about anyone else.  They live and let live.

However, if you find yourself in the midst of such verbal abuse, you may engage a few actions:

• You lead by your examples of word and thought.  You speak well of people, or, if you possess issues with them, you simply remain silent.
• If a gossiper continues his or her “anger” toward someone, you might become the bold one to confront such behavior.
• Choose not to be drawn into such actions.
• Ask questions rather than condemn.  Allow gossipers their moment, yet firmly educate them to their highest and best.
• Usually, a gossiper complains about a person or situation. You may be the light that dissolves the darkness by offering solutions.
• Some gossipers are downright vicious.  It’s best to simply avoid them, walk away, and/or choose the high road of forgiveness.

When confronting or dealing with small mindedness or a toxic environment, whether at the office or at home, the key remains openness, hearing all sides and an appreciation of all perspectives.  Once you move issues into the open, many people step to the positive side of the equation.

In the end, you vanquish the “devil’s radio” while you open lines of communication for better understanding, greater appreciation for all involved and a sense of community.   We all want to be accepted, feel heard and finally, appreciated.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com